[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2022138790A1 - Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination - Google Patents

Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022138790A1
WO2022138790A1 PCT/JP2021/047764 JP2021047764W WO2022138790A1 WO 2022138790 A1 WO2022138790 A1 WO 2022138790A1 JP 2021047764 W JP2021047764 W JP 2021047764W WO 2022138790 A1 WO2022138790 A1 WO 2022138790A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
ring
formula
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/047764
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
一毅 岡部
宏一朗 飯田
英司 小松
敏光 中井
繁樹 服部
和弘 長山
Original Assignee
三菱ケミカル株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 三菱ケミカル株式会社 filed Critical 三菱ケミカル株式会社
Priority to KR1020237020109A priority Critical patent/KR20230124575A/en
Priority to JP2022571601A priority patent/JPWO2022138790A1/ja
Priority to CN202180085844.9A priority patent/CN116685592A/en
Publication of WO2022138790A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022138790A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/658Organoboranes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07FACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F5/00Compounds containing elements of Groups 3 or 13 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F5/02Boron compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09FDISPLAYING; ADVERTISING; SIGNS; LABELS OR NAME-PLATES; SEALS
    • G09F9/00Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements
    • G09F9/30Indicating arrangements for variable information in which the information is built-up on a support by selection or combination of individual elements in which the desired character or characters are formed by combining individual elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/10Apparatus or processes specially adapted to the manufacture of electroluminescent light sources
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • H10K50/12OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers comprising dopants
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/631Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/654Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom comprising only nitrogen as heteroatom
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6572Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only nitrogen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. phenanthroline or carbazole
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6574Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only oxygen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. cumarine dyes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00
    • H10K59/10OLED displays
    • H10K59/17Passive-matrix OLED displays

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a composition for forming a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent element, and an organic electroluminescent element, an organic EL display device, and an organic EL lighting using the composition.
  • OLED organic electroluminescent device
  • An organic electroluminescent device usually has a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, an electron transport layer, etc. between an anode and a cathode, and materials suitable for each of these layers are being developed. Yes, the emission colors are red, green, and blue, and development is progressing for each.
  • the vacuum vapor deposition method is easy to stack, it has the advantages of improving charge injection from the anode and / or cathode and facilitating containment of excitons in the light emitting layer.
  • the wet film forming method does not require a vacuum process, it is easy to increase the area, and by using a coating liquid in which a plurality of materials having various functions are mixed, a plurality of materials having various functions can be easily obtained.
  • advantages such as being able to form a layer containing the above materials. Therefore, in recent years, research and development of an organic electroluminescent device by a wet film forming method has been energetically carried out.
  • Patent Documents 1 to 5 study an organic electroluminescent element that forms a light emitting layer containing a light emitting material having a polycyclic heterocyclic compound skeleton containing boron and nitrogen by a wet film forming method. However, it is desired to further extend the drive life of the device. Further, it is desired to reduce the voltage drive of the element and improve the luminous efficiency.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device which has a light emitting layer containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron, exhibits excellent device characteristics, and has a particularly long drive life.
  • the present invention also provides an organic electroluminescent device which has a light emitting layer containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron, exhibits excellent element characteristics, is driven at a low voltage, has high luminous efficiency, and has a long driving life. The task is to do.
  • the gist of the present invention is as follows [1] to [23].
  • Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
  • Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
  • R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
  • the R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, ⁇ . It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
  • Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y. At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
  • Compound I Compound represented by the following formula (20)
  • Compound II Compound represented by the following formula (200)
  • Compound III Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230)
  • Compound IV Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
  • Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.
  • W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
  • Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent.
  • Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
  • At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
  • the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively.
  • Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
  • Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively. n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
  • Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
  • G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
  • n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
  • At least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 is the following formula (21) or the following formula.
  • Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.
  • the structure represented by the above formula (21) is represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4), or (21-5). It is a structure, and the structure represented by the above formula (22) is a structure represented by the following formula (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4).
  • Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the formula (230) are represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13).
  • Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
  • a method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device which comprises a step of applying and drying the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [1] to [9] to form a light emitting layer.
  • a method for manufacturing an organic EL display device which comprises the method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device according to [10].
  • a method for manufacturing an organic EL lighting including the method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent element according to [10].
  • It has an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer provided between the anode and the cathode, and the light emitting layer includes a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (1), the following compound I, and the following compound.
  • An organic electroluminescent device comprising II, the following compound III, and at least one of the following compounds IV.
  • Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
  • Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
  • R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
  • the R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, ⁇ . It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
  • Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y. At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
  • Compound I Compound represented by the following formula (20)
  • Compound II Compound represented by the following formula (200)
  • Compound III Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230)
  • Compound IV Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
  • Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.
  • W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
  • Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent.
  • Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
  • At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
  • the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively.
  • Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
  • Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively. n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
  • Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
  • G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
  • n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
  • At least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 , and Ar 34 is the following formula (21) or the following formula (22). ), The organic electroluminescent device according to [13] or [14].
  • Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.
  • the structure represented by the above formula (21) is represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4) or (21-5).
  • the structure represented by the above formula (22) is a structure represented by the following formula (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4), [ 15] The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [17].
  • Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the formula (230) are represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13).
  • Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
  • An organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [13] to [21].
  • Organic EL lighting including the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [13] to [21].
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer and an organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device that exhibits excellent device characteristics and has a particularly long drive life. Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device which exhibits excellent device characteristics and has particularly high luminous efficiency. Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device which exhibits excellent device characteristics and is particularly effective in lowering the voltage. Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent element which exhibits excellent element characteristics, is driven at a low voltage, has high luminous efficiency, and has a long driving life.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a structural example of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention the organic electroluminescent element, the organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent element, and the embodiment of the organic EL lighting including the organic electroluminescent element are described in detail.
  • the following description is an example (representative example) of an embodiment of the present invention, and the present invention is not specified in these contents unless the gist thereof is exceeded.
  • the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device contains at least a material having light emitting properties (light emitting material), and preferably contains one or more host materials.
  • the host material is usually a charge transport material, but a material having a low charge transport property may be blended in order to adjust the charge transport property.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as "the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention") is a polycyclic heterocycle represented by the following formula (1) as a light emitting material. It contains a compound, and as a host material, it contains at least one of the following compound I, the following compound II, the following compound III, and the following compound IV, and further contains an organic solvent.
  • Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
  • Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
  • R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
  • the R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, ⁇ . It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
  • Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y. At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
  • Compound I Compound represented by the following formula (20)
  • Compound II Compound represented by the following formula (200)
  • Compound III Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230)
  • Compound IV Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
  • Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.
  • W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
  • Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent.
  • Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
  • At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
  • the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively.
  • Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
  • Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively. n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
  • Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
  • G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
  • n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) functions as a light emitting material
  • the compound I, the compound II, the compound III, Compound IV functions as a host material.
  • at least one of the above compounds I, II, III and IV may be referred to as "Compounds I-IV" or "first host material”.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may be referred to as a "first composition”.
  • the organic electroluminescent element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains the compound I represented by the above formula (20), which is a compound having a structure in which a large number of benzene rings are linked to the light emitting layer, as a host material. Therefore, it is considered that the transportability of charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, deterioration of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a light emitting material, can be suppressed, and the drive life is extended. Be done. In particular, compound I has the effect of suppressing charge transportability.
  • an anthracene-based host material having high electron transportability represented by the formula (30) described later is used as the second host material, electron transportability in the light emitting layer is prevented so that the light emitting material is not excessively reduced and deteriorated. It is considered that the drive life of the element is extended by suppressing the above.
  • the organic electric field light emitting element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is represented by the above formula (200), which is a compound having a structure in which a 6-membered heteroaromatic ring having nitrogen and a benzene ring are linked to the light emitting layer.
  • the compound II as a host material, the transportability of charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, the voltage is lowered, the light emission efficiency is improved, and the polycycle represented by the above formula (1), which is a light emitting material, is obtained. It is considered that the deterioration of the heterocyclic compound can be suppressed and the drive life is extended.
  • the W of the above formula (200) of the compound II has a triazine structure in which all of them are nitrogen atoms
  • the LUMO is relatively deep, has an appropriate electron trapping property in addition to the electron transport property, and excessive electrons are contained in the light emitting material. It is considered that the durability of the light emitting material is improved by not supplying the light emitting material, and as a result, the driving life of the organic electroluminescent element is extended. In particular, it is considered that there is a possibility that electrons enter the empty p-orbital of the boron atom of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a luminescent material, and the deterioration of the luminescent material may be suppressed.
  • compound II since compound II has an aromatic 6-membered ring having a nitrogen atom in the center, it has high electron transportability. Therefore, when compound II is used as the first host, it is considered that by further using a host material having high hole transportability as the host material, the voltage is lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved, and the drive life is extended. ..
  • Compound III The compound represented by the above formula (210) and the compound represented by the above formula (220) contained in the light emitting layer forming composition of the present invention and the light emitting layer of the organic electric field light emitting element formed by the light emitting layer forming composition are represented by the above formula (220).
  • Compound III which is one of the compounds represented by the above formula (230), is always aromatic at the 3-position of the benzene ring to which two or three phenylene groups bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amine are linked. The rings are bonded.
  • the aromatic ring referred to here is a structure represented by Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 or a benzene ring.
  • the number of benzene rings bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amine at the para position becomes 2 or 3, and the appropriate distribution of HOMO improves hole transportability and lowers the voltage, and further in the light emitting layer. It is considered that the balance between electrons and holes is improved, the luminous efficiency is improved, the durability is improved, and the drive life of the element is extended. Further, by having a structure such as Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 , etc., it is considered that the voltage is further lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved and the life is extended, and the solubility of the compound in an organic solvent is improved. .. Further, it is considered that the durability is improved by appropriately selecting the structures of Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 .
  • compound III has hole transporting properties and holes from the cathode side layer when the light emitting material directly receives the holes injected from the anode side layer and may deteriorate when it becomes an oxidized state. It is considered that the light emitting material is less likely to be directly oxidized and deterioration is suppressed because it is easy to receive. On the contrary, when the light emitting material directly receives the electrons injected from the cathode side and may deteriorate when it is in a reduced state, holes are rapidly transported from Compound III to the light emitting material, and the light emitting material is recombined to emit light. It is considered that the deterioration of the light emitting material is suppressed by making the light emitting material.
  • compound III is a hole-transporting host having a triphenylamine structure, the voltage can be lowered and the luminous efficiency can be reduced by using compound III as the first host and a material having high electron-transporting properties as the second host material. It is considered that an organic electroluminescent device having a long drive life can be obtained.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention and the organic electroluminescent element formed by the composition for forming a light emitting layer are represented by the above formula (240), which is a compound having a structure having two carbazole rings in the light emitting layer.
  • the compound IV as a host material, the transportability of electric charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, the voltage is lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved, and the light emitting material is represented by the above formula (1). It is considered that the deterioration of the ring heterocyclic compound can be suppressed and the drive life is extended.
  • Compound IV has a hole transporting property and easily receives holes from the cathode side layer when the light emitting material directly receives the holes injected from the anode side layer and may deteriorate when it becomes an oxidized state. Therefore, it is considered that the light emitting material is less likely to be directly oxidized and deterioration is suppressed. On the contrary, when the light-emitting material directly receives the electrons injected from the cathode side and is likely to deteriorate when it is in a reduced state, holes are rapidly transported from compound IV to the light-emitting material, and the light-emitting material recombines and emits light. Deterioration is considered to be suppressed.
  • Compound IV has two highly planar carbazole ring structures, holes in the light emitting material of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a highly planar polycyclic heterocyclic compound. It is thought that transportability will improve. At this time, it is considered that the electron supply to the light emitting material is also promptly performed, so that the light is rapidly recombined to emit light and the deterioration of the light emitting material is suppressed. Therefore, by using Compound IV as the first host and using a material having high electron transportability as the second host material, it is possible to obtain an organic electroluminescent device having a low voltage, improved luminous efficiency, and a long drive life. Is thought to be possible.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1).
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a light emitting material.
  • the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
  • the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle may have is preferably a group selected from the following substituent group ⁇ .
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle has a central condensed bicyclic structure in the formula (1) composed of B and Y (hereinafter, may be referred to as "central condensed bicyclic structure"). It is preferable to have a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring that shares a bond with, and more preferably to have a 6-membered ring that shares a bond with a centrally condensed bicyclic structure.
  • the "central condensed two-ring structure” is a structure in which two saturated hydrocarbon rings including B and two Y are condensed, which is shown in the center of the formula (1). Specifically, it is a structure in which the ring d and the ring e in the following formula (1') are condensed.
  • a 6-membered ring sharing a bond with the central condensed 2-ring structure means, for example, a case where the ring a is a benzene ring (6-membered ring).
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle (which is ring a) has this 6-membered ring” means that the ring a is formed only by the 6-membered ring or includes the 6-membered ring. As described above, it means that another ring or the like is condensed with this 6-membered ring to form the ring a.
  • ring b "ring c", and "5-membered ring”.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon ring examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. Is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon ring examples include a benzene ring which is a monocyclic system, a biphenyl ring which is a bicyclic system, a naphthalene ring which is a fused bicyclic system, and a terphenyl ring (m-terphenyl) which is a tricyclic system.
  • o-terphenyl, p-terphenyl fused tricyclics, ashenafutilene ring, fluorene ring, phenylene ring, phenanthrene ring, fused tetracyclic triphenylene ring, pyrene ring, naphthalene ring, fused pentacyclic system.
  • a certain pyrene ring or pentacene ring is preferable, a benzene ring, a biphenyl ring, a naphthalene ring, a terphenyl ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is most preferable.
  • aromatic heterocycle examples of the aromatic heterocycle in the ring a, the ring b and the ring c of the formula (1) include an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 25 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • An aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 15 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the aromatic heterocycle for example, a heterocycle containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom in addition to a carbon atom as a ring-constituting atom is preferable.
  • aromatic heterocycle examples include a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a thiathiazole ring, a triazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a triazine ring, and an indole ring.
  • Substituent group ⁇ is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted diarylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted diheteroarylamino group, a substituted or substituted group.
  • Unsubstituted aryl heteroarylamino group (amino group having aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group , And a halogen atom.
  • the substituent that the group selected from the substituent group ⁇ other than the halogen atom may have is the following substituent group ⁇ .
  • Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group or aryl structure in the substituent group ⁇ include the group of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the ring a, the ring b and the ring c. The same applies to the specific structure and preferable structure of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group in the substituent group ⁇ is preferably a benzene ring.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group or heteroaryl structure in the substituent group ⁇ include the group of the aromatic heterocycle in the rings a, b and c. The same applies to the specific structure and preferable structure of the aromatic heterocycle.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group in the substituent group ⁇ is preferably a triazine ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a pyrimid [5,4-d] pyrimidine ring, or a benzo [1,2-d: 4,5-d]. ] It is a imidazole ring.
  • the alkyl group in the substituent group ⁇ may be either a straight chain or a branched chain, and examples thereof include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a branched chain chain having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • alkyl group is more preferable, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a fraction having 3 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Branch-chain alkyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group and an isopentyl group.
  • Examples include a group, an n-octyl group, a tert-octyl group and the like.
  • a part of H of the alkyl group in the substituent group ⁇ may be replaced with F.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group in the substituent group ⁇ include a straight chain having 1 to 24 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having a branched chain having 3 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having a branched chain having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a fraction having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Branch-chain alkoxy groups are more preferred, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or branched-chain alkoxy groups having 3 to 6 carbon atoms are even more preferred, and linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or having 3 carbon atoms. Alkoxy groups of ⁇ 4 branched chains are particularly preferable.
  • alkoxy group examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group and a heptyloxy group. , Octyloxy group and the like.
  • halogen atom in the substituent group ⁇ examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom.
  • a fluorine atom and a chlorine atom are preferable, and among them, a fluorine atom is more preferable.
  • the substituent group ⁇ comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, and a halogen atom.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic heterocyclic group, alkyl group, aralkyl group, and halogen atom in the substituent group ⁇ include the same as those of the substituent group ⁇ , and the preferable structure is also the substituent group ⁇ . The same is true.
  • the substituent group ⁇ may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, or an aralkyl group.
  • Groups are preferred.
  • an aralkyl group which may be substituted with an aralkyl group an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group in the substituent group ⁇ , an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • a structure in which a benzene ring is bonded to an alkyl group is preferable.
  • (Y) Y in the formula (1) is O, NR, or S.
  • (R) R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the two Ys in the formula (1) may be the same or different from each other, but are preferably the same.
  • the two Ys are preferably NR.
  • Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in R of the formula (1) include the group of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring and the aromatic heterocycle in the rings a, b and c of the formula (1). The basis of is mentioned.
  • Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group and a naphthyl group) and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. (For example, a carbazolyl group) is preferable.
  • R of the formula (1) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
  • the rings a, b and c of the formula (1) It is a group similar to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent in the above or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
  • Specific structures and preferred structures also include aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups which may have substituents on rings a, b and c of formula (1) or aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have substituents. The same is true.
  • R in the formula (1) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
  • the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (21). Will be done.
  • the formula (1) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (21).
  • Examples of the alkyl group in R of the formula (1) include the alkyl group in the substituent group ⁇ .
  • the alkyl group an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, etc.) is particularly preferable.
  • R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C. (-R a ) 2 -or may be bonded by a single bond.
  • Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • alkyl group in Ra examples include the alkyl group in the substituent group ⁇ .
  • the alkyl group is particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group and an ethyl group.
  • the adjacent carbon atoms are not carbon atoms constituting the central condensed bicyclic structure.
  • at least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
  • Ring a, ring b, ring c, ring d and ring e are the same as in the above formula (1').
  • the ring f and the ring g are the same as the ring a, the ring b or the ring c in the above formula (1'), and each independently has an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a substituent which may have a substituent. It is an aromatic heterocycle that may be used.
  • Ring f is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring b, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond.
  • Ring g is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond.
  • Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the adjacent carbon atoms are not the carbon atoms constituting the rings d and e including B and N, but At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in the ring f and the ring g include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc.) and a carbon number of 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • Aromatic heterocyclic groups eg, carbazolyl groups, etc. are preferred.
  • rings f and g which are aromatic hydrocarbon rings or aromatic heterocycles, may have are the same as those of rings a, b and c, and are preferably from the substituent group ⁇ . It is the group to be selected.
  • Equation (22) The formula (21) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (22).
  • the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e in the above formula (21) are all benzene ring structures, and the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e are substituted.
  • Ring f is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring b, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond.
  • Ring g is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond.
  • Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (22) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (22) is the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) described later, or the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (81) described later. It is also preferable that it is TD2.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1) is the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) described later, or the polycyclic complex represented by the formula (81) described later. It is also preferable that it is the ring compound TD2.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is also preferably a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (71).
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (71) may be referred to as a polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1.
  • Each of A 1 to A 7 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which is an electron-accepting substituent, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an electron.
  • Each of R 71 to R 78 may independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • the dotted line means single bond or no bond.
  • the electron cloud of LUMO is localized and gathered at the position where A 1 to A 7 are bonded to the phenyl group. Therefore, by using at least one selected from A 1 to A 7 as an electron acceptor-type substituent, the electron cloud spreads, the energy level of LUMO is stabilized, and the energy difference between HOMO and LUMO becomes small. .. As a result, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (71) can obtain an emission spectrum having a long wavelength.
  • Each of A 1 to A 7 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which is an electron-accepting substituent, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an electron. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having a heteroaryl group, a nitro group or a cyano group as substituents having an accepting property.
  • at least one selected from A 1 to A 7 is an electron-accepting substituent, and A 1 to A 7 other than the electron-accepting substituent are independently hydrogen atoms and fluorine, respectively. It is an atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the emission wavelength can be adjusted depending on the number and type of A 1 to A 7 , which is preferable.
  • An electron-accepting substituent is a substituent having a chemical structure that tends to have an excess of electrons by extracting electrons from adjacent chemical structures by chemically bonding.
  • the electron-accepting substituent examples include a substituent such as a heteroaryl group, a nitro group and a cyano group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having the above substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like. Of these, a heteroaryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength.
  • a heteroaryl group is an aryl group having at least one atom selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • Examples of the heteroaryl group include groups having 1 to 4 rings of polycyclic aromatic heteroaryls containing a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like.
  • the electron acceptor substituent has an absolute value of the value obtained by adding the energy level of HOMO and the energy level of LUMO and dividing by 2 (hereinafter, may be referred to as "absolute value ⁇ ") of 3 eV or more. It is preferably a group that is. When the absolute value ⁇ is 3 eV or more, the electron acceptor property of the substituent is empirically improved.
  • the absolute value ⁇ of the electron acceptor substituent is preferably 3.1 eV or more, more preferably 3.5 eV or more, and even more preferably 4.0 eV or more. Further, although the upper limit of the absolute value ⁇ in the electron acceptor substituent is not particularly set, it is generally 7.0 eV or less.
  • the energy level of HOMO and the energy level of LUMO in the electron accepting substituent are the energy level of the molecular orbital of HOMO and the energy level of the molecular orbital of LUMO obtained as follows. That is, the single bond between the electron-accepting substituent in the formula (71) and the adjacent phenyl group is deleted, and a hydrogen atom is added. Then, if the molecular structure of the obtained electron-accepting substituent is calculated by the molecular orbital calculation software Gaussian16 using the general function: B3LYP and the basic function: 6-31G (d), the structure is optimized by the density general function. good.
  • the electron acceptor substituent is a group represented by the following formula (5), a group represented by the following formula (6), a group represented by the following formula (7), or a group represented by the following formula (8). It is preferably the group represented.
  • R 732 to R 745 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-.
  • alkyl group examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, and the like.
  • examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring such as a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, a fluorantene ring, and a fluorene ring.
  • R 732 to R 745 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
  • the electron acceptor substituent is preferably the group represented by the above formula (5) from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength and easiness of production by organic synthesis.
  • the group represented by the above formula (5) has a relatively large absolute value ⁇ and has less steric hindrance with the adjacent phenyl group in the above formula (71), so that the adjacent phenyl group and the above formula (5) are used.
  • the twist of the ⁇ plane of the represented group is small, and the effect of lengthening the large emission wavelength can be obtained.
  • the group represented by the above formula (5) can be produced relatively easily in organic synthesis, and even when it is desired to improve the solubility in a solvent, it has a long chain (for example, 4 carbon atoms) in R 732 and R 733 .
  • the above) alkyl group can be introduced relatively easily.
  • an alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the absolute value ⁇ to facilitate the acquisition of a long wavelength emission wavelength and also from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. Further, it is more preferable that at least one selected from R 732 and R 733 is a phenyl group having a tert-butyl group.
  • one selected from R 732 and R 733 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and the other is an alkyl group.
  • Aromatic hydrocarbon groups that may have substituents are preferred.
  • the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2.
  • a 1 to A 7 other than the electron-accepting substituent are alkyl groups which may independently have a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a substituent.
  • alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-.
  • alkyl group examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
  • the substituents that A 1 to A 7 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
  • a 1 to A 7 are each independently a fluorine atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent
  • a 1 to A 7 are hydrogen atoms due to their electron acceptability. Since the emission wavelength is slightly shorter or longer than in the case, it is preferable to select a substituent according to the target wavelength.
  • a 1 to A 7 are each independently long-chain alkyl groups for the purpose of improving the solubility in a solvent.
  • At least one selected from A 1 , A 4 , and A 7 is preferably an electron acceptor-type substituent, and more preferably a group represented by the formula (5).
  • both A 1 and A 7 are electron acceptor substituents, almost the same wavelength lengthening effect can be obtained as compared with the case where only A 4 is the same electron acceptor substituent. Further, it is preferable that two or more selected from A 1 to A 7 are electron acceptor substituents because the wavelength becomes longer, and two or more selected from A 1 to A 7 are electron acceptor property. It is preferable that the substituent is a substituent and at least one of them is an electron acceptor - type substituent because the wavelength is further extended.
  • the single bond connecting the adjacent phenyl groups A 1 to A 7 is twisted, and the ⁇ plane of the adjacent phenyl group and the main aromatic hydrocarbon group of the electron acceptor-type substituent is formed. It is preferable not to twist it. This twist makes it difficult for the charges of the adjacent phenyl group and the electron acceptor-type substituent to be exchanged smoothly, and it becomes difficult for the emission wavelength of the above formula (71) to be lengthened.
  • R 71 to R 78 may independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-.
  • alkyl group examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, and the like.
  • examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring such as a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, a fluorentene ring, and a fluorene ring.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, or an imidazole ring.
  • Oxadiazole ring indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrrolobymidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienoflan ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, Benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, cinnoline ring, quinoxalin ring, phenanthridine ring, benzoimidazole ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene.
  • Examples thereof include monovalent groups of 5- or 6-membered monocyclic rings or 2-
  • R 71 to R 78 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
  • At least one selected from R 71 to R 78 is an electron donor substituent from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength.
  • An electron donor substituent is a substituent having a chemical structure that is liable to become electron deficient by donating electrons from adjacent chemical structures by chemically bonding.
  • the electron cloud of HOMO is localized and gathered at R 71 to R 78 . Therefore, by using at least one selected from R 71 to R 78 as an electron donor substituent, the electron cloud of HOMO is likely to spread outward, the energy level of HOMO is destabilized, and HOMO is formed. The energy difference of LUMO becomes small. As a result, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (71) can obtain an emission spectrum having a long wavelength.
  • the electron donor substituent is preferably a group having an absolute value ⁇ of less than 3 eV.
  • the absolute value ⁇ is less than 3 eV, the electron donor property of the substituent is empirically improved.
  • the absolute value ⁇ of the electron donor substituent is more preferably less than 2.97 eV, further preferably less than 2.8 eV, and particularly preferably less than 2.6 eV from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength. Further, although the lower limit of the absolute value ⁇ in the electron donor substituent is not particularly set, it is generally 1 eV or more.
  • the HOMO energy level and the LUMO energy level in the electron donor substituent are the HOMO molecular orbital energy level and the LUMO molecular orbital energy level obtained as follows. That is, the single bond between the electron donor substituent in the formula (71) and the adjacent phenyl group is deleted, and a hydrogen atom is added. Then, if the molecular structure of the obtained electron donor substituent is calculated by the density general function using the molecular orbital calculation software Gaussian16 using the general function: B3LYP and the basic function: 6-31G (d). good.
  • the electron donor substituent is preferably a group represented by the following formula (2), a group represented by the following formula (3), or a group represented by the following formula (4).
  • Each of R 709 to R 731 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom, respectively.
  • alkyl group examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-.
  • alkyl group examples include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, and the like.
  • examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring such as a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, a fluorantene ring, and a fluorene ring.
  • R 709 to R 731 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
  • the electron donor substituent is preferably the group represented by the above formula (2) from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength, ease of production by organic synthesis, and balance of structural stability.
  • the group represented by the above formula (2) has a relatively small absolute value ⁇ , and the effect of lengthening the emission wavelength can be obtained. Further, the group represented by the above formula (2) can be produced relatively easily in organic synthesis, and even when it is desired to improve the solubility in a solvent, a long-chain alkyl group is compared with R 709 to R 716 . It can be easily introduced.
  • At least one selected from R 709 to R 716 is preferably a tert-butyl group from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and ease of synthesis.
  • each of R 71 to R 78 independently has an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and an aromatic which may have a substituent.
  • the emission wavelength is slightly shorter or longer than that in the case where R 71 to R 78 are hydrogen atoms due to their electrophilicity. It is preferable to select the substituent according to the wavelength of.
  • R 71 to R 78 are each independently long-chain alkyl groups for the purpose of improving the solubility in a solvent.
  • the dotted line may be a single bond or no bond.
  • the dotted line is preferably a single bond.
  • the electron cloud spreads and the emission wavelength becomes slightly longer.
  • the dotted line is a single bond, it becomes easy to introduce an electron acceptor substituent in A 1 to A 7 and an electron donor substituent in R 71 to R 78 .
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound of the above formula (71) is an asymmetric type because it has an effect of narrowing the half width of the emission wavelength. It is considered that the half-value width of the emission spectrum is narrowed because the polycyclic heterocyclic compounds are less likely to associate with each other due to the asymmetric type and the symmetry is lowered, and the interaction between the polycyclic heterocyclic compounds is lowered.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound is an asymmetric type when it is rotated by 180 ° with respect to the axis of rotation when the line connecting the bond axis of B and A4 is used as the axis of rotation in the above equation (71). It does not have the same structure, or it is not mirror-symmetric with respect to a plane perpendicular to the plane formed by the polycyclic heterocycle of the compound of the above formula (71) including the axis of rotation.
  • a 1 and A 7 are different, A 2 and A 6 are different, A 3 and A 5 are different, R 71 and R 78 are different, R 72 and R 77 are different, R 73 .
  • R 76 are different, or R 74 and R 75 are different, the structure.
  • substituent group Z2 examples include the following groups.
  • a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group usually having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably 4 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms; for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or n-.
  • the number of carbon atoms is usually 2 or more, and usually 24.
  • An alkenyl group which is less than or equal to, preferably 12 or less; for example, a vinyl group or the like.
  • Aalkoxy group for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, etc.
  • the above is usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less dialkylamino groups; for example, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, etc., which usually have 10 or more carbon atoms, preferably 12 or more, and usually 36 or less.
  • diarylamino group for example, a diphenylamino group, a ditrilamino group, an N-carbazolyl group, etc., an arylalkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 7 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less;
  • an acyl group such as a phenylmethylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less; for example, a halogen atom such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group; for example, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom.
  • a syroxy group preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a trimethylsiloxy group, a triphenylsiloxy group, etc., which has 6 or more carbon atoms and usually 36 or less, preferably 36 or less.
  • Is 24 or less aromatic hydrocarbon groups for example, phenyl groups
  • Aromatic heterocyclic groups having a carbon number of usually 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a thienyl group, a pyridyl group, etc. having 7 or more carbon atoms.
  • -1-phenylmethyl group 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3 -Phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl group, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group , 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-n-heptyl group, 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group, 4-phenylcyclohexyl group, etc.
  • the number of carbon atoms is 2 or more, preferably 4 or more. And 40 or less, preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less heteroaralkyl groups; 1,1-dimethyl-1- (2-pyridyl) methyl group, 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-.
  • polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 ⁇ Specific example of polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1>
  • the structure of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is also preferably a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (81).
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (81) may be referred to as a polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2.
  • R 81 and four R 82 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group of 6 or more and 20 or less or a substituent.
  • a 81 represents a structure represented by the following formula (82). a80, b80, c80, and d80 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of a80 to d80 is an integer of 1 or more. When there are a plurality of A 81s in the formula (81), the plurality of A 81s may be the same or different.
  • the asterics (*) represent the joint and represent the joint.
  • RF represents a fluoroalkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
  • R 83 may have an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • e80 represents an integer from 0 to 5.
  • the two RFs in equation (82) may be the same or different.
  • the plurality of R 83s may be the same or different.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2 represented by the above formula (81) has a condensed heterocyclic skeleton containing a boron atom and a nitrogen atom as a basic skeleton, and the two basic skeletons are represented by the above formula (82). It is characterized in that at least one quaternary carbon atom substituted with a fluoroalkyl group and a benzene ring is connected.
  • the fluorine atom which is a strong electron-withdrawing group, is not directly substituted with the basic skeleton, so that the ionization potential has a great influence on the element characteristics of the organic electric field light emitting element. It is possible to shorten the emission wavelength without significantly changing the electron affinity.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2 is an organic solvent. Excellent solubility in. Therefore, the film produced by the wet film forming method has high uniformity and is suitable as a light emitting material for an organic electroluminescent element.
  • R 81 and R 82 Each of the R 81 and the four R 82s in the formula (81) independently has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 20 or less.
  • alkyl groups having 10 or less carbon atoms examples include methyl group, ethyl group, branched, linear or cyclic propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group and adamantyl group. Can be mentioned.
  • R 1 is an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, a methyl group, a branched, linear or cyclic propyl group or a butyl group is preferable, and a branched butyl group is particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of the stability of the compound. ..
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalent groups such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, and a perylene ring. From the viewpoint of solubility of the compound, a phenyl group, which is a monovalent group of the benzene ring, is preferable.
  • aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalent groups such as a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, a benzofuran ring, and a carbazole ring.
  • R 81 a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are preferable, and a hydrogen atom or a t-butyl group is more preferable.
  • a hydrogen atom is preferable as R 82 .
  • a80, b80, c80, and d80 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of a80 to d80 is an integer of 1 or more. From the viewpoint of the short emission wavelength of the compound, a80 + b80 + c80 + d80 is preferably 2 or more, and a80 + b80 + c80 + d80 is particularly preferably 4 or more.
  • RF represents a fluoroalkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
  • fluoroalkyl groups having 5 or less carbon atoms include perfluoroalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, branched, linear or cyclic perfluoropropyl group, perfluorobutyl group and perfluoropentane group. From the viewpoint of the film-forming property of the compound, a trifluoromethyl group and a pentafluoroethyl group are preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is particularly preferable.
  • R 83 contains an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may be possessed.
  • the alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a branched, linear or cyclic propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, and a decyl group.
  • a branched or linear propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group or hexyl group is preferable, and a branched or linear butyl group, branched, linear or cyclic hexyl group is particularly preferable. ..
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalent groups such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, and a perylene ring. From the viewpoint of solubility of the compound, a phenyl group, which is a monovalent group of the benzene ring, is preferable.
  • aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalents such as a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, a benzofuran ring, and a carbazole ring.
  • R 81 to R 83 may have> R 81 , R 82 , and R 83 have an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may be possessed examples of the substituent which the alkyl group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have are described later. It can be selected from the substituent group W1.
  • an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 20 or less carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms are preferable, and an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • An aromatic hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms are preferable, and an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Examples of an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms as a substituent include a methyl group and an ethyl group, as well as a branched, linear and cyclic propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group and a nonyl group. , A decyl group. From the viewpoint of the stability of the compound, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a branched group, a linear group, a cyclic propyl group and a butyl group are preferable, and a branched propyl group is particularly preferable.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms as substituents include monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, phenanthren ring, anthracene ring, chrysen ring, pyrene ring, benzoanthracene ring and perylene ring.
  • a group is mentioned, and from the viewpoint of solubility of the compound, a phenyl group which is a monovalent group of a benzene ring is preferable.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more carbon atoms and 20 or less carbon atoms as a substituent include a monovalent group such as a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, a benzofuran ring, and a carbazole ring.
  • Examples of an aralkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms as a substituent include a benzyl group, a 2-phenylethyl group, a 2-phenylpropyl-2-yl group, a 2-phenylbutyl-2-yl group, and a 3-phenylpentyl-. 3-yl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-butyl group, 5-phenyl-1-pentyl group, 6-phenyl-1-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-heptyl group, Examples thereof include a 8-phenyl-1-octyl group.
  • substituent group W1 examples include the following groups. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like.
  • a linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group usually having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
  • Aralkill group For example, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
  • an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms and usually has 24 or less, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms;
  • the alkyl group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable, and the alkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group are more preferable. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it is more preferable to have no substituent.
  • each substituent of the above-mentioned substituent group W1 may further have a substituent.
  • substituents the same ones as those of the above-mentioned substituents (substituent group W1) can be used.
  • the polycyclic complex compound TD2 represented by the above formula (81) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (83).
  • R 81 , R 82 , and A 81 are synonymous with R 81 , R 82 , and A 81 in equation (81).
  • a83, b83, c83 and d83 are independently 0 or 1, and at least one is 1.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), or may contain two or more kinds.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains compound I represented by the following formula (20).
  • Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.
  • Ar 21 to Ar 35 may have a substituent or a benzene ring structure may have a substituent, and 2 to 10 benzene ring structures may be unbranched or branched and linked.
  • the substituent that the benzene ring may have in the above case is preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group as a substituent is usually 1 or more and 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and more preferably 4 or less, linear, branched or cyclic. It is an alkyl group, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, and an n-hexyl group. , Cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
  • Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.
  • Ar 36 to Ar 39 may have a substituent or a benzene ring structure may have a substituent, and 2 to 10 benzene ring structures may be unbranched or branched.
  • the substituent that the benzene ring may have in the case of the structure in which the benzene ring is linked is preferably an alkyl group as the substituent.
  • any one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 , any one of Ar 27 , Ar 28 and Ar 29 , and any one of Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 is preferably a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22), and Ar 22 , Ar 27 and Ar 32 are represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22). The structure is more preferable.
  • the structure represented by the above formula (21) is a structure represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4) or (21-5).
  • the structure represented by the above formula (22) is preferably a structure represented by the following formulas (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4).
  • These structures may be substituted with an alkyl group as the substituent. From the viewpoint of improving solubility, it is preferably substituted with an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability when driving the device, it is preferable not to have a substituent.
  • the structure represented by the formula (21) is preferably the structure represented by the formula (21-1), (21-3), (21-4), or (21-5).
  • the structure represented by the formula (22) is more preferably a structure represented by the formula (22-1), and at least one structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22). It is particularly preferable to include the structure represented by the formula (21-1) or the structure represented by the formula (22-3).
  • the compound represented by the above formula (20) contains such a structure, so that the transportability of the charge in the light emitting layer can be appropriately adjusted and the luminous efficiency is improved. Further, it is considered that the inclusion of such a structure is excellent in solubility and durability when the element is driven.
  • the compound I represented by the formula (20) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably. It is 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of compound I is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
  • the compound I represented by the formula (20) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of compound I represented by the above formula (20), or may contain two or more kinds.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains compound II represented by the following formula (200).
  • W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
  • Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent.
  • Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent.
  • Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
  • At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
  • a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
  • R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
  • the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively.
  • the compound II represented by the above formula (200) is preferably a charge transport compound, that is, a charge transport host material.
  • ⁇ W> W in the above formula (200) represents CH or N, and at least one of them is N, but from the viewpoint of electron transportability and electron durability, at least two are preferably N, and all are N. It is more preferable to have.
  • Xa 1 , Ya 1 , Za 1 , Xa 2 , Ya 2 , Za 2 are divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and when Xa 2 and Ya 2 are used.
  • Za 2 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is 6 A monocyclic member ring or a 2-5 fused ring is preferable.
  • benzene ring examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, a fluoranthene ring, an indenofluorene ring and the like.
  • a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, or a fluorene ring is preferable, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable.
  • Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 in the above formula (200) are divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • Za 2 is an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • the aromatic heterocyclic ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is 5 or A 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2-5 fused ring is preferable.
  • the thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, carbazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthroline ring, or indenocarbazole ring are preferable.
  • a pyridine ring it is more preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring, and more preferably a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.
  • a particularly preferable aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a phenanthrene ring, and a particularly preferable aromatic ring.
  • the heterocycle is a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.
  • g11, h11, j11> g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and at least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability, it is preferable that g11 is 2 or more, or at least one of h11 and j11 is 3 or more.
  • the compound represented by the above formula (200) has 8 to 18 rings in total, including a ring having 3 Ws in the center, in terms of charge transportability, durability and organic solvent. It is preferable from the viewpoint of solubility.
  • R 31 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a group heterocyclic group. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable to use an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 31s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
  • the substituent which may be possessed by the above can be selected from the following substituent group Z.
  • the substituent group Z includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an arylalkylamino group, an acyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group and an alkylthio group. It is a group consisting of an arylthio group, a silyl group, a siloxy group, a cyano group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. These substituents may contain any of linear, branched and cyclic structures.
  • the substituent group Z has the following structure.
  • an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less;
  • an aryloxy group or a heteroaryloxy having a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, a pyridyloxy group, etc. having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less.
  • an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less carbon atoms
  • a dialkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a dimethylamino group and a diethylamino group
  • an acyl group such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group, which usually has 2 carbon atoms,
  • an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a diarylamino group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable.
  • the substituent is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and further preferably having no substituent.
  • an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferable as the substituent.
  • each substituent of the above-mentioned substituent group Z may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include the same substituents as the above-mentioned substituents (substituent group Z).
  • Each substituent that the substituent group Z may have is preferably an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 8 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms. It is an alkoxy group or a phenyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, and it is more preferable that each of the substituents of the substituent group Z does not have a further substituent from the viewpoint of charge transportability.
  • the compound II represented by the formula (200) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably. It is 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of compound II is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
  • the compound II represented by the formula (200) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of compound II represented by the above formula (200), or may contain two or more kinds.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment is selected from a compound represented by the following formula (210), a compound represented by the following formula (220), and a compound represented by the following formula (230). Contains one or more compounds III.
  • Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
  • Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively. n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
  • the compound III represented by the above formula (210), the above formula (220), or the above formula (230) is preferably a charge transport compound, that is, a charge transport host material.
  • the 6-membered ring is the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms applicable to Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 and Ar 44 in the formula (210), the formula (220) and the formula (230).
  • a monovalent group of a monocyclic ring or a monovalent group of 2 to 5 fused rings is preferable.
  • monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluoranthene ring, and indenofluorene ring.
  • monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluoranthene ring, and indenofluorene ring.
  • monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenant
  • it is a monovalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, or an indenofluorene ring, and more preferably, it is a monovalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring. It is preferably a monovalent group of a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms applicable to Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 and Ar 44 in the formula (210), the formula (220) and the formula (230) is 5 or 6
  • a monocyclic member ring or a monovalent group of 2 to 5 fused rings is preferable.
  • thiophene ring preferably thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, carbazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthroline ring, or India.
  • locarbazole ring more preferably a monovalent group of a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, an indolocarbazole ring, or an indenocarbazole ring.
  • Yes more preferably a monovalent group of a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, an indolocarbazole ring, or an indenocarbazole ring.
  • Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 or Ar 44 may have a substituent may have a 6 to 30 carbon aromatic hydrocarbon group and may have a substituent 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group when the structure selected from the group heterocyclic groups is a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 are linked can be selected and combined from these monovalent groups. ..
  • the number of concatenations is preferably 2 or 3, and more preferably 2.
  • Ar 44 preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a 5 linked group.
  • X 21 is preferably O or N-Ar 44
  • X 22 is preferably O or S, and more preferably O.
  • the substituents that these groups may have can be selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II.
  • Preferred groups of Ar 41 , Ar 42 and Ar 43 include groups represented by the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13), and these groups may further have a substituent.
  • Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
  • the same group as the monovalent group applicable to the Ar 44 can be applied.
  • the substituent is preferably selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z. Preferred substituents are also as described in the above-mentioned substituent group Z.
  • R 21 , R 22 , R 23 can each be independently selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z. It is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable to use an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 21s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
  • R 21 , R 22 and R 23 may have when they are substituents can be selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z.
  • the compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, and particularly. It is preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of compound III is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
  • the compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (210) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (220) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (230) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
  • one or more compounds represented by the above formula (210) and one or two compounds represented by the above formula (220) are included.
  • Species or more may be contained, and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (210) and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (230) are contained. Also, one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (220) and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (230) may be contained, and the above formula (210) may be contained. ), One or more of the compounds represented by the above formula (220), and one or more of the compounds represented by the above formula (230). And may be included.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains compound IV represented by the following formula (240).
  • Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
  • G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
  • n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
  • Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 50, more preferably 6 to 30, and even more preferably 6 to 18.
  • Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetraphenylene ring, a phenanthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, or a perylene ring, which usually have 6 carbon atoms.
  • the monovalent group of the aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is usually 30 or less, preferably 18 or less, more preferably 14 or less, or a plurality of structures selected from these structures are bonded in a chain or branched manner.
  • the monovalent group of the structure described above can be mentioned.
  • a structure in which 2 to 8 rings are linked is usually mentioned, and a structure in which 2 to 5 rings are linked is preferable.
  • a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, the same structure may be linked or different structures may be linked.
  • Ar 611 and Ar 612 are preferably independently phenyl groups, respectively.
  • the number of benzene rings, naphthalene rings, phenanthrene rings and tetraphenylene rings to be bonded is usually 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5.
  • a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings are linked a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a naphthalene ring are linked, a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a phenanthrene ring are linked 1 are preferable. It is a valent structure or a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a tetraphenylene ring are linked.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
  • the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z.
  • the preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z.
  • At least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 preferably has at least one partial structure selected from the following formulas (72-1) to (72-7) from the viewpoint of solubility and durability of the compound.
  • * represents a bond with an adjacent structure or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of two * represents a bond position with an adjacent structure.
  • * represents a bond with an adjacent structure or a hydrogen atom
  • * represents a bond position with an adjacent structure.
  • the definition of * is the same unless otherwise specified.
  • At least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 has at least one partial structure selected from formulas (72-1) to (72-4) and formula (72-7). More preferably, Ar 611 and Ar 612 each have at least one partial structure selected from formulas (72-1) to (72-3) and formula (72-7). Particularly preferably, Ar 611 and Ar 612 each have at least one partial structure selected from formula (72-1), formula (72-2) and formula (72-7).
  • the formula (72-2) is preferably the following formula (72-2-2).
  • a partial structure represented by the formula (72-1) and a partial structure represented by the formula (72-2) are represented as a partial structure preferably possessed by at least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 .
  • a partial structure having a partial structure to be formed is mentioned.
  • R611 and R612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbons having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may independently have halogen atoms such as deuterium atoms and fluorine atoms, and substituents.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a monovalent group having an aromatic hydrocarbon structure having preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms. These aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
  • the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z.
  • the preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z.
  • n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. It is preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
  • ⁇ G> G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
  • the carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group of G is preferably 6 to 50, more preferably 6 to 30, and even more preferably 6 to 18.
  • Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetraphenylene ring, a phenanthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, or a perylene ring, which usually have 6 carbon atoms.
  • a divalent group of an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is usually 30 or less, preferably 18 or less, more preferably 14 or less, or a plurality of structures selected from these structures are bonded in a chain or branched manner.
  • the divalent group of the structure described above can be mentioned.
  • a structure in which 2 to 8 rings are linked is usually mentioned, and a structure in which 2 to 5 rings are linked is preferable.
  • a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, the same structure may be linked or different structures may be linked.
  • G is preferably Single bond, Phenylene group, A divalent group in which multiple benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded, A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one naphthalene ring are chained or branched. A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one phenanthrene ring are chained or branched and bonded, or A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one tetraphenylene ring are chained or branched. It is more preferably a divalent group in which a plurality of benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded, and in any case, the order of bonding does not matter.
  • the number of benzene rings, naphthalene rings, phenanthrene rings and tetraphenylene rings to be bonded is usually 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5. More preferably, a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings are linked, a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a naphthalene ring are linked, a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings are linked, and a phenanthrene ring are linked. It is a divalent structure or a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a tetraphenylene ring are linked.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
  • the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II.
  • the preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z in the compound II.
  • Organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is used to form a layer containing the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) and compounds I to IV by wet film formation. It is a volatile liquid component.
  • the organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent in which the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), the compounds I to IV and the second host material described later are well dissolved.
  • Preferred organic solvents include, for example, alkanes such as n-decane, cyclohexane, ethylcyclohexane, decalin, bicyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, phenylcyclohexane, tetraline, methylnaphthalene; chlorobenzene, di.
  • alkanes such as n-decane, cyclohexane, ethylcyclohexane, decalin, bicyclohexane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, phenylcyclohexane, tetraline, methylnaphthalene
  • chlorobenzene di.
  • Halogenized aromatic hydrocarbons such as chlorobenzene and trichlorobenzene; 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3 -Aromatic ethers such as dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole and diphenyl ether; aromatic esters such as phenylacetate, phenylpropionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, propyl benzoate and n-butyl benzoate; Aromatic ketones such as cyclohexanone, cyclooctanone, fencon; alicyclic alcohols such as cyclohexanol and cyclooctanol; aliphatic ketones such as methylethylketone and dibutylketone; aliphatic alcohols such
  • alkanes, aromatic hydrocarbons and aromatic esters are preferable, and aromatic hydrocarbons and aromatic esters are particularly preferable.
  • One of these organic solvents may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in any combination and ratio.
  • the boiling point of the organic solvent used is usually 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher, and usually 350 ° C. or lower, preferably 330 ° C. or lower, more preferably 300 ° C. or lower. If the boiling point of the organic solvent is lower than this range, the film formation stability may decrease due to solvent evaporation from the light emitting layer forming composition during wet film formation. If the boiling point of the organic solvent exceeds this range, the film formation stability may decrease due to the solvent remaining after the wet film formation.
  • organic solvents it is considered preferable to combine two or more organic solvents having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher because it is easy to form a more uniform coating film.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention preferably further contains a second host material.
  • the second host material is preferably a charge-transporting host material, and materials conventionally used as materials for organic electroluminescent devices can be used.
  • materials conventionally used as materials for organic electroluminescent devices can be used.
  • pyridine carbazole, naphthalene, perylene, pyrene, anthracene, chrysene, naphthalene, phenanthrene, coronen, fluoranthene, benzophenanthrene, fluorene, acetonaftofluoranthene, coumarin, p-bis (2-phenylethenyl) benzene and theirs.
  • One of these may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in any combination and ratio.
  • anthracene derivative a compound represented by the following formula (30) is preferable.
  • the anthracene derivative represented by the following formula (30) has excellent electron transport properties, and when used as a host material for the light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device, functions as an electron transport host.
  • Ar 241 and Ar 242 are each independently represented by the following formula (31), Ar 243 represents a substituent, and when there are a plurality of Ar 243s , the plurality of Ar 243s are present. It may be the same or different, and n 43 is an integer of 0 to 8.
  • Ar 244 and Ar 245 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent or a heteroaromatic ring structure which may have a substituent.
  • the plurality of Ar 244 and Ar 245 may be the same or different, and n 44 is an integer of 1 to 5 and n 45 is an integer of 0 to 5.
  • Ar 244 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, and more preferably may have a substituent.
  • An aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon structure is more preferably a benzene ring structure, a naphthalene structure, an anthracene structure, or a phenanthrene structure, and further preferably a benzene ring structure.
  • Ar 245 preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or may have a substituent, which may have 6 carbon atoms. It is an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring of to 30 and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocycle or a fused ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or It is an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring having 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon structure specifically, a benzene ring structure, a naphthalene structure, an anthracene structure, and a phenanthrene structure are preferable, and a benzene ring structure, a naphthalene structure, or a phenanthrene structure is more preferable.
  • aromatic heterocyclic structure specifically, a dibenzofuran structure, a dibenzothiophene structure, and a phenanthroline structure are preferable, and a dibenzofuran structure or a phenanthroline structure is more preferable.
  • n 44 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
  • n 45 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
  • the substituents that the substituents Ar 243 , Ar 244 and Ar 245 may have are preferably a group selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II, and more preferably contained in the above-mentioned substituent group Z. It is an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group contained in the above-mentioned substituent group Z. Further, the substituents that may be possessed by the substituents Ar 243 , Ar 244 and Ar 245 may further have a substituent, and the substituents that may further have are the above-mentioned substituents.
  • the same group as the group Z can be mentioned, preferably an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 8 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms and 6 or less carbon atoms. It is more preferably an alkoxy group or a phenyl group, and each of the above-mentioned substituents of the substituent group Z does not have a further substituent from the viewpoint of charge transportability.
  • the compound represented by the formula (30) is a low molecular weight material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,500 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably 1. , 500 or less, usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, more preferably 400 or more.
  • the anthracene derivative represented by the formula (30) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
  • the content of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.001% by mass or more, preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and is usually 30. It is 0.0% by mass or less, preferably 20.0% by mass or less.
  • the content of the compounds I to IV contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 30.0% by mass or less, preferably 30.0% by mass or less. It is 20.0% by mass or less.
  • the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer only at one type, or may be contained in combination of two or more types.
  • the compounds I to IV only one kind may be contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer, or two or more kinds may be contained in combination.
  • the content thereof is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 30.0% by mass or less. It is preferably 20.0% by mass or less.
  • the total content of the compounds I to IV and the second host material contained in the light emitting layer forming composition of the present invention is represented by the formula (1) in the light emitting layer forming composition.
  • 1 part by mass of the represented polycyclic heterocyclic compound it is usually 1000 parts by mass or less, preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and usually 0.01 parts by mass or more, preferably 0. It is 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more.
  • the light emitting layer of the present invention is considered to appropriately suppress the movement of electric charges in the light emitting layer, further improve the balance between electrons and holes, improve the light emitting efficiency, and extend the driving life of the element.
  • the content of the compounds I to IV is usually 100 parts by mass or less, preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and further, with respect to the total content of 100 parts by mass of the compounds I to IV and the second host material contained in the composition for formation. It is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, usually 1 part by mass or more, preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or more.
  • the content of the organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, particularly preferably 80% by mass or more, and usually 99.95% by mass or less, preferably 99.95% by mass or less. Is 99.9% by mass or less, particularly preferably 99.8% by mass or less.
  • the content of the organic solvent is at least the above lower limit, the viscosity is appropriate and the coatability is improved, and when it is at least the above upper limit, a uniform film can be easily obtained and the film forming property is good.
  • composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain other compounds in addition to the above compounds, if necessary.
  • Preferred examples of the other compound include phenols such as dibutylhydroxytoluene and dibutylphenol, which are known as antioxidants.
  • the method for forming a light emitting layer using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is a wet film forming method.
  • the wet film forming method is a method in which a composition is applied to form a liquid film, and the film is dried to remove an organic solvent to form a film of a light emitting layer.
  • Examples of the coating method include spin coating method, dip coating method, die coating method, bar coating method, blade coating method, roll coating method, spray coating method, capillary coating method, inkjet method, nozzle printing method, screen printing method, and gravure.
  • a spin coating method, a spray coating method, an inkjet method, a nozzle printing method and the like are preferable.
  • an inkjet method or a nozzle printing method is preferable, and an inkjet method is particularly preferable.
  • the drying method is not particularly limited, but natural drying, vacuum drying, heat drying, or vacuum drying while heating can be appropriately used.
  • the heat drying may be carried out after natural drying or vacuum drying to further remove the residual organic solvent.
  • vacuum drying it is preferable to reduce the pressure to the vapor pressure or lower of the organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer.
  • the heating method is not particularly limited, but heating by a hot plate, heating in an oven, infrared heating, or the like can be used.
  • the heating time is usually 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 200 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 150 ° C. or lower.
  • the heating time is usually 1 minute or more, preferably 2 minutes or more, usually 60 minutes or less, preferably 30 minutes or less, and more preferably 20 minutes or less.
  • the organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of the present invention includes an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer formed between the anode and the cathode using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention contains the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) as a light emitting material, and the compound I, the compound II, and the compound III as host materials. , Or at least one of the above-mentioned compound IV, and further contains an organic solvent.
  • the composition for forming a light emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention preferably contains the second host material, and the second host material is preferably a compound represented by the formula (30).
  • the light-emitting material contained in the composition for forming a light-emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention is preferably only the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), and the host material is the compound I, the above-mentioned compound I. It is more preferable that only the compound II, the compound III, or at least one of the compound IV, and the compound represented by the formula (30) are used.
  • the organic electroluminescent element according to another aspect of the present invention has an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer provided between the anode and the cathode, and the light emitting layer is represented by the above formula (1).
  • the electroluminescent layer preferably contains at least one of a ring heterocyclic compound and compounds I to IV, and the light emitting layer further preferably contains the second host material, and the second host material is the formula (30).
  • the compound represented by is preferable.
  • the light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to another aspect of the present invention is preferably only the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), and the host material is the compound I. , The compound II, the compound III, and at least one of the compound IV, and the compound represented by the formula (30) are more preferable.
  • the host material as an electron transporting host material, from the viewpoint that it is easy to improve the charge balance of electrons and holes in the light emitting layer by including a material having electron transporting property and a material having hole transporting property.
  • the second host material may contain at least one of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound II, and the hole transporting host material may contain at least one of the compound III and the compound IV. preferable.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention further includes an organic layer other than the light emitting layer as a second organic layer between the anode and the light emitting layer.
  • the second organic layer is more preferably a hole injection layer or a hole transport layer, and even more preferably a hole transport layer.
  • the second organic layer is a polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit (hereinafter, the polymer contained in the second organic layer is referred to as a "second polymer". There is.), And it is more preferable that the polymer does not contain a cross-linking group.
  • a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is preferable as described below, and more preferably, a repeating unit represented by the formula (54) described later, the formula (55).
  • a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (56), a repeating unit represented by the formula (57), a repeating unit represented by the formula (60), or a repeating unit represented by the formula (60) is preferable.
  • the second organic layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using a second composition described later.
  • the second composition is insolubilized by heating after coating. Therefore, the second organic layer can be suitably used for stacking organic electroluminescent devices.
  • the second organic layer included in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described below.
  • the structure of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described later.
  • the second organic layer preferably contains, as a hole transporting material, a second polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit, and the polymer may have a cross-linking group. It is more preferable that the polymer does not contain a cross-linking group. The reasons why it is preferable not to contain a cross-linking group are described below.
  • a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron has an empty p-orbital on boron and easily reacts with various reactive groups.
  • the hole transport layer in contact with the light emitting layer is made of a material that does not have a cross-linking group, the unreacted cross-linking group and the polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron do not chemically react when the element is driven, and the stability is improved. It is thought to improve.
  • the polymer contained in the second organic layer preferably has a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit.
  • the triarylamine structure is preferably contained in the backbone of the polymer.
  • a polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit which is preferable as the polymer contained in the second organic layer, will be described.
  • the substituent is a substituent selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II, or a cross-linking group described later.
  • the repeating unit of the triarylamine structure is represented by the following formula (50).
  • Ar 51 includes an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Represents a linked group of multiple groups selected from aromatic heterocyclic groups that may have substituents.
  • Ar 52 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group represents a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
  • Ar 51 and Ar 52 may form a ring via a single bond or a linking group.
  • Ar 51 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, and a chrysene ring.
  • Triphenylene ring Triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluorentene ring, fluorene ring and the like, a monovalent group of a 6-membered ring, a monovalent ring of 2 to 5 fused rings, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
  • the "monovalent group of a benzene ring” means a "benzene ring having a monovalent free valence", that is, a phenyl group.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, or an oxadiazole ring.
  • Ar 51 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and above all, a benzene ring or a fluorene ring which may have a substituent from the viewpoints of excellent charge transportability and durability.
  • the monovalent group of the above that is, a phenyl group or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is more preferable, a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is further preferable, and a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent may be possessed.
  • a 2-fluorenyl group is particularly preferred.
  • the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 51 may have is not particularly limited as long as it does not significantly reduce the characteristics of the present polymer.
  • the substituent preferably includes a group selected from the substituent group Z, more preferably an alkyl group, a good lucoxy group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group, and even more preferably an alkyl group.
  • Ar 51 is preferably a fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly a 2-fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. preferable. Further, a 9-alkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the 9-position of the 2-fluorenyl group is substituted with an alkyl group is preferable, and a 9,9-dialkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the 9-position is substituted with an alkyl group is particularly preferable.
  • the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring tend to be improved. Furthermore, since both the 9-position and the 9'-position are fluorenyl groups substituted with an alkyl group, the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring tend to be further improved.
  • Ar 51 is preferably a spirobifluorenyl group from the viewpoint of solubility in a coating solvent.
  • Ar 51 As the polymer, at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50) contains a monovalent or divalent group in which 2 to 5 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked.
  • Ar 53 and Ar 54 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents a divalent group in which a plurality of aromatic heterocyclic groups, which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent which may have a substituent, are directly linked or are linked via a linking group.
  • Ar 55 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of group heterocyclic groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
  • Ar 56 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • each aromatic hydrocarbon group and each aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent
  • Ar 56 in the case of a substituent may have a cross-linking group.
  • the cross-linking group a group selected from the cross-linking group group T described later can be used.
  • Ar 53 and Ar 54 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent which may have a substituent.
  • it is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
  • the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have may have a bridging group, and the same group as the substituent group Z is preferable.
  • the cross-linking group a group selected from the cross-linking group group T can be used.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 53 and Ar 54 the same aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group as Ar 52 can be used.
  • the same group is used as a divalent group in which a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly linked or linked via a linking group. May be a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked, or a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked may be used.
  • a bivalent group linked to 2 to 10 is mentioned, and a divalent group linked to 2 to 5 is preferable.
  • Ar 53 is preferably a group in which 1 to 6 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked, and a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent is preferable.
  • a group in which 2 to 4 groups are linked is more preferable, a group in which 1 to 4 phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked is more preferable, and a group in which 2 or 4 phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked are further preferable.
  • Biphenylene is particularly preferred.
  • the plurality of linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded so as not to be conjugated.
  • Ar 53 may have, the same group as the substituent group Z is preferable. Preferably, Ar 53 has no substituents.
  • Ar 54 is preferably a group in which one or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may be the same or different are linked, from the viewpoint of excellent charge transportability and durability, and the divalent aromatic group is preferable.
  • the group hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. When a plurality of plants are linked, 2 or more and 10 or less are preferable, 6 or less is more preferable, and 3 or less is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of film stability.
  • Preferred aromatic hydrocarbon structures are a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a fluorene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring and a fluorene ring.
  • the plurality of linked groups may be a group in which 1 to 4 phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked, or a group which may have a phenylene ring and a substituent which may have a substituent.
  • a group to which a fluorene ring is linked is preferable. From the viewpoint of spreading LUMO, biphenylene in which two phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked is particularly preferable.
  • any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. It is preferable that the group is other than the N-carbazolyl group, the indolocarbazolyl group and the indenocarbazolyl group, and more preferable substituents are a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and a fluorenyl group. It is also preferable that it does not have a substituent.
  • Ar 55 includes an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • a group selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have the substituent is a monovalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
  • it is a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which a plurality of monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
  • the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have may have a bridging group, and a group similar to the substituent group Z is preferable.
  • a group selected from the cross-linking group group T described later can be used.
  • a plurality When a plurality are linked, it is preferably a divalent group linked by 2 to 10 and a monovalent group linked by 2 to 5.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon and the aromatic heterocycle the same aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group as Ar 51 can be used.
  • the Ar 55 preferably has a structure represented by any of the following schemes 2. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of distributing the LUMO of the molecule, it is selected from a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-4, d-1 to d-16, and e1 to e4. Structure is preferable. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of promoting the spread of LUMO of the molecule by having an electron-withdrawing group, a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, d-1 to d-12, and e1 to e4. The structure selected from is preferred.
  • a structure selected from a-1 to a-4, d-1 to d-12, and e1 to e4 is preferable. ..
  • d-1 and d-10 are more preferable, and the benzene ring structure of d-1 is particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of easy synthesis and excellent stability.
  • these structures may have a substituent.
  • "-*" indicates the connection position with Ar 54
  • any one of them indicates the connection position with Ar 54 .
  • R 31 and R 32 of Scheme 2 are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and further preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. ..
  • R 31 and R 32 may be the same or different, but all R 31 and R 32 can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and are easy to synthesize. Is preferably the same group.
  • any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is preferable to select from the same substituents that the above Ar 54 may have.
  • Ar 56 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • Ar 56 is a substituent, it is not particularly limited, but is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
  • the preferred structure is the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon structure and the aromatic heterocyclic structure mentioned in Ar 53 to Ar 54 , and is a monovalent structure.
  • Ar 56 When Ar 56 is a substituent, it may have a cross-linking group.
  • a cross-linking group a group selected from the cross-linking group group T described later can be used.
  • Ar 56 is a substituent, it is preferable that it is bonded to the 3-position of carbazole from the viewpoint of improving durability.
  • Ar 56 is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transportability.
  • Ar 56 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. , It is more preferable that it is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 56 is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transportability.
  • Ar 56 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
  • the substituents listed in the substituent group Z are substituted. The same is true for the groups, the preferred substituents are the same, and so are the substituents that these substituents may have.
  • At least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50) is a group represented by the following formula (52).
  • the reason for this is that in the two carbazole structures in the following formula (52), LUMO is distributed in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group between the nitrogen atoms of each other, and the main chain amine in the formula (50) is distributed. It is considered that the influence on the main chain amine is suppressed and the durability of the main chain amine to electrons and excitons is improved.
  • Ar 61 and Ar 62 are each independently a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 63 to Ar 65 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent. * Represents the bond position to the nitrogen atom in the formula (50). )
  • Ar 63 to Ar 65 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the substituents are not particularly limited, but preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic complex which may have a substituent. It is a ring group.
  • the preferred structure of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group is the same as the group mentioned in Ar 51 .
  • Ar 63 to Ar 65 are substituents, it is preferable that Ar 63 to Ar 65 are bonded to the 3-position or 6-position of each carbazole structure from the viewpoint of improving durability.
  • Ar 63 to Ar 65 are preferably hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transportability.
  • Ar 63 to Ar 65 are aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent from the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability. It is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 63 to Ar 65 are an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
  • the substituents include the substituent group Z.
  • Ar 62 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 10 or more and 50 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 12 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, and a fluoranthene ring.
  • Examples thereof include a 6-membered monocyclic ring, a divalent group of a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, such as a fluorene ring. When a plurality of these are linked, it is preferably a group to which a plurality of linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are conjugated.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and the like.
  • Indole ring Indole ring, carbazole ring, pyroloymidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrolopyrole ring, thienopyrol ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring.
  • Examples of the substituent that these aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aromatic heterocyclic groups may have include the alkyl group, the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group of the substituent group Z. If the steric effect of the substituent causes a twist in the structure of Ar 62 , it is preferable that there is no substituent, and if the steric effect of the substituent does not cause a twist in the structure of Ar 62 , it is preferable to have a substituent. ..
  • the preferred group of Ar 62 is a divalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a fluorene ring or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, and more preferably, a divalent group of a benzene ring or a group in which a plurality thereof are linked.
  • the benzene ring is linked with a divalent 1,4-phenylene group
  • the fluorene ring is linked with a divalent 2,7-fluoreneylene group, or these are A plurality of linked groups, most preferably a group containing "1,4-phenylene group-2,7-fluorenylene group-1,4-phenylene group-".
  • the phenylene group has no substituent other than the linking position, because the Ar 62 is not twisted due to the steric effect of the substituent.
  • the fluorene group has a substituent at the 9,9'position from the viewpoint of improving the solubility and the durability of the fluorene structure.
  • Ar 61 is a divalent group linked to the nitrogen atom of the amine in the backbone in formula (52).
  • Ar 61 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group of Ar 61 preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 10 or more and 50 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 12 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, and a fluoranthene ring.
  • Examples thereof include a 6-membered monocyclic ring, a divalent group of a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, such as a fluorene ring.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 61 preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms.
  • Synnoline ring Synnoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridin ring, benzoimidazole ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring, etc. Examples thereof include a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aromatic heterocyclic groups may have include the alkyl group, the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group of the substituent group Z.
  • divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups or divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups When a plurality of these divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups or divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups are linked, it is preferably a group in which a plurality of linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded so as not to be conjugated. Specifically, it is preferable to include a 1,3-phenylene group or a group having a substituent and having a twisted structure due to the steric effect of the substituent.
  • At least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is a group represented by the following formula (53).
  • Ar 71 represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • Ar 72 and Ar 73 each independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It represents a monovalent group in which two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group.
  • Ring HA is an aromatic heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom.
  • X 2 and Y 2 independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and when at least one of X 2 and Y 2 is a carbon atom, the carbon atom may have a substituent.
  • Ar 71 is the same group as Ar 53 .
  • the Ar 71 is a group in which one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or 2 to 10 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
  • one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which 2 to 8 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked is further used.
  • a group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked is preferable.
  • a group in which 2 to 6 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked is particularly preferable, and a quaterphenylene group in which 4 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked are particularly preferable. Most preferred.
  • Ar 71 preferably contains at least one benzene ring linked at positions 1 and 3 which are non-conjugated sites, and more preferably contains 2 or more.
  • Ar 71 is a group in which a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked, it is preferable that all of them are directly bonded and linked from the viewpoint of charge transportability or durability. ..
  • any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used.
  • the preferred range of substituents that Ar 71 may have is similar to the substituents that Ar 71 may have when G is an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • X 2 and Y 2 independently represent a C (carbon) atom or an N (nitrogen) atom, respectively. When at least one of X 2 and Y 2 is a C atom, it may have a substituent.
  • both X 2 and Y 2 are N atoms.
  • any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it is more preferable that X 2 and Y 2 do not have a substituent.
  • Ar 72 and Ar 73 each independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked.
  • Ar 72 and Ar 73 independently have a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-4, and d shown in the above scheme 2. It is preferable to have a structure selected from -1 to d-16 and e-1 to e-4.
  • a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-5, d-1 to A structure selected from d-12 and e-1 to e-4 is preferable.
  • a-1 to a-4, d-1 to d-12, and e-1 to e-4 from the viewpoint of the effect of confining excitons formed in the light emitting layer having a high triplet level.
  • the structure is preferred.
  • a structure selected from d-1 to d-12 and e-1 to e-4 is more preferable.
  • -* Represents a binding site with ring HA. When there are a plurality of "-*", one of them represents a site that binds to the ring HA.
  • any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is a substituent, and a group similar to the substituent group Z is preferable.
  • Ar 52 examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Ar 52 include a group similar to Ar 51 in the formula (50) and having a divalent value. Further, the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have in Ar 52 are preferably the same groups as those in the substituent group Z.
  • a cross-linking group is a group that reacts with other cross-linking groups located in the vicinity of the cross-linking group to form a new chemical bond by irradiation with heat and / or active energy rays.
  • the reacting group may be the same group as the cross-linking group or a different group.
  • cross-linking group examples include a group containing an alkenyl group, a group containing a conjugated diene structure, a group containing an alkynyl group, a group containing an oxylan structure, a group containing an oxetane structure, a group containing an aziridine structure, an azido group, and a maleic anhydride structure.
  • examples thereof include a group containing an alkenyl group bonded to an aromatic ring, a cyclobutene ring fused to an aromatic ring, and the like.
  • Specific examples of the cross-linking group include a group selected from the following cross-linking group group T.
  • R XL represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • R 100 represents an alkyl group which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • n XL represents 0 to 5. Represents an integer. When there are a plurality of R XLs , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of n XLs , they may be the same or different. * 1 represents the bonding position.
  • These cross-linking groups may have substituents.
  • the substituent that R 100 may have in the case of these cross-linking groups and alkyl groups is preferably the substituent described in the substituent group Z.
  • the polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit contains a plurality of repeating units represented by these formulas and a plurality of repeating units having different structures in each formula.
  • Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50).
  • X is -C (R 207 ) (R 208 )-, -N (R 209 )-or-C (R 211 ) (R 212 ) -C (R 213 ) (R 214 )-.
  • R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
  • R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may be used.
  • a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4, respectively.
  • c is an integer from 0 to 3 and d is an integer from 0 to 4,
  • the plurality of R 201s may be the same or different.
  • the plurality of R 202s may be the same or different.
  • the plurality of R 221s may be the same or different.
  • the plurality of R 222s may be the same or different.
  • i and j are each independently an integer of 0 to 3.
  • R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, 1 or more is preferable, 8 or less is preferable, 6 or less is more preferable, and 3 or less is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • the plurality of R 201s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 202s, the plurality of R 202s may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 201 and R 202 have the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
  • the plurality of R 221s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 222s, the plurality of R 222s may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 221 and R 222 have the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
  • R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may be used.
  • the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but since it tends to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 24 or less, further preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less. Further, the alkyl group may have a linear, branched or cyclic structure.
  • alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group and an n-hexyl group.
  • alkyl group examples include an n-octyl group, a cyclohexyl group and a dodecyl group.
  • the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but the solubility of the polymer tends to be improved, so that the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or more, preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 40 or less.
  • aralkyl group examples include 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-butyl) -1-phenylmethyl group and 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but the solubility of the polymer tends to be improved, so that the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 30 or less.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring.
  • Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered ring, a monovalent ring of 2 to 5 fused rings, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
  • R 207 and R 208 are preferably a methyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, R 207 and R 208 are more preferably a methyl group, and R 209 is a phenyl group. Is more preferable.
  • Alkyl groups of R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 , alkyl groups of R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 , aralkyl groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have substituents.
  • substituents include the alkyl groups of R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 , the groups listed as preferable groups of the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkyl groups of R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 , the alkyl groups of R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 , the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group are substituents from the viewpoint of lowering the voltage. It is most preferable not to have.
  • a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4. It is preferable that a + b is 1 or more, further, a and b are preferably 2 or less, and it is more preferable that both a and b are 1.
  • a is 1 or more when c is 1 or more, and b is 1 or more when d is 1 or more. Further, when b is 1 or more, it is preferable that d is also 1 or more.
  • the plurality of a may be the same or different, and when d is 2 or more, the plurality of b may be the same or different.
  • the aromatic ring of the main chain is twisted due to steric hindrance, the polymer has excellent solubility in a solvent, and the coating film formed by a wet film forming method and heat-treated is insoluble in the solvent. Tends to be excellent. Therefore, when a + b is 1 or more, when another organic layer (for example, a light emitting layer) is formed on the coating film by a wet film forming method, the composition for forming a light emitting layer used in the present invention containing an organic solvent is included. Elution of the polymer into the substance is suppressed. As a result, it is considered that the influence on the formed light emitting layer is small and the drive life of the organic electroluminescent element is further extended.
  • another organic layer for example, a light emitting layer
  • c is an integer of 0 to 3 and d is an integer of 0 to 4.
  • c and d are preferably 2 or less, respectively, c and d are more preferably equal, and it is particularly preferable that both c and d are 1 or both c and d are 2.
  • both c and d in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) are 1, or both c and d are 2, and both a and b are 2 or 1, R.
  • 201 and R 202 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions.
  • R 201 and R 202 are bonded at positions symmetrical to each other means that the bonding position of R 201 and R 202 is the binding position of R 201 and R 202 with respect to the fluorene ring, carbazole ring or 9,10 dihydrophenanthrene derivative structure in the formula (54). It means that it is symmetric. At this time, 180 degree rotation about the main chain is regarded as the same structure.
  • R 221 and R 222 are present, they are preferably independently present at the 1-position, 3-position, 6-position, or 8-position with respect to the carbon atom of the benzene ring to which X is bonded.
  • the presence of R 221 and / or R 222 at this position causes the fused ring to which R 221 and / or R 222 is bonded and the adjacent benzene ring on the main chain to be twisted due to steric hindrance, resulting in a polymer.
  • the coating film formed by the wet film forming method and heat-treated tends to have excellent solubility in a solvent, and is preferable.
  • i and j are independently integers of 0 to 3.
  • i and j are each independently, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. It is preferable that i and j are the same integer.
  • R 221 and / or R 222 is preferably bonded to the 1-position and / or 3-position of the benzene ring. .. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, i and j are preferably 0.
  • the carbon atom to which R221 or R222 can be bonded at the carbon atom next to the carbon atom to which X is bonded is at the 1st position, and is bonded to the adjacent structure as the main chain.
  • the carbon atom is in the second position.
  • Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and has an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent which may have a substituent.
  • a plurality of groups selected from an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be present, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked. It is a group.
  • It has an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent that may have a substituent.
  • groups in which a plurality of groups selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups may be linked include the same group as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and the substituent and the preferable structure are also described in the above formula. The same as the case of Ar 51 in (50) can be mentioned.
  • Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) is a group represented by the formula (51), the formula (52) or the formula (53).
  • LUMO is distributed in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group between the nitrogen atoms of each other, so that the durability against electrons and excitons tends to be improved. It is believed that there is.
  • X in the above formula (54) has high stability during charge transport, it is preferably -C (R 207 ) (R 208 )-or -N (R 209 )-, and -C (R 207 ). ) (R 208 )-is more preferred.
  • the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) when there are a plurality of Ar 51 , R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , and X, they are different even if they are the same. May be good.
  • the polymer contains a plurality of repeating units having the same structure as the repeating unit represented by the formula (54).
  • the HOMO and LUMO of the repeating units are the same, so that the charges do not concentrate on a specific shallow level and become a trap, and the charge transportability It is considered to be excellent.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) is particularly preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (54-1) to (54-8).
  • R 201 and R 202 are the same, and R 201 and R 202 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions.
  • the main chain structure excluding the nitrogen atom in the above formula (54) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more.
  • the polymer contained in the second organic layer may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) as the repeating unit, but the purpose is to balance various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. Therefore, it may have a repeating unit different from that of the equation (54). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
  • the terminal group refers to the structure of the terminal portion of the polymer formed by the end cap agent used at the end of the polymerization of the polymer.
  • the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably a hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 1 or more and 40 or less, and further preferably 1 or more and 30 or less.
  • hydrocarbon group for example, Carbon such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group, etc.
  • hydrocarbon groups may further have a substituent, and the substituent that may further have is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. When there are a plurality of these substituents which may be further present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the terminal group is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability.
  • Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50) or the above formula (54).
  • R 303 and R 306 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
  • R 304 and R 305 are each independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • l is 0 or 1 and is m is 1 or 2 and n is 0 or 1 and p is 0 or 1. q is 0 or 1.
  • R 303 , R 306 R 303 and R 306 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include those similar to those of R 201 and R 202 in the above formula (54), and examples thereof include substituents and preferred structures similar to those of R 201 and R 202 .
  • the plurality of R 303s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 306s, the plurality of R 306s may be the same or different.
  • R 304 , R 305 ) R 304 and R 305 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) are independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent or a substituent. It is an aralkyl group which may have a group. It is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent. It is preferable that R 304 and R 304 are the same.
  • the alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but 1 or more is preferable, 24 or less is preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 6 or less is more preferable, because the solubility of the polymer tends to be improved.
  • the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, and the R10 group of the alkoxy group ( ⁇ OR 10 ) may have a linear, branched or cyclic structure, and tends to improve the solubility of the polymer.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 24 or less, and more preferably 12 or less.
  • Specific examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a hexyloxy group, a 1-methylpentyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group and the like.
  • the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but since it tends to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or more, preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 40 or less.
  • 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group 1,1-di (n-butyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-phenylmethyl group , 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl group, 1-methyl- 1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group, 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-n-heptyl group, Examples thereof include 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group and 4-phenylcyclohexyl group.
  • L and n are independent of each other, and l + n is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
  • l + n is in the above range, the solubility of the polymer contained in the second organic layer is increased, and precipitation from the composition for an organic electroluminescent device containing the polymer tends to be suppressed.
  • M represents 1 or 2, and is preferably 1 because the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can be driven at a low voltage and the hole injection ability, transport ability, and durability tend to be improved.
  • (P and q) p represents 0 or 1 and q represents 0 or 1.
  • the plurality of ps may be the same or different, and when n is 2 or more, the plurality of qs may be the same or different.
  • p and q do not become 0 at the same time, the solubility of the polymer contained in the composition of the present invention tends to be high, and precipitation from the second composition containing the polymer tends to be suppressed.
  • the aromatic ring of the main chain is twisted due to steric hindrance, the polymer is excellently soluble in the solvent, and the coating film formed by the wet film forming method and heat-treated is transferred to the solvent. It tends to be insoluble. Therefore, when p + q is 1 or more, when another organic layer (for example, a light emitting layer) is formed on this coating film by a wet film forming method, the composition for forming another organic layer containing an organic solvent is obtained. Elution of the polymer of the above is suppressed.
  • Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50) or the above formula (54), and is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
  • It has an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent that may have a substituent.
  • groups in which a plurality of groups selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups may be linked include the same group as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and the substituent and the preferable structure are also described in the above formula. The same as the case of Ar 51 in (50) can be mentioned.
  • the main chain structure excluding the N atom of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or more.
  • the polymer contained in the second organic layer may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) as the repeating unit, but the purpose is to balance various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. Therefore, it may have a repeating unit different from that of the equation (55). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
  • the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
  • it is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Preferred hydrocarbon groups and possible substituents are also the same as the terminal groups of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
  • Ar 51 is the same as the Ar 51 in the above formula (50), the above formula (54) or the above formula (55).
  • Ar 41 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
  • R 441 and R 442 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
  • t is 1 or 2
  • u is 0 or 1 and is r and s are independently integers from 0 to 4.
  • R 441 , R 442 R 441 and R 442 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less.
  • the alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or a hexyl group.
  • R 441 and R 442 may be the same or different.
  • r and s are independently integers of 0 to 4.
  • t is 2 or more, the plurality of r may be the same or different, and when u is 2 or more, the plurality of s may be the same or different.
  • r + s is preferably 1 or more, and r and s are preferably 2 or less, respectively. When r + s is 1 or more, it is considered that the drive life of the organic electroluminescent device is further extended.
  • t is 1 or 2 and u is 0 or 1.
  • t is preferably 1 and u is preferably 1.
  • Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50), the above formula (54) or the above formula (55), and even if it has a substituent.
  • Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or the aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent include the same as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50). Examples of the substituent and the preferable structure are the same as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50).
  • Ar 41 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
  • Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Ar 41 include the same groups as Ar 52 in the above formula (50). Further, the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are preferably the same groups as those of the substituent group Z, and the substituents that may have further are also the substituent group Z. It is preferable that it is the same as.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or more.
  • the polymer contained in the second organic layer may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) as the repeating unit, but the purpose is to balance various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. Therefore, it may have a repeating unit different from that of the equation (56). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
  • the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
  • it is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Preferred hydrocarbon groups and possible substituents are also the same as the terminal groups of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
  • the Ar 51 is the same as the Ar 51 in the formula (50), the formula (54), the formula (55) or the formula (56).
  • Each of R 517 to R 519 independently contains an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
  • e represents an integer from 0 to 3 and represents However, when g is 1 or more, e is 1 or more.
  • R 517 to R 519 The aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in R 517 to R 519 are independently the same groups as those mentioned in Ar 51 , and the substitutions that these groups may have.
  • the group is preferably a group similar to the substituent group Z or.
  • the alkyl group and the aralkyl group in R 517 to R 519 are preferably the same group as those mentioned in R 207 , and the substituent which may be possessed is also preferably the same group as in R 207 .
  • the alkoxy group in R 517 to R 519 is preferably the alkoxy group mentioned in the substituent group Z, and the substituents that may be further contained are the same as those in the substituent group Z.
  • (F, g, h) f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
  • a plurality of g may be the same or different.
  • f + g + h is 1 or more.
  • f + h is 1 or more.
  • f + h is 1 or more and f, g and h are 2 or less.
  • f + h is 1 or more and f and h are 1 or less. It is most preferable that both f and h are 1.
  • R 517 and R 519 are bonded to each other at symmetrical positions. Further, it is preferable that R 517 and R 519 are the same.
  • g is 2
  • the two R 518s are most preferably bonded to each other in the para position.
  • g it is most preferable that the two R 518s are the same.
  • R 517 and R 519 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions means the following coupling positions.
  • 180 degree rotation around the main chain is regarded as the same structure.
  • the ratio of the compound represented by the formula (1) to the repeating unit represented by the formula (57) is (formula).
  • the number of moles of the repeating unit represented by (57)) / (the number of moles of the compound represented by the formula (1)) is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.3 or more, and 0.5 or more. More preferably, 0.9 or more is even more preferable, and 1.0 or more is particularly preferable.
  • the ratio is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.5 or less, and even more preferably 1.2 or less.
  • repeating unit represented by the above formula (57) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (58).
  • the bonding positions are the 2nd and 5th positions.
  • g 0, that is, when there is no steric hindrance due to R 518
  • R 517 and R 519 are coupled to each other at a symmetrical position.
  • the bonding positions are the 2nd and 5th positions.
  • R 517 and R 519 can be coupled to each other at symmetrical positions.
  • the main chain structure of the repeating unit represented by the formula (57) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
  • the repeating unit represented by any of the formulas (50) to (59) does not have a cross-linking group.
  • the polymer chain is not easily distorted by heating and drying or baking (heating and firing) after the wet film formation. This is because the volume change may occur when the cross-linking group reacts, and the polymer chain is distorted. This is also because the polymer chain is distorted even if the volume does not change.
  • Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above equation (50).
  • n 60 represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • n 60 represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is more preferably represented by the formula (54).
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
  • it is preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the above formula (57) including a partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
  • R 601 is R 201 or R 202 in equation (54), R 303 , R 304 , R 305 or R 406 in equation (55), R 441 or R + in equation (56), R 517 in equation (57), It represents R 518 or R 519 , and-* represents a bond with an adjacent atom.
  • Ring B may be a part of the fused ring.
  • the partial structures represented by the formulas (61) and (61') include Ring A and Ring B, and in the case of the partial structure of the formula (54), R201 or R202 , the formula ( If it is a partial structure of 55), it is R 303 , R 304 , R 305 , or R 406 , if it is a partial structure of equation (56), it is R 441 or R 442 , and if it is a partial structure of equation (57), it is. It may have R 517 , R 518 or R 519 . ) Since the formula (61) and the formula (61') can be regarded as the same, the formula (61) will be described below when necessary.
  • the partial structure represented by the above equation (61) is more main than the normal ⁇ -conjugated bond by distorting the substantially planar structure of Ring A and Ring B formed by ⁇ -conjugation by the steric hindrance of R601 .
  • the chain has a twisted structure. That is, it has a twisted structure that inhibits conjugation. Therefore, the singlet excitation energy level and the triplet excitation energy level are high, excitons in adjacent light emitting layers can be blocked, and the light emission efficiency as a light emitting element tends to be high, which is preferable.
  • the repeating unit of the above formula (54) is particularly preferable. It is more preferable that the composition of the present invention contains the solvent compound represented by the above formula (1) and a polymer having this repeating unit.
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (62).
  • Ar 51 , X, R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , a, b, c, d are Ar 51 , X, R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , a in the above equation (54).
  • B, c, d, a 1 , a 2 , b 1 , b 2 , i 1 , i 2 , j 1 , and j 2 are independently 0 or 1, respectively.
  • a 1 , a 2 and a are independent of each other, and at least one is 1 or more.
  • b 1 , b 2 and b are independent of each other and at least one is 1 or more.
  • c and d are 1 or more independently, respectively.
  • c is 1
  • at least one of a1 or a2 is 1.
  • d is 1
  • at least one of b1 or b2 is 1.
  • (2) i 1 , i 2 , j 1 and j 2 are independent of each other, and at least one is 1.
  • Ring B1 refers to a divalent benzene ring that may have R 201 in a particular position.
  • Ring B3 refers to a divalent fused ring with a biphenyl structure further bonded at X.
  • Ring B5 refers to a divalent benzene ring that may have R 202 at a particular position.
  • a in the formula (54) is 1 or more is synonymous with the fact that at least one of a 1 , a 2 and a is 1 or more in the formula (62), and is synonymous with the formula (54).
  • b is 1 or more is synonymous with the fact that at least one of b 1 , b 2 and b is 1 or more in the formula (62).
  • the formula (62) includes the formula (61) as a partial structure.
  • a 1 , a 2 and a is 1 or more, If at least one of a 1 or a 2 is 1,
  • Ring B1 and Ring B2 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
  • Ring B1 and Ring B3 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
  • Ring B2 and Ring B1 or Ring B2 and Ring B3 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
  • the above formula (61) may be included as a partial structure in Ring B2.
  • i 1 , i 2 , j 1 and j 2 is 1.
  • the formula (61) is formed as a partial structure by the ring to which R221 of Ring B3 is bonded and the benzene ring of Ring B2 or Ring B1.
  • the ring in which R222 of Ring B3 is bonded and the benzene ring of Ring B4 or Ring B5 may form the formula (61) as a partial structure. I understand. That is, it can be seen that Ring B3 and Ring B2 or Ring B1 have a twisted structure, or Ring B3 and Ring B4 or Ring B5 are twisted.
  • the formula (62) contains a twisted structure of the aromatic ring of the main chain, it is preferable because it is a twisted structure that inhibits conjugation.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 3,000,000 or less, preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less, still more preferably. Is 200,000 or less, particularly preferably 100,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight is usually 2,500 or more, preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, still more preferably 15,000 or more, and particularly preferably 17,000 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer When the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit value, solubility in a solvent is obtained, and the film forming property tends to be excellent. Further, when the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in the glass transition temperature, the melting point and the vaporization temperature of the polymer may be suppressed, and the heat resistance may be improved.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 2.5 million or less, preferably 750,000 or less, more preferably 400,000 or less, and particularly preferably. Is 100,000 or less.
  • the number average molecular weight is usually 2,000 or more, preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 6,000 or more, and further preferably 8,000 or more.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) in the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably 3.5 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and particularly preferably 2.0 or less. .. Since the smaller the value of the dispersion, the better, the lower limit is ideally 1. When the dispersity of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit, purification is easy, and solubility in a solvent and charge transporting ability are good.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) or the formula (56) is preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 15,000 or more, still more preferably. It is over 17,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight is preferably 2,000,000 or less, more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and particularly preferably 100,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit, the increase in the molecular weight of impurities is suppressed, and purification tends to be easy. Further, when the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in the glass transition temperature, the melting point, the vaporization temperature and the like is suppressed, and the heat resistance tends to be improved.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) or the formula (56) is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 800,000 or less. , More preferably 500,000 or less. Further, it is preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, and further preferably 10,000 or more.
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) or the formula (56) is preferably 3.5 or less, more preferably 3.0 or less. It is more preferably 2.4 or less, particularly preferably 2.1 or less, and most preferably 2 or less.
  • the dispersity of the polymer is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1.1 or more, and further preferably 1.2 or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight of the polymer are determined by SEC (size exclusion chromatography) measurement.
  • SEC size exclusion chromatography
  • the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are calculated.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is usually 10 mol% or more in 100 mol% of all the repeating units of the polymer. It is contained, preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more.
  • the repeating unit may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (50), but the polymer is represented by the formula (50) for the purpose of balancing various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. It may have a repeating unit different from the repeating unit to be generated. In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
  • the polymer containing the arylamine structure of the present invention as a repeating unit may further contain a structure represented by the following formula (50-2) in the main chain.
  • R 81 and R 82 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group. When a plurality of R 81 and R 82 are present, they are the same. It may be different. P80 represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • the alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, 1 or more is preferable, 8 or less is preferable, 6 or less is more preferable, and 3 or less is further preferable.
  • the alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • R 81 and R 82 are aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aromatic heterocyclic groups, the structure described in the above-mentioned "Definition" item is preferable.
  • R 81 and R 82 may have a substituent and / or a cross-linking group.
  • the substituent is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z.
  • the cross-linking group is preferably a cross-linking group selected from the cross-linking group group Z.
  • p80 is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, and most preferably 1.
  • the coupling of the main chain of the polymer is broken, the S1 energy level and the T1 energy level of the polymer are increased, and the composition containing this polymer is contained.
  • the hole transport layer of the organic electric field light emitting element it is considered that the excitators of the light emitting layer are less likely to be deactivated and the light emission efficiency is increased, which is preferable.
  • a specific structure in the repeating unit represented by each equation, a specific structure will be referred to as a “repeating unit structure”.
  • the specific structure is a structure obtained by applying a specific structure or numerical value to all the codes in the general formula. That is, the polymer having an arylamine structure as a repeating unit has a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (54), a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (55), and a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (56).
  • the repeating unit structures included in the formula (57) and the repeating unit structure included in the formula (60) only one repeating unit structure may be included, or two or more repeating unit structures may be included. good.
  • the plurality of repetition units of two or more may be the repetition unit structure included in the same general formula, or may be a repetition unit structure included in different general formulas. There may be.
  • the polymer having an arylamine structure as a repeating unit contains 1 or 2 specific repeating unit structures represented by each of these formulas, and does not contain other repeating unit structures. It is even more preferable that they are coalesced.
  • These polymers may be random copolymers, alternate copolymers, block copolymers, graft copolymers, or the like, and the order of arrangement of the monomers is not limited.
  • polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) and the polymer having the structure in which Ar 51 of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is represented by the formula (52) are shown below.
  • the polymer used in the present invention is not limited to these.
  • the numbers in the chemical formula represent the molar ratio of the repeating unit. n represents the number of repetitions.
  • These polymers may be random copolymers, alternate copolymers, block copolymers, graft copolymers, or the like, and the order of arrangement of the monomers is not limited.
  • polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) are shown below, but the polymer used in the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the numbers in the chemical formula represent the molar ratio of the repeating unit. n represents the number of repetitions.
  • These polymers may be random copolymers, alternate copolymers, block copolymers, graft copolymers, or the like, and the order of arrangement of the monomers is not limited.
  • the method for producing the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is not particularly limited and is arbitrary.
  • a polymerization method by the Suzuki reaction a polymerization method by the Grignard reaction, a polymerization method by the Yamamoto reaction, a polymerization method by the Ullmanne reaction, a polymerization method by the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction and the like can be mentioned.
  • the aryl dihalogenated represented by the following formula (54a) Z represents a halogen atom such as I, Br, Cl, F
  • a second polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is synthesized.
  • the dial halide represented by the formula (55a) Z represents a halogen atom such as I, Br, Cl, F
  • the formula (55b) By reacting with the primary aminoaryl represented by 55b), a polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is synthesized.
  • the reaction for forming an N-aryl bond is usually carried out in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, tert-butoxysodium or triethylamine. It can also be carried out in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as copper or palladium complex.
  • a base such as potassium carbonate, tert-butoxysodium or triethylamine. It can also be carried out in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as copper or palladium complex.
  • the second composition contains a second polymer and a solvent (organic solvent).
  • This second composition is usually used by a wet film forming method to form an organic layer of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
  • the organic layer is particularly preferably a hole transport layer adjacent to the light emitting layer formed by the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention.
  • the second composition may contain one kind of the second polymer, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio.
  • the content of the second polymer in the second composition is usually 0.01% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. It is 50% by mass or less.
  • the content of the second polymer is within the above range, defects are less likely to occur in the formed organic layer and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
  • the second composition usually contains a solvent.
  • the solvent is preferably one that dissolves the second polymer.
  • a solvent in which the second polymer is dissolved in the second composition at room temperature in an amount of usually 0.05% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 1% by mass or more is preferable. Is.
  • the solvent include aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, cyclohexylbenzene and methylnaphthalene; halogen-containing solvents such as 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and o-dichlorobenzene; ethylene glycol dimethyl ether and ethylene glycol diethyl.
  • aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, cyclohexylbenzene and methylnaphthalene
  • halogen-containing solvents such as 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and o-dichlorobenzene
  • ethylene glycol dimethyl ether and ethylene glycol diethyl.
  • Alibo ethers such as ethers, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA); 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4- Ether-based solvents such as aromatic ethers such as methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole and 2,4-dimethylanisole; aliphatic ester-based solvents such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, ethyl lactate and n-butyl lactate; Ester-based solvents such as phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, isopropyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, n-butyl benzoate and other aromatic esters; organic solvents such as, and other holes described below.
  • One type of solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used in any combination and in any ratio.
  • the surface tension of the solvent at 20 ° C. is usually less than 40 dyn / cm, preferably 36 dyn / cm or less, and more preferably 33 dyn / cm or less.
  • the vapor pressure of the solvent at 25 ° C. is usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, and usually 0.1 mmHg or more.
  • Such a solvent include the above-mentioned aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene and cyclohexylbenzene, ether solvents and ester solvents.
  • the solubility of the solvent in water at 25 ° C. is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less.
  • the content of the solvent in the second composition is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or more.
  • the content of the solvent is at least the above lower limit, the flatness and uniformity of the formed layer can be improved.
  • the second composition preferably further contains an electron-accepting compound in terms of lowering the resistance.
  • the second composition preferably contains an electron accepting compound.
  • the electron-accepting compound a compound having an oxidizing power and an ability to receive one electron from the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is preferable. Specifically, a compound having an electron affinity of 4 eV or more is preferable, and a compound having an electron affinity of 5 eV or more is more preferable.
  • the second composition may contain one kind of the above-mentioned electron-accepting compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and ratio.
  • the content of the electron-accepting compound in the second composition is usually 0.0005% by mass or more, preferably 0.001% by mass or more, and is usually used. It is 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less.
  • the ratio of the electron-accepting compound to the second polymer in the second composition is usually 0.5% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and usually 80% by mass. Hereinafter, it is preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the electron acceptor When the content of the electron-accepting compound in the second composition is at least the above lower limit, the electron acceptor receives electrons from the second polymer and the formed organic layer has a low resistance, which is preferable.
  • the content of the electron-accepting compound in the second composition is not more than the above upper limit, defects are less likely to occur in the formed organic layer and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
  • the second composition may further contain a cationic radical compound.
  • a cationic radical compound an ionic compound composed of a cationic radical, which is a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a hole transporting compound, and a counter anion is preferable.
  • the cation radical is derived from a hole-transporting polymer compound, the cation radical has a structure in which one electron is removed from the repeating unit of the polymer compound.
  • the cation radical is preferably a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from the hole transporting compound described later.
  • a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a preferable compound as a hole transporting compound is preferable in terms of amorphousness, visible light transmittance, heat resistance, solubility and the like.
  • the cationic radical compound can be produced by mixing the hole transporting compound described later and the electron accepting compound described above. By mixing a hole-transporting compound and an electron-accepting compound, electron transfer occurs from the hole-transporting compound to the electron-accepting compound, and a cation consisting of a cation radical and a counter anion of the hole-transporting compound occurs. The compound is produced.
  • the content of the cation radical compound in the second composition is usually 0.0005% by mass or more, preferably 0.001% by mass or more, and usually 40% by mass. Hereinafter, it is preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the content of the cationic radical compound is not less than the above lower limit, the formed organic layer has a low resistance, and when it is not more than the above upper limit, the formed organic layer is less likely to have defects and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur. ..
  • the second composition may contain components contained in the hole injection layer forming composition and the hole transport layer forming composition described later in the contents described below. ..
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic view (cross section) of a structural example of the organic electroluminescent device 8.
  • 1 is a substrate
  • 2 is an anode
  • 3 is a hole injection layer
  • 4 is a hole transport layer
  • 5 is a light emitting layer
  • 6 is an electron transport layer
  • 7 is a cathode.
  • the substrate 1 serves as a support for an organic electric field light emitting element, and usually a quartz or glass plate, a metal plate, a metal foil, a plastic film, a sheet, or the like is used. Of these, a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin plate such as polyester, polymethacrylate, polycarbonate, or polysulfone is preferable.
  • the substrate is preferably made of a material having a high gas barrier property because the organic electroluminescent element is unlikely to be deteriorated by the outside air. Therefore, particularly when a material having a low gas barrier property such as a substrate made of synthetic resin is used, it is preferable to provide a dense silicon oxide film or the like on at least one side of the substrate to improve the gas barrier property.
  • the anode 2 has a function of injecting holes into the layer on the light emitting layer 5 side.
  • the anode 2 is usually a metal such as aluminum, gold, silver, nickel, palladium, platinum; a metal oxide such as an oxide of indium and / or tin; a halide metal such as copper iodide; carbon black and poly (3). -Methylthiophene), polypyrrole, polyaniline and other conductive polymers.
  • the anode 2 is usually formed by a dry method such as a sputtering method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
  • a dry method such as a sputtering method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
  • metal fine particles such as silver, fine particles such as copper iodide, carbon black, conductive metal oxide fine particles, conductive polymer fine powder, etc.
  • disperse them in an appropriate binder resin solution it can also be formed by applying it on a substrate.
  • a conductive polymer a thin film can be formed directly on the substrate by electrolytic polymerization, or an anode can be formed by applying the conductive polymer on the substrate (Appl. Phys. Lett., Volume 60, 2711 p., 1992).
  • the anode 2 usually has a single-layer structure, but may have a laminated structure as appropriate. When the anode 2 has a laminated structure, different conductive materials may be laminated on the first-layer anode.
  • the thickness of the anode 2 may be determined according to the required transparency and material. When particularly high transparency is required, a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 60% or more is preferable, and a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 80% or more is further preferable.
  • the thickness of the anode 2 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 1000 nm or less, preferably 500 nm or less.
  • the thickness of the anode 2 may be arbitrarily set according to the required strength and the like, and in this case, the anode 2 may have the same thickness as the substrate.
  • impurities on the anode 2 are removed and the ionization potential thereof is formed by treating the surface of the anode 2 with ultraviolet rays / ozone, oxygen plasma, argon plasma, or the like. It is preferable to improve the hole injection property.
  • the layer having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5 side is usually called a hole injection transport layer or a hole transport layer.
  • the layer closer to the anode side may be referred to as the hole injection layer 3.
  • the hole injection layer 3 is preferably formed in that it enhances the function of transporting holes from the anode 2 to the light emitting layer 5 side.
  • the hole injection layer 3 is usually formed on the anode 2.
  • the film thickness of the hole injection layer 3 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, usually 1000 nm or less, and preferably 500 nm or less.
  • the hole injection layer may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. From the viewpoint of excellent film forming property, it is preferable to form by a wet film forming method.
  • the hole injection layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using a composition for forming a hole injection layer.
  • the composition for forming a hole injection layer usually contains a hole transporting compound that becomes the hole injection layer 3.
  • the composition for forming a hole injection layer usually further contains a solvent. It is preferable that the composition for forming a hole injection layer has high hole transportability and can efficiently transport the injected holes. Therefore, it is preferable that the hole mobility is high and impurities that serve as traps are unlikely to be generated during manufacturing or use. Further, it is preferable that the stability is excellent, the ionization potential is small, and the transparency to visible light is high. In particular, when the hole injection layer is in contact with the light emitting layer, those that do not quench the light emitted from the light emitting layer or those that form an exciplex with the light emitting layer and do not reduce the luminous efficiency are preferable.
  • hole transporting compound a compound having an ionization potential of 4.5 eV to 6.0 eV is preferable from the viewpoint of a charge injection barrier from the anode to the hole injection layer.
  • hole-transporting compounds include aromatic amine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, oligothiophene compounds, polythiophene compounds, benzylphenyl compounds, compounds in which a tertiary amine is linked with a fluorene group, and hydrazone.
  • examples thereof include a system compound, a silazane system compound, and a quinacridone system compound.
  • aromatic amine compounds are preferable, and aromatic tertiary amine compounds are particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of amorphousness and visible light transmission.
  • the aromatic tertiary amine compound is a compound having an aromatic tertiary amine structure, and also includes a compound having a group derived from the aromatic tertiary amine.
  • the type of the aromatic tertiary amine compound is not particularly limited, but is a polymer compound having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more and 1,000,000 or less (repeatedly) because it is easy to obtain uniform light emission due to the surface smoothing effect. It is preferable to use a polymerized compound in which the units are continuous.
  • the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the wet film formation method
  • the material to be the hole injection layer is usually mixed with a soluble solvent (solvent for the hole injection layer) to form a composition for film formation (holes).
  • a composition for forming an injection layer is prepared.
  • the hole-injection layer forming composition is applied onto a layer (usually an anode) corresponding to the lower layer of the hole-injection layer to form a film, and the hole-injection layer 3 is formed by drying.
  • the concentration of the hole transporting compound in the composition for forming a hole injection layer is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but a lower concentration is preferable in terms of film thickness uniformity, and hole injection is preferable. Higher is preferable in that defects are less likely to occur in the layer. Specifically, it is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, further preferably 0.1% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and it is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or less.
  • solvent examples include ether solvents, ester solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, amide solvents and the like.
  • ether solvent examples include aliphatic ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether and propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene and anisole. , Fenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole and other aromatic ethers.
  • aliphatic ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether and propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene and anisole.
  • PMEA propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate
  • Fenetol 2-methoxytoluene
  • ester-based solvent examples include aromatic esters such as phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, and n-butyl benzoate.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon solvent examples include toluene, xylene, cyclohexylbenzene, 3-isopropylbiphenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene, 1,4-diisopropylbenzene, cyclohexylbenzene, methylnaphthalene and the like. Be done.
  • amide-based solvent examples include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and the like.
  • dimethyl sulfoxide and the like can also be used.
  • the formation of the hole injection layer 3 by the wet film formation method is usually performed on the layer corresponding to the lower layer of the hole injection layer 3 (usually, the anode 2) after preparing the composition for forming the hole injection layer. It is carried out by applying a film to the film and drying it. In the hole injection layer 3, the coating film is usually dried by heating, vacuum drying, or the like after the film formation.
  • the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the vacuum vapor deposition method
  • a crucible installed in a vacuum vessel (two or more kinds of materials).
  • the crucible is heated (when two or more kinds of materials are used, each crucible is usually heated), and the material in the crucible is evaporated while controlling the evaporation amount (when two or more kinds of materials are used).
  • a mixture thereof can be placed in a crucible and heated and evaporated to form a hole injection layer.
  • the degree of vacuum at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 ⁇ 10 -6 Torr (0.13 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa) or more, 9.0 ⁇ 10 -6 Torr ( 12.0 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa) or less.
  • the vapor deposition rate is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 ⁇ / sec or more and 5.0 ⁇ / sec or less.
  • the film formation temperature at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is preferably 10 ° C. or higher and 50 ° C. or lower.
  • the hole injection layer 3 may be crosslinked.
  • the hole transport layer 4 is a layer having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5 side.
  • the hole transport layer 4 is preferably formed in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention in terms of enhancing the function of transporting holes from the anode 2 to the light emitting layer 5.
  • the hole transport layer 4 is usually formed between the anode 2 and the light emitting layer 5.
  • the hole transport layer 4 is formed between the hole injection layer 3 and the light emitting layer 5.
  • the film thickness of the hole transport layer 4 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the hole transport layer 4 may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. From the viewpoint of excellent film forming property, it is preferable to form by a wet film forming method.
  • the hole transport layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using the above-mentioned second composition as the composition for forming the hole transport layer.
  • the hole transport layer 4 usually contains a hole transport compound.
  • the hole transporting compound contained in the hole transporting layer 4 the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is preferable.
  • two or more tertiary amines represented by the hole transporting compound 4,4'-bis [N- (1-naphthyl) -N-phenylamino] biphenyl, can be used.
  • Stars such as aromatic diamine (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-234681) in which two or more condensed aromatic rings are substituted with nitrogen atoms, 4,4', 4 "-tris (1-naphthylphenylamino) triphenylamine and the like.
  • Aromatic amine compounds with a burst structure J. Lumin., 72-74, pp.
  • hole transport layer is formed by the wet film forming method
  • holes are usually formed instead of the hole injection layer forming composition in the same manner as in the case where the hole injection layer is formed by the wet film forming method. It is formed using a composition for forming a transport layer.
  • the composition for forming the hole transport layer usually further contains a solvent.
  • a solvent used in the composition for forming a hole transport layer, the same solvent as the solvent used in the composition for forming a hole injection layer described above can be used.
  • the concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming the hole-transporting layer can be in the same range as the concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming the hole-injecting layer.
  • the hole transport layer can be formed by the wet film formation method in the same manner as the hole injection layer film formation method described above.
  • the hole transport is usually performed instead of the composition for forming the hole injection layer in the same manner as in the case of forming the hole injection layer by the vacuum vapor deposition method. It can be formed using a layer-forming composition.
  • the film formation conditions such as the degree of vacuum, the vapor deposition rate, and the temperature at the time of vapor deposition can be the same as those at the time of vacuum deposition of the hole injection layer.
  • the light emitting layer 5 is a layer having a function of emitting light by being excited by recombination of holes injected from the anode 2 and electrons injected from the cathode 7 when an electric field is applied between the pair of electrodes. ..
  • the light emitting layer 5 is a layer formed between the anode 2 and the cathode 7.
  • the light emitting layer is formed between the hole injection layer and the cathode when there is a hole injection layer on the anode.
  • the light emitting layer 5 is formed between the hole transport layer and the cathode.
  • the organic electroluminescent device in the present invention contains the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1) as a light emitting material, and the above compound I, the said compound II, the said compound III, and the said compound IV as host materials. It is preferable to have a light emitting layer containing at least one kind. Further, since the host material preferably contains a material having electron transporting property and a material having hole transporting property, the host material is represented by the formula (30) which is the second host material as the electron transporting host material. It is preferable that the compound and at least one of the compound II are contained, and at least one of the compound III and the compound IV is contained as the hole transporting host material.
  • the preferable compounding ratio (mass ratio) when the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention contains the compound represented by the above formula (30) as the second host is as follows.
  • the blending amount of the compound I with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound I is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 40 or less, further preferably 30 or less, and particularly preferably 25 or less. 5 or more is preferable, 10 or more is more preferable, and 20 or more is particularly preferable.
  • the blending amount of the compound II with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound II is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less.
  • the blending amount of the compound III with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound III is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less.
  • 1 or more is preferable, and 3 or more is more preferable.
  • the blending amount of the compound IV with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound IV is preferably 70 or less, more preferably 50 or less, particularly preferably 30 or less, and most preferably 20 or less. 1 or more is preferable, 3 or more is more preferable, and 5 or more is particularly preferable.
  • the compound II is contained and the compound III or the compound IV is contained, and the compound II and the compound IV are contained. Is more preferable.
  • the compounding ratio (mass ratio) when the compound II is contained and the compound III or the compound IV is contained is the said in terms of the compounding amount of the compound II and the compounding amount of the compound III or the compound IV to a total of 100.
  • the blending amount of compound II is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 30 or more, particularly preferably 50 or more, most preferably 70 or more, preferably 95 or less, further preferably 90 or less, and particularly preferably 85 or less.
  • the film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired.
  • the film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is preferably 3 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, preferably 200 nm or less, and further preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the light emitting layer 5 contains at least a material having light emitting properties (light emitting material), and preferably contains one or more host materials.
  • the host material is usually a charge transport material, but a material having a low charge transport property may be blended in order to adjust the charge transport property.
  • the light emitting layer may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film forming method, but the wet film forming method is preferable, and the spin coating method and the inkjet method are more preferable because of the excellent film forming property.
  • a light emitting layer is formed using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention, laminating by a wet film forming method is easy, so that it is preferable to adopt a wet film forming method.
  • the hole injection layer is formed with the light emitting layer instead of the composition for forming the hole injection layer in the same manner as in the case of forming the hole injection layer by the wet film forming method.
  • the material is formed by using a composition for forming a light emitting layer prepared by mixing a soluble solvent (solvent for a light emitting layer).
  • the solvent examples include ether-based solvents, ester-based solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents, amide-based solvents, alcan-based solvents, halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents, and fats mentioned for the formation of the hole injection layer.
  • examples thereof include a group alcohol solvent, an alicyclic alcohol solvent, an aliphatic ketone solvent, an alicyclic ketone solvent and the like. Specific examples of the solvent are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
  • aliphatic ether solvents such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA); 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2 -Aromatic ether solvents such as methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole, diphenyl ether; phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, benzoic acid Aromatic ester solvents such as ethyl, propyl benzoate, n-butyl benzoate; toluene, xylene, mesitylen, cyclohexylbenzene, tetralin, 3-isopropylbiphenyl, 1,2,3,
  • a hole blocking layer may be provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the electron transport layer 6 described later.
  • the hole blocking layer is a layer laminated on the light emitting layer 5 so as to be in contact with the interface on the cathode 7 side of the light emitting layer 5.
  • This hole blocking layer has a role of blocking holes moving from the anode 2 from reaching the cathode 7 and a role of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 7 toward the light emitting layer 5.
  • the physical properties required for the material constituting the hole blocking layer are high electron mobility and low hole mobility, a large energy gap (difference between HOMO and LUMO), and an excited triplet level (T 1 ). Is high.
  • Examples of the material of the hole blocking layer satisfying such conditions include bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (phenorato) aluminum, bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (triphenylsilanorat) aluminum and the like.
  • Mixed ligand complex bis (2-methyl-8-quinolato) aluminum- ⁇ -oxo-bis- (2-methyl-8-quinolilato) aluminum dinuclear metal complex and other metal complexes, distyrylbiphenyl derivative and the like.
  • Triazole derivatives such as styryl compounds (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
  • the hole blocking layer There are no restrictions on the method of forming the hole blocking layer. Therefore, it can be formed by a wet film forming method, a thin film deposition method, or another method.
  • the film thickness of the hole blocking layer is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.3 nm or more, preferably 0.5 nm or more, and usually 100 nm or less, preferably 50 nm or less.
  • the electron transport layer 6 is provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the cathode 7 for the purpose of further improving the current efficiency of the device.
  • the electron transport layer 6 is formed of a compound capable of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 7 between electrodes to which an electric field is applied in the direction of the light emitting layer 5.
  • the electron transporting compound used in the electron transporting layer 6 is a compound having high electron injection efficiency from the cathode 7, high electron mobility, and capable of efficiently transporting the injected electrons. is required.
  • Examples of the electron-transporting compound used in the electron-transporting layer include a metal complex such as an aluminum complex of 8-hydroxyquinoline (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-194393), a metal complex of 10-hydroxybenzo [h] quinoline, and oxadi.
  • phenanthroline derivative Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-331459
  • 2-tert-butyl-9,10-N, N'-dicyanoanthraquinonediimine n-type hydrogenated amorphous Examples thereof include silicon carbide, n-type zinc sulfide, and n-type zinc selenium.
  • the film thickness of the electron transport layer 6 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, and usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the electron transport layer 6 is formed by laminating on a light emitting layer or a hole blocking layer by a wet film forming method or a vacuum vapor deposition method in the same manner as described above. Usually, a vacuum deposition method is used.
  • an electron injection layer may be provided between the electron transport layer 6 and the cathode 7.
  • the material forming the electron injection layer is preferably a metal having a low work function.
  • an alkali metal such as sodium or cesium, an alkaline earth metal such as barium or calcium, or the like is used.
  • the film thickness is usually preferably 0.1 nm or more and 5 nm or less.
  • an organic electron transport material represented by a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound such as vasophenantroline and a metal complex such as an aluminum complex of 8-hydroxyquinoline is doped with an alkali metal such as sodium, potassium, cesium, lithium and rubidium (). Also described in JP-A No. 10-270171, JP-A-2002-100478, JP-A-2002-1000482, etc.), because electron injection and transportability are improved and excellent film quality can be achieved at the same time. preferable.
  • the film thickness of the electron injection layer is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 200 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the electron injection layer is formed by laminating on the light emitting layer 5 or the hole blocking layer or the electron transport layer 6 on the light emitting layer 5 by a wet film forming method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
  • the details of the wet film forming method are the same as those of the above-mentioned light emitting layer.
  • the hole blocking layer, electron transport layer, and electron injection layer may be made into one layer by the operation of electron transport material and lithium complex co-doping.
  • the cathode 7 plays a role of injecting electrons into a layer on the light emitting layer 5 side (electron injection layer, light emitting layer, or the like).
  • the material used for the anode 2 can be used.
  • a metal having a low work function in order to efficiently inject electrons, and for example, a metal such as tin, magnesium, indium, calcium, aluminum, silver or an alloy thereof is used. Be done.
  • Specific examples include alloy electrodes having a low work function such as magnesium-silver alloys, magnesium-indium alloys, and aluminum-lithium alloys.
  • the organic electroluminescent element it is preferable to laminate a metal layer having a high work function and stable with respect to the atmosphere on the cathode to protect the cathode made of a metal having a low work function.
  • the metal to be laminated include metals such as aluminum, silver, copper, nickel, chromium, gold, and platinum.
  • the film thickness of the cathode is usually the same as that of the anode.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention may further have another layer as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. Any other layer may be provided between the anode and the cathode.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention has a structure opposite to that described above, that is, for example, a cathode, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer, a light emitting layer, a hole transport layer, and holes on a substrate. It is also possible to stack the injection layer and the anode in this order.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention When the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is applied to an organic electroluminescent device, it may be used as a single organic electroluminescent device or may be used in a configuration in which a plurality of organic electroluminescent devices are arranged in an array.
  • the anode and cathode may be arranged in an XY matrix.
  • the organic EL display device (organic electroluminescent element display device) of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention.
  • the model and structure of the organic EL display device of the present invention are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
  • the organic EL display device of the present invention can be obtained by a method as described in "Organic EL Display” (Ohmsha, published on August 20, 2004, by Shizushi Tokito, Chihaya Adachi, Hideyuki Murata). Can be formed.
  • the organic EL lighting (organic electroluminescent element lighting) of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention.
  • the type and structure of the organic EL lighting of the present invention are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
  • the organic electroluminescent device manufactured by using the formula (D-1) described later as a light emitting material showed blue light emission having a peak wavelength of about 464 nm and a half width of about 30 nm. ..
  • Example I-1 An organic electroluminescent device was manufactured by the following method. A 2 mm wide stripe of indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent conductive film deposited on a glass substrate to a thickness of 50 nm (a sputtered film product manufactured by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) using ordinary photolithography technology and hydrochloric acid etching. The anode was formed by patterning. The substrate on which the ITO pattern is formed is washed in the order of ultrasonic cleaning with an aqueous solution of a surfactant, water washing with ultrapure water, ultrasonic cleaning with ultrapure water, and water washing with ultrapure water, and then dried with compressed air. Finally, UV ozone cleaning was performed.
  • ITO indium tin oxide
  • composition for forming a hole injection layer 3.0% by mass of a hole transporting polymer compound having a repeating structure of the following formula (P-1) and 0.6% by mass of an oxidizing agent (HI-1) are used. , A composition dissolved in ethyl benzoate was prepared.
  • This composition for forming a hole injection layer is spin-coated on the substrate in the atmosphere and dried on an atmospheric hot plate at 240 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a uniform thin film having a film thickness of 40 nm to form a hole injection layer. And said.
  • a charge-transporting polymer compound having the following structural formula (HT-1) was dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene at a concentration of 3.0% by mass to prepare a composition for forming a hole transport layer.
  • This composition for forming a hole transport layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole injection layer and dried at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box to form a film.
  • a uniform thin film having a thickness of 40 nm was formed to form a hole transport layer.
  • This composition for forming a light emitting layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole transport layer, dried at 120 ° C. for 20 minutes on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box, and has a film thickness of 40 nm. A uniform thin film was formed to form a light emitting layer.
  • the substrate on which the film was formed up to the light emitting layer was installed in a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and the inside of the apparatus was exhausted until it became 2 ⁇ 10 -4 Pa or less.
  • a 2 mm wide striped shadow mask as a mask for cathode vapor deposition is brought into close contact with the substrate so as to be orthogonal to the ITO stripe of the anode, and aluminum is heated by a molybdenum boat to form an aluminum layer having a thickness of 80 nm. Formed to form a cathode.
  • an organic electroluminescent device having a light emitting area portion having a size of 2 mm ⁇ 2 mm was obtained.
  • composition of the light emitting layer forming composition is the same as that of Example I-1 except that (H-1) is 97 parts by mass, (D-1) is 3 parts by mass, and (H-2) is not used. The element was manufactured.
  • Example II-1 As the material of the light emitting layer, 92 parts by mass of the following structural formula (H-1), 5 parts by mass of (H-3), and 3 parts by mass of (D-1) are weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to have a solid content concentration. A 4.2% by mass solution was prepared and used as a composition for forming a light emitting layer.
  • the device was produced in the same manner as in Example I-1 except that the above light emitting layer forming composition was used as the light emitting layer forming composition.
  • Table 2 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example II-1, the relative current luminous efficiency of Example II-1 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1, and the comparative example.
  • Example II-2 As the material of the light emitting layer, it is carried out except that the structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following structural formula (H-6) is 5 parts by mass, and the structural formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass.
  • the element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example II-1.
  • Example II-3 As the material of the light emitting layer, it is carried out except that the structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following structural formula (H-7) is 5 parts by mass, and the structural formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass.
  • the element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example II-1.
  • Table 3 shows the relative current luminous efficiency of Example II-2 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1, and the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of Comparative Example 1 of Example II-2.
  • Table 4 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example II-3, and the relative current luminous efficiency of Example II-3 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1.
  • V voltage difference
  • EQE external quantum efficiency
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention using compound II as the first host material is expected to have high luminous efficiency, low voltage and long life, and the device performance is improved. I found out that I would do it.
  • Example III-1 As the material of the light emitting layer, the following structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, (H-4) is 5 parts by mass, and (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner.
  • Example III-2 An element was produced in the same manner as in Example III-1 except that (H-5) having the following structure was used instead of (H-4) as the material of the light emitting layer.
  • Table 5 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example III-1 and Example III-2, and Examples III-1 and Implementation when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1.
  • the relative EQE of Example III-1 and Example III-2 is described when the relative current luminous efficiency of Example III-2 and the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of Comparative Example 1 are set to 1.
  • the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention using compound III as the first host material has high luminous efficiency and improved device performance with low voltage drive. Further, when the elements obtained in Example III-1 and Comparative Example 1 are continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time (hr) in which the brightness of the element decreases to 90% of the initial brightness is set. When measured as the life, the relative life of Example III-1 was 1.39 when the life of Comparative Example 1 was 1, indicating that the life was extended.
  • the element was manufactured in the same manner as in 2.
  • Comparative Example III-2 As the material of the light emitting layer, an element was manufactured in the same manner as in Comparative Example III-1 except that the formula (H-1) was 97 parts by mass and the formula (D-2) was 3 parts by mass.
  • Example IV-1 Examples I-1 as the material of the light emitting layer, except that the formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following formula (H-8) is 5 parts by mass, and the formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner as above.
  • Table 6 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example IV-1, the relative current luminous efficiency of Example IV-1 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1, and the comparative example.
  • Example 1 a polymer having no cross-linking group was used as the second polymer forming the hole transport layer.
  • An organic electroluminescent device containing compound II and compound IV was produced as a host material for the light emitting layer.
  • the following formula (HT-2) is used instead of the above formula (HT-1).
  • the following formula (H-9) is 22.5 parts by mass
  • the following formula (H-10) is 22.5 parts by mass
  • the above formula (H-8) is 15 parts by mass
  • the following formula (D) is used as the material of the light emitting layer.
  • Example I-3 was weighed in 3 parts by mass, dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 4.2% by mass, and the same as in Example I-1 except that the composition was prepared as a composition for forming a light emitting layer.
  • the element was manufactured.
  • Example 2 Organic electroluminescence is carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structural formula (HT-3) is used instead of the compound represented by the structural formula (HT-2) as the material of the hole transport layer. The element was manufactured.
  • Example 3 Organic electroluminescence is carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structural formula (HT-1) is used instead of the compound represented by the structural formula (HT-2) as the material of the hole transport layer. The element was manufactured.
  • Table 7 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Example 3 from Example 1 and Example 2, and the relative current emission of Examples 1 and 2 when the current luminous efficiency of Example 3 is 1. Efficiency, relative EQE of Examples 1 and 2 when the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of Example 3 is 1, and relative of Examples 1 and 2 when the lifetime of Example is 1. I wrote down the life.
  • the present invention relates to various fields in which an organic electroluminescent element is used, for example, a flat panel display (for example, for an OA computer or a wall-mounted television), or a light source that takes advantage of its characteristics as a surface emitter (for example, a light source for a copying machine).
  • a flat panel display for example, for an OA computer or a wall-mounted television
  • a light source that takes advantage of its characteristics as a surface emitter
  • Liquid crystal display, backlight source of instruments), display board, indicator light, etc. can be suitably used.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

A composition for forming a luminescent layer of an organic electroluminescent element that includes a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by formula (1), a compound represented by formula (20), and an organic solvent. Provided is an organic electroluminescent element with a long drive life that has a luminescent layer containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound that contains boron. (Ring a, ring b, and ring c are aromatic hydrocarbon rings or aromatic heterocycles. Y is O, N-R, or S. R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group, aromatic heterocyclic group, or an alkyl group. R may bond with a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one of rings a-c by -O-, -S-, -C(-Ra)2-, or a single bond. Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.) (Ar21-Ar35 are a hydrogen atom or a structure in which one or 2-10 benzene ring structures are unbranched or branched and linked.)

Description

有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物、有機電界発光素子、有機EL表示装置及び有機EL照明Composition for forming a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent element, an organic electroluminescent element, an organic EL display device, and an organic EL lighting.
 本発明は、有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物と、これを用いた、有機電界発光素子、有機EL表示装置及び有機EL照明に関する。 The present invention relates to a composition for forming a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent element, and an organic electroluminescent element, an organic EL display device, and an organic EL lighting using the composition.
 近年、薄膜型の電界発光素子としては、無機材料を用いたものに代わり、有機薄膜を用いた有機電界発光素子の開発が行われるようになっている。有機電界発光素子(OLED)は、通常、陽極と陰極の間に、正孔注入層、正孔輸送層、有機発光層、電子輸送層などを有し、この各層に適した材料が開発されつつあり、発光色も赤、緑、青と、それぞれに開発が進んでいる。 In recent years, as thin-film electroluminescent devices, organic electroluminescent devices using organic thin films have been developed instead of those using inorganic materials. An organic electroluminescent device (OLED) usually has a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an organic light emitting layer, an electron transport layer, etc. between an anode and a cathode, and materials suitable for each of these layers are being developed. Yes, the emission colors are red, green, and blue, and development is progressing for each.
 有機電界発光素子の有機層の形成方法としては、真空蒸着法と湿式成膜法(塗布法)がある。真空蒸着法は積層化が容易であるため、陽極及び/又は陰極からの電荷注入の改善、励起子の発光層封じ込めが容易であるという利点を有する。一方で、湿式成膜法は真空プロセスが要らず、大面積化が容易で、様々な機能をもった複数の材料を混合した塗布液を用いることにより、容易に、様々な機能をもった複数の材料を含有する層を形成できる等の利点がある。そのため、近年では湿式成膜法による有機電界発光素子の研究開発が精力的に行われている。 There are a vacuum vapor deposition method and a wet film formation method (coating method) as a method for forming an organic layer of an organic electroluminescent device. Since the vacuum vapor deposition method is easy to stack, it has the advantages of improving charge injection from the anode and / or cathode and facilitating containment of excitons in the light emitting layer. On the other hand, the wet film forming method does not require a vacuum process, it is easy to increase the area, and by using a coating liquid in which a plurality of materials having various functions are mixed, a plurality of materials having various functions can be easily obtained. There are advantages such as being able to form a layer containing the above materials. Therefore, in recent years, research and development of an organic electroluminescent device by a wet film forming method has been energetically carried out.
 特許文献1~5では、ホウ素と窒素を含む多環複素環化合物骨格を有する発光材料を含有する発光層を湿式成膜法にて形成する有機電界発光素子の検討が行われている。
 しかし、素子の駆動寿命のさらなる長寿命化が望まれている。
 また、素子の低電圧駆動化、発光効率の向上も望まれている。
Patent Documents 1 to 5 study an organic electroluminescent element that forms a light emitting layer containing a light emitting material having a polycyclic heterocyclic compound skeleton containing boron and nitrogen by a wet film forming method.
However, it is desired to further extend the drive life of the device.
Further, it is desired to reduce the voltage drive of the element and improve the luminous efficiency.
国際公開第2016/152418号International Publication No. 2016/152418 国際公開第2019/198699号International Publication No. 2019/198699 国際公開第2019/235452号International Publication No. 2019/235452 国際公開第2018/062278号International Publication No. 2018/062278 国際公開第2018/186404号International Publication No. 2018/186404
 本発明は、ホウ素を含有する多環複素環化合物を含有する発光層を有し、優れた素子特性を示し、特に駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を提供することを課題とする。
 本発明はまた、ホウ素を含有する多環複素環化合物を含有する発光層を有し、優れた素子特性を示し、低電圧駆動し、発光効率が高く、駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を提供することを課題とする。
An object of the present invention is to provide an organic electroluminescent device which has a light emitting layer containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron, exhibits excellent device characteristics, and has a particularly long drive life.
The present invention also provides an organic electroluminescent device which has a light emitting layer containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron, exhibits excellent element characteristics, is driven at a low voltage, has high luminous efficiency, and has a long driving life. The task is to do.
 本発明の要旨は、次の[1]~[23]の通りである。 The gist of the present invention is as follows [1] to [23].
[1] 下記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物と、下記化合物I、下記化合物II、下記化合物III、及び下記式化合物IVの少なくとも1種と、有機溶媒とを含む、有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物。 [1] An organic electric field containing a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (1), at least one of the following compound I, the following compound II, the following compound III, and the following formula compound IV, and an organic solvent. A composition for forming a light emitting layer of a light emitting element.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(式(1)中、
 環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
 Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
 前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
 前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
 前記Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
 前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
 式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
 化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
 化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
 化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
 化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物
(In equation (1),
Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(式(20)中、Ar21~Ar35は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~10個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。) (In the formula (20), Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(式(200)中、
 Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
 Xa、Ya、及びZaは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
 Xa、Ya及びZaは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
 g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
 g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
 g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa、Ya、Zaは水素原子ではない。)
(In formula (200),
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(式(210)、式(220)及び式(230)中、
 Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
 R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
 X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
 Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
 n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
 n24は1~4の整数を表し、
 n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
(式(240)中、
 Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
 R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
 Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
 n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。)
(In equation (240),
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
[2] 前記式(1)におけるYが、N-Rである、[1]に記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物。 [2] The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to [1], wherein Y in the formula (1) is NR.
[3] 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23、Ar24、Ar27、Ar28、Ar29、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のうちの少なくとも一つが下記式(21)又は下記式(22)で表される構造である、[1]又は[2]に記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物。 [3] In the above formula (20), at least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 is the following formula (21) or the following formula. The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to [1] or [2], which has the structure represented by (22).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(式(21),(22)中、Ar36~Ar39は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~8個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。) In the formulas (21) and (22), Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.)
[4] 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24のうちのいずれか一つと、Ar27、Ar28及びAr29のうちのいずれか一つと、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のうちのいずれか一つが、前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、[3]に記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物。 [4] In the above formula (20), any one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , and Ar 24 , any one of Ar 27 , Ar 28 , and Ar 29 , and Ar 32 , Ar 33 , and Ar 34 . The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to [3], wherein any one of them has a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22).
[5] 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar27及びAr32が前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、[4]に記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物。 [5] Emission of the organic electroluminescent device according to [4], wherein in the formula (20), Ar 22 , Ar 27 , and Ar 32 have a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22). Composition for layer formation.
[6] 前記式(21)で表される構造が下記式(21-1)、(21-2)、(21-3)、(21-4)、又は(21-5)で表される構造であり、かつ、前記式(22)で表される構造が下記式(22-1)、(22-2)、(22-3)又は(22-4)で表される構造である、[3]~[5]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物。 [6] The structure represented by the above formula (21) is represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4), or (21-5). It is a structure, and the structure represented by the above formula (22) is a structure represented by the following formula (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4). The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [3] to [5].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
[7] 前記式(200)における3つのWのうちの少なくとも2つがNである、[1]又は[2]に記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物。 [7] The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to [1] or [2], wherein at least two of the three Ws in the formula (200) are N.
[8] 前記式(200)におけるWが全てNである、[7]に記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物。 [8] The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to [7], wherein W in the formula (200) is all N.
[9] 前記式(210)、前記式(220)、及び前記式(230)におけるAr41、Ar42及びAr43が、下記式(20-1)~(20-13)のいずれかで表される基である、[1]又は[2]に記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物。 [9] Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the formula (230) are represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13). The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element according to [1] or [2], which is the group to be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(上記式中、*は結合位置を表し、
 Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。)
(In the above formula, * represents the bond position.
Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
[10] [1]~[9]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物を塗布、乾燥して発光層を形成する工程を含む、有機電界発光素子の製造方法。 [10] A method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device, which comprises a step of applying and drying the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [1] to [9] to form a light emitting layer.
[11] [10]の有機電界発光素子の製造方法を含む、有機EL表示装置の製造方法。 [11] A method for manufacturing an organic EL display device, which comprises the method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device according to [10].
[12] [10]の有機電界発光素子の製造方法を含む、有機EL照明の製造方法。 [12] A method for manufacturing an organic EL lighting, including the method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent element according to [10].
[13] 陽極、陰極、及び陽極と陰極の間に設けられた発光層を有し、該発光層が、下記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物と、下記化合物I、下記化合物II、下記化合物III、及び下記化合物IVの少なくとも1種とを含む、有機電界発光素子。 [13] It has an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer provided between the anode and the cathode, and the light emitting layer includes a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (1), the following compound I, and the following compound. An organic electroluminescent device comprising II, the following compound III, and at least one of the following compounds IV.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
(式(1)中、
 環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
 Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
 前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
 前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
 前記Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
 前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
 式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
 化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
 化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
 化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
 化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物
(In equation (1),
Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(式(20)中、Ar21~Ar35は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~10個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。) (In the formula (20), Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
(式(200)中、
 Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
 Xa、Ya、及びZaは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
 Xa、Ya及びZaは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
 g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
 g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
 g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa、Ya、Zaは水素原子ではない。)
(In formula (200),
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式(210)、式(220)及び式(230)中、
 Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
 R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
 X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
 Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
 n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
 n24は1~4の整数を表し、
 n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(式(240)中、
 Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
 R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
 Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
 n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。)
(In equation (240),
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
[14] 前記式(1)におけるYが、N-Rである、[13]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [14] The organic electroluminescent device according to [13], wherein Y in the formula (1) is NR.
[15] 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23、Ar24、Ar27、Ar28、Ar29、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34の少なくとも一つが下記式(21)又は下記式(22)で表される構造である、[13]又は[14]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [15] In the formula (20), at least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 , and Ar 34 is the following formula (21) or the following formula (22). ), The organic electroluminescent device according to [13] or [14].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
(式(21),(22)中、Ar36~Ar39は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~8個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。) In the formulas (21) and (22), Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.)
[16] 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24のいずれか一つと、Ar27、Ar28及びAr29のいずれか一つと、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のいずれか一つが前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、[15]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [16] In the formula (20), any one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , and Ar 24 , any one of Ar 27 , Ar 28 , and Ar 29 , and any one of Ar 32 , Ar 33 , and Ar 34 . The organic electroluminescent device according to [15], wherein one is a structure represented by the above formula (21) or the above formula (22).
[17] 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar27及びAr32が前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、[16]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [17] The organic electroluminescent device according to [16], wherein in the formula (20), Ar 22 , Ar 27 , and Ar 32 have a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22).
[18] 前記式(21)で表される構造が下記式(21-1)、(21-2)、(21-3)、(21-4)又は(21-5)で表される構造であり、かつ、前記式(22)で表される構造が下記式(22-1)、(22-2)、(22-3)又は(22-4)で表される構造である、[15]~[17]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子。 [18] The structure represented by the above formula (21) is represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4) or (21-5). And the structure represented by the above formula (22) is a structure represented by the following formula (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4), [ 15] The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [17].
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
[19] 前記式(200)における3つのWのうちの少なくとも2つがNである、[13]又は[14]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [19] The organic electroluminescent device according to [13] or [14], wherein at least two of the three Ws in the formula (200) are N.
[20] 前記式(200)におけるWが全てNである、[19]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [20] The organic electroluminescent device according to [19], wherein W in the formula (200) is all N.
[21] 前記式(210)、前記式(220)、及び前記式(230)におけるAr41、Ar42及びAr43が、下記式(20-1)~(20-13)のいずれかで表される基である、[13]又は[14]に記載の有機電界発光素子。 [21] Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the formula (230) are represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13). The organic electroluminescent device according to [13] or [14], which is the group to be used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(上記式中、*は結合位置を表し、
 Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。)
(In the above formula, * represents the bond position.
Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
[22] [13]~[21]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を含む、有機EL表示装置。 [22] An organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of [13] to [21].
[23] [13]~[21]のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を含む、有機EL照明。 [23] Organic EL lighting including the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of [13] to [21].
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物及び有機電界発光素子により、優れた素子特性を示し、特に駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。
 また、本発明の発光層形成用組成物及び有機電界発光素子により、優れた素子特性を示し、特に発光効率の高い有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。
 また、本発明の発光層形成用組成物及び有機電界発光素子により、優れた素子特性を示し、特に低電圧化の効果の高い有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。
 また、本発明の発光層形成用組成物及び有機電界発光素子により、優れた素子特性を示し、低電圧駆動し、発光効率が高く、駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を提供することができる。
The composition for forming a light emitting layer and an organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device that exhibits excellent device characteristics and has a particularly long drive life.
Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device which exhibits excellent device characteristics and has particularly high luminous efficiency.
Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent device which exhibits excellent device characteristics and is particularly effective in lowering the voltage.
Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer and the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention can provide an organic electroluminescent element which exhibits excellent element characteristics, is driven at a low voltage, has high luminous efficiency, and has a long driving life.
図1は、本発明の有機電界発光素子の構造例を示す断面の模式図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a structural example of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
 以下に、本発明の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物、有機電界発光素子、該有機電界発光素子を備える有機EL表示装置及び該有機電界発光素子を備える有機EL照明の実施態様を詳細に説明する。以下の説明は、本発明の実施態様の一例(代表例)であり、本発明は、その要旨を超えない限り、これらの内容に特定されない。 Hereinafter, the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention, the organic electroluminescent element, the organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent element, and the embodiment of the organic EL lighting including the organic electroluminescent element are described in detail. Explain to. The following description is an example (representative example) of an embodiment of the present invention, and the present invention is not specified in these contents unless the gist thereof is exceeded.
〔有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物〕
 有機電界発光素子の発光層は、少なくとも、発光の性質を有する材料(発光材料)を含有するとともに、好ましくは、1つ又は複数のホスト材料を含有する。ホスト材料は通常、電荷輸送材料であるが、電荷輸送性を調整するために電荷輸送性の低い材料を配合してもよい。
本発明の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物(以下、「本発明の発光層形成用組成物」と称す。)は、発光材料として下記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物を含み、ホスト材料として、下記化合物I、下記化合物II、下記化合物III、及び下記化合物IVの少なくとも1種を含み、さらに有機溶媒を含む。
[Composition for forming a light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device]
The light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device contains at least a material having light emitting properties (light emitting material), and preferably contains one or more host materials. The host material is usually a charge transport material, but a material having a low charge transport property may be blended in order to adjust the charge transport property.
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention (hereinafter referred to as "the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention") is a polycyclic heterocycle represented by the following formula (1) as a light emitting material. It contains a compound, and as a host material, it contains at least one of the following compound I, the following compound II, the following compound III, and the following compound IV, and further contains an organic solvent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(式(1)中、
 環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
 Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
 前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
 前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
 前記Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
 前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
 式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
 化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
 化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
 化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
 化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物
(In equation (1),
Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(式(20)中、Ar21~Ar35は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~10個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。) (In the formula (20), Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(式(200)中、
 Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
 Xa、Ya、及びZaは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
 Xa、Ya及びZaは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
 g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
 g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
 g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa、Ya、Zaは水素原子ではない。)
(In formula (200),
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
(式(210)、式(220)及び式(230)中、
 Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
 R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
 X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
 Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
 n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
 n24は1~4の整数を表し、
 n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(式(240)中、
 Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
 R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
 Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
 n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。)
(In equation (240),
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いて形成された発光層では、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は発光材料として機能し、前記化合物I、化合物II、化合物III、化合物IVはホスト材料として機能する。本明細書において、前記化合物I、化合物II、化合物III及び化合物IVの少なくとも1種を、「化合物I~IV」又は「第1のホスト材料」と称することがある。また、本発明の発光層形成用組成物を「第1の組成物」と称することがある。 In the light emitting layer formed by using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) functions as a light emitting material, and the compound I, the compound II, the compound III, Compound IV functions as a host material. In the present specification, at least one of the above compounds I, II, III and IV may be referred to as "Compounds I-IV" or "first host material". Further, the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may be referred to as a "first composition".
[本発明が効果を奏する理由]
<化合物I>
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いた有機電界発光素子は、発光層に、ベンゼン環が多数連結した構造を有する化合物である前記式(20)で表される化合物Iをホスト材料として含むことで、発光層内の電荷の輸送性が適切に調整され、発光材料である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の劣化を抑制することができ、駆動寿命が長くなると考えられる。特に、化合物Iは電荷輸送性を抑制する効果がある。第2のホスト材料として後述の式(30)で表されるアントラセン系の電子輸送性の高いホスト材料を用いる場合、発光材料が過度に還元されて劣化しない様に発光層内での電子輸送性を抑制し、素子の駆動寿命が長くなると考えられる。
[Reason why the present invention is effective]
<Compound I>
The organic electroluminescent element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains the compound I represented by the above formula (20), which is a compound having a structure in which a large number of benzene rings are linked to the light emitting layer, as a host material. Therefore, it is considered that the transportability of charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, deterioration of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a light emitting material, can be suppressed, and the drive life is extended. Be done. In particular, compound I has the effect of suppressing charge transportability. When an anthracene-based host material having high electron transportability represented by the formula (30) described later is used as the second host material, electron transportability in the light emitting layer is prevented so that the light emitting material is not excessively reduced and deteriorated. It is considered that the drive life of the element is extended by suppressing the above.
<化合物II>
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いた有機電界発光素子は、発光層に、窒素を有する6員複素芳香環とベンゼン環が連結した構造を有する化合物である前記式(200)で表される化合物IIをホスト材料として含むことで、発光層内の電荷の輸送性が適切に調整され、低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、発光材料である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の劣化を抑制することができ、駆動寿命が長くなると考えられる。特に化合物IIの前記式(200)のWが全て窒素原子であるトリアジン構造を有する場合、LUMOが比較的深く、電子輸送性に加えて適度な電子トラップ性を有し、発光材料に過剰に電子を供給しないことで発光材料の耐久性が向上し、その結果、有機電界発光素子の駆動寿命がより長くなると考えられる。特に、発光材料である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物のホウ素原子が有する空のp軌道に電子が入り、発光材料が劣化することを抑制する可能性があると考えられる。
 また、化合物IIは中心に窒素原子を有する芳香族6員環を有するため電子輸送性が高い。従って、第1のホストとして化合物IIを用いる場合は、さらに、ホスト材料として正孔輸送性の高いホスト材料を用いることで、より低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、駆動寿命が高くなると考えられる。
<Compound II>
The organic electric field light emitting element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is represented by the above formula (200), which is a compound having a structure in which a 6-membered heteroaromatic ring having nitrogen and a benzene ring are linked to the light emitting layer. By including the compound II as a host material, the transportability of charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, the voltage is lowered, the light emission efficiency is improved, and the polycycle represented by the above formula (1), which is a light emitting material, is obtained. It is considered that the deterioration of the heterocyclic compound can be suppressed and the drive life is extended. In particular, when the W of the above formula (200) of the compound II has a triazine structure in which all of them are nitrogen atoms, the LUMO is relatively deep, has an appropriate electron trapping property in addition to the electron transport property, and excessive electrons are contained in the light emitting material. It is considered that the durability of the light emitting material is improved by not supplying the light emitting material, and as a result, the driving life of the organic electroluminescent element is extended. In particular, it is considered that there is a possibility that electrons enter the empty p-orbital of the boron atom of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a luminescent material, and the deterioration of the luminescent material may be suppressed. ..
Further, since compound II has an aromatic 6-membered ring having a nitrogen atom in the center, it has high electron transportability. Therefore, when compound II is used as the first host, it is considered that by further using a host material having high hole transportability as the host material, the voltage is lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved, and the drive life is extended. ..
<化合物III>
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物及びこの発光層形成用組成物により形成された有機電界発光素子の発光層に含まれる前記式(210)で表される化合物、前記式(220)で表される化合物及び前記式(230)で表される化合物のいずれかである化合物IIIは、アミンの窒素原子に結合しているフェニレン基が2又は3個連結した先のベンゼン環の3位に必ず芳香環が結合している。ここで言う芳香環とは、Ar41、Ar42、Ar43又はベンゼン環で表される構造である。このような構造により、アミンの窒素原子にパラ位で結合しているベンゼン環が2又は3となり、適度にHOMOが分布することで正孔輸送性が向上して低電圧化し、さらに発光層内の電子と正孔のバランスが向上して発光効率が向上し、耐久性が向上して素子の駆動寿命が長寿命化すると考えられる。さらにその先にAr41、Ar42、Ar43等の構造を有することで、さらに低電圧化、高発光効率化及び長寿命化するとともに、当該化合物の有機溶媒への溶解性が向上すると考えられる。また、Ar41、Ar42、Ar43の構造を適切に選択することで耐久性が向上すると考えられる。また、陽極側の層から注入された正孔を発光材料が直接受け取って酸化状態になると劣化する可能性がある場合は、化合物IIIは正孔輸送性を有し、陰極側の層から正孔を受け取りやすいため、発光材料が直接酸化されにくく、劣化が抑制されると考えられる。逆に、発光材料が陰極側から注入された電子を直接受け取って還元状態になると劣化する可能性がある場合は、化合物IIIから発光材料に速やかに正孔を輸送し、発光材料を再結合発光させることで発光材料の劣化が抑制されると考えられる。化合物IIIはトリフェニルアミン構造を有する正孔輸送性のホストなので、第1のホストとして化合物IIIを用いるとともに第2のホスト材料として電子輸送性の高い材料を用いることで、低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を得ることが出来ると考えられる。
<Compound III>
The compound represented by the above formula (210) and the compound represented by the above formula (220) contained in the light emitting layer forming composition of the present invention and the light emitting layer of the organic electric field light emitting element formed by the light emitting layer forming composition are represented by the above formula (220). Compound III, which is one of the compounds represented by the above formula (230), is always aromatic at the 3-position of the benzene ring to which two or three phenylene groups bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amine are linked. The rings are bonded. The aromatic ring referred to here is a structure represented by Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 or a benzene ring. With such a structure, the number of benzene rings bonded to the nitrogen atom of the amine at the para position becomes 2 or 3, and the appropriate distribution of HOMO improves hole transportability and lowers the voltage, and further in the light emitting layer. It is considered that the balance between electrons and holes is improved, the luminous efficiency is improved, the durability is improved, and the drive life of the element is extended. Further, by having a structure such as Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 , etc., it is considered that the voltage is further lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved and the life is extended, and the solubility of the compound in an organic solvent is improved. .. Further, it is considered that the durability is improved by appropriately selecting the structures of Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 . In addition, compound III has hole transporting properties and holes from the cathode side layer when the light emitting material directly receives the holes injected from the anode side layer and may deteriorate when it becomes an oxidized state. It is considered that the light emitting material is less likely to be directly oxidized and deterioration is suppressed because it is easy to receive. On the contrary, when the light emitting material directly receives the electrons injected from the cathode side and may deteriorate when it is in a reduced state, holes are rapidly transported from Compound III to the light emitting material, and the light emitting material is recombined to emit light. It is considered that the deterioration of the light emitting material is suppressed by making the light emitting material. Since compound III is a hole-transporting host having a triphenylamine structure, the voltage can be lowered and the luminous efficiency can be reduced by using compound III as the first host and a material having high electron-transporting properties as the second host material. It is considered that an organic electroluminescent device having a long drive life can be obtained.
<化合物IV>
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物及びこの発光層形成用組成物により形成された有機電界発光素子は、発光層に、カルバゾール環を2つ有する構造を含む化合物である前記式(240)で表される化合物IVをホスト材料として含むことで、発光層内の電荷の輸送性が適切に調整され、低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、発光材料である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の劣化を抑制することができ、駆動寿命が長くなると考えられる。陽極側の層から注入された正孔を発光材料が直接受け取って酸化状態になると劣化する可能性がある場合は、化合物IVは正孔輸送性を有し陰極側の層から正孔を受け取りやすいため、発光材料が直接酸化されにくく、劣化が抑制されると考えられる。逆に、発光材料が陰極側から注入された電子を直接受け取って還元状態になると劣化しやすい場合は、化合物IVから発光材料に速やかに正孔が輸送され、発光材料が再結合発光することで劣化が抑制されると考えられる。さらに、化合物IVは平面性の高いカルバゾール環構造を2つ有するため、平面性の高い多環複素環化合物である前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の発光材料への正孔輸送性が向上すると考えられる。このとき、発光材料への電子供給も速やかに行われることで速やかに再結合発光し、発光材料の劣化も抑制されると考えられる。従って、第1のホストとして化合物IVを用いるとともに第2のホスト材料として電子輸送性の高い材料を用いることで、低電圧化し、発光効率が向上し、駆動寿命の長い有機電界発光素子を得ることが出来ると考えられる。
<Compound IV>
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention and the organic electroluminescent element formed by the composition for forming a light emitting layer are represented by the above formula (240), which is a compound having a structure having two carbazole rings in the light emitting layer. By including the compound IV as a host material, the transportability of electric charges in the light emitting layer is appropriately adjusted, the voltage is lowered, the luminous efficiency is improved, and the light emitting material is represented by the above formula (1). It is considered that the deterioration of the ring heterocyclic compound can be suppressed and the drive life is extended. Compound IV has a hole transporting property and easily receives holes from the cathode side layer when the light emitting material directly receives the holes injected from the anode side layer and may deteriorate when it becomes an oxidized state. Therefore, it is considered that the light emitting material is less likely to be directly oxidized and deterioration is suppressed. On the contrary, when the light-emitting material directly receives the electrons injected from the cathode side and is likely to deteriorate when it is in a reduced state, holes are rapidly transported from compound IV to the light-emitting material, and the light-emitting material recombines and emits light. Deterioration is considered to be suppressed. Further, since Compound IV has two highly planar carbazole ring structures, holes in the light emitting material of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), which is a highly planar polycyclic heterocyclic compound. It is thought that transportability will improve. At this time, it is considered that the electron supply to the light emitting material is also promptly performed, so that the light is rapidly recombined to emit light and the deterioration of the light emitting material is suppressed. Therefore, by using Compound IV as the first host and using a material having high electron transportability as the second host material, it is possible to obtain an organic electroluminescent device having a low voltage, improved luminous efficiency, and a long drive life. Is thought to be possible.
[多環複素環化合物]
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物を含有する。前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は発光材料であることが好ましい。
[Polycyclic heterocyclic compound]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1). The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is preferably a light emitting material.
<環a、環b及び環c>
 環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環である。
<Ring a, ring b and ring c>
The ring a, the ring b, and the ring c are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent.
 芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環が有していてもよい置換基は、好ましくは、下記置換基群αから選択される基である。 The substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle may have is preferably a group selected from the following substituent group α.
 また、上記芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環は、B及びYから構成される式(1)における中央の縮合2環構造(以下、「中央縮合2環構造」と称す場合がある。)と結合を共有する5員環又は6員環を有することが好ましく、中央縮合2環構造と結合を共有する6員環を有することがより好ましい。 Further, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle has a central condensed bicyclic structure in the formula (1) composed of B and Y (hereinafter, may be referred to as "central condensed bicyclic structure"). It is preferable to have a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring that shares a bond with, and more preferably to have a 6-membered ring that shares a bond with a centrally condensed bicyclic structure.
(式(1’))
 ここで、「中央縮合2環構造」とは、式(1)の中央に示した、B及び2つのYを含んで構成される2つの飽和炭化水素環が縮合した構造である。具体的には、下記式(1’)中の環d及び環eが縮合した構造である。
(Equation (1'))
Here, the "central condensed two-ring structure" is a structure in which two saturated hydrocarbon rings including B and two Y are condensed, which is shown in the center of the formula (1). Specifically, it is a structure in which the ring d and the ring e in the following formula (1') are condensed.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(式(1’)中、環a~c及びYは式(1)におけると同義である。) (In the formula (1'), the rings a to c and Y are synonymous with those in the formula (1).)
 また、「中央縮合2環構造と結合を共有する6員環」が存在する場合とは、例えば環aがベンゼン環(6員環)である場合を意味する。「(環aである)香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環がこの6員環を有する」とは、この6員環だけで環aが形成されるか、又は、この6員環を含むようにこの6員環にさらに他の環などが縮合して環aが形成されることを意味する。「環b」、「環c」、及び「5員環」についても同様の説明が当てはまる。 Further, the case where "a 6-membered ring sharing a bond with the central condensed 2-ring structure" exists means, for example, a case where the ring a is a benzene ring (6-membered ring). "The aromatic hydrocarbon ring or aromatic heterocycle (which is ring a) has this 6-membered ring" means that the ring a is formed only by the 6-membered ring or includes the 6-membered ring. As described above, it means that another ring or the like is condensed with this 6-membered ring to form the ring a. The same description applies to "ring b", "ring c", and "5-membered ring".
(芳香族炭化水素環)
 式(1)の環a、環b及び環cにおける芳香族炭化水素環としては、例えば、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素環が挙げられ、炭素数6~16の芳香族炭化水素環が好ましく、炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素環がより好ましく、炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素環が特に好ましい。
(Aromatic hydrocarbon ring)
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c of the formula (1) include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 16 carbon atoms. Is preferable, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
 具体的な芳香族炭化水素環としては、単環系であるベンゼン環、二環系であるビフェニル環、縮合二環系であるナフタレン環、三環系であるテルフェニル環(m-テルフェニル、o-テルフェニル、p-テルフェニル)、縮合三環系である、アセナフチレン環、フルオレン環、フェナレン環、フェナントレン環、縮合四環系であるトリフェニレン環、ピレン環、ナフタセン環、縮合五環系であるペリレン環、ペンタセン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環、ビフェニル環、ナフタレン環、ターフェニル環、フルオレン環がさらに好ましく、ベンゼン環が最も好ましい。 Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a benzene ring which is a monocyclic system, a biphenyl ring which is a bicyclic system, a naphthalene ring which is a fused bicyclic system, and a terphenyl ring (m-terphenyl) which is a tricyclic system. o-terphenyl, p-terphenyl), fused tricyclics, ashenafutilene ring, fluorene ring, phenylene ring, phenanthrene ring, fused tetracyclic triphenylene ring, pyrene ring, naphthalene ring, fused pentacyclic system. A certain pyrene ring or pentacene ring is preferable, a benzene ring, a biphenyl ring, a naphthalene ring, a terphenyl ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is most preferable.
(芳香族複素環)
 式(1)の環a、環b及び環cにおける芳香族複素環としては、例えば、炭素数2~30の芳香族複素環が挙げられ、炭素数2~25の芳香族複素環が好ましく、炭素数2~20の芳香族複素環がより好ましく、炭素数2~15の芳香族複素環がさらに好ましく、炭素数2~10の芳香族複素環が特に好ましい。芳香族複素環としては、例えば環構成原子として炭素原子以外に酸素原子、硫黄原子及び窒素原子から選ばれるヘテロ原子を1ないし5個含有する複素環が好ましい。
(Aromatic heterocycle)
Examples of the aromatic heterocycle in the ring a, the ring b and the ring c of the formula (1) include an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, and an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 25 carbon atoms is preferable. An aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable, an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 15 carbon atoms is further preferable, and an aromatic heterocycle having 2 to 10 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. As the aromatic heterocycle, for example, a heterocycle containing 1 to 5 heteroatoms selected from an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and a nitrogen atom in addition to a carbon atom as a ring-constituting atom is preferable.
 具体的な芳香族複素環としては、ピロール環、オキサゾール環、チアゾール環、イソチアゾール環、イミダゾール環、チアジアゾール環、トリアゾール環、ピラゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、ピラジン環、トリアジン環、インドール環、イソインドール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、キナゾリン環、キノキサリン環、ナフチリジン環、カルバゾール環、アクリジン環、フェノキサジン環、フェノチアジン環、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環が好ましい。 Specific examples of the aromatic heterocycle include a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a thiathiazole ring, a triazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring, a triazine ring, and an indole ring. Isoindole ring, benzoimidazole ring, benzoxazole ring, benzothiazole ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinazoline ring, quinoxalin ring, naphthylidine ring, carbazole ring, aclysine ring, phenoxazine ring, phenothiazine ring, furan ring, benzofuran ring, A dibenzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, and a dibenzothiophene ring are preferable.
(置換基群α)
 置換基群αは、置換又は無置換の芳香族炭化水素基、置換又は無置換の芳香族複素環基、置換又は無置換のジアリールアミノ基、置換又は無置換のジヘテロアリールアミノ基、置換又は無置換のアリールヘテロアリールアミノ基(芳香族炭化水素基と芳香族複素環基を有するアミノ基)、置換又は無置換のアルキル基、置換又は無置換のアルコキシ基、置換又は無置換のアリールオキシ基、及びハロゲン原子よりなる。
(Substituent group α)
Substituent group α is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group, a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic heterocyclic group, a substituted or unsubstituted diarylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted diheteroarylamino group, a substituted or substituted group. Unsubstituted aryl heteroarylamino group (amino group having aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group), substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group , And a halogen atom.
 ハロゲン原子以外の置換基群αから選択される基が有していてもよい置換基は、下記置換基群βである。 The substituent that the group selected from the substituent group α other than the halogen atom may have is the following substituent group β.
 置換基群αにおける芳香族炭化水素基又はアリール構造としては、例えば、環a、環b及び環cにおける芳香族炭化水素環の基が挙げられる。芳香族炭化水素環の具体的な構造及び好ましい構造も同様である。置換基群αにおける芳香族炭化水素基として好ましくはベンゼン環である。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group or aryl structure in the substituent group α include the group of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring in the ring a, the ring b and the ring c. The same applies to the specific structure and preferable structure of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon group in the substituent group α is preferably a benzene ring.
 置換基群αにおける芳香族複素環基又はヘテロアリール構造としては、例えば、環a、環b及び環cにおける芳香族複素環の基が挙げられる。芳香族複素環の具体的な構造及び好ましい構造も同様である。置換基群αにおける芳香族複素環基として好ましくは、トリアジン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、ピリミド[5,4-d]ピリミジン環、又はベンゾ[1,2-d:4,5-d]ジイミダゾール環である。 Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group or heteroaryl structure in the substituent group α include the group of the aromatic heterocycle in the rings a, b and c. The same applies to the specific structure and preferable structure of the aromatic heterocycle. The aromatic heterocyclic group in the substituent group α is preferably a triazine ring, a benzimidazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, a pyrimid [5,4-d] pyrimidine ring, or a benzo [1,2-d: 4,5-d]. ] It is a imidazole ring.
 置換基群αにおけるアルキル基としては、直鎖及び分枝鎖のいずれでもよく、例えば、炭素数1~24の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素数3~24の分枝鎖アルキル基が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては炭素数1~18の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素数3~18の分枝鎖アルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~12の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素数3~12の分枝鎖アルキル基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素数3~6の分枝鎖アルキル基がさらに好ましく、炭素数1~4の直鎖アルキル基又は炭素数3~4の分枝鎖アルキル基が特に好ましい。 The alkyl group in the substituent group α may be either a straight chain or a branched chain, and examples thereof include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 24 carbon atoms. As the alkyl group, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a branched chain chain having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable. An alkyl group is more preferable, a linear alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms is further preferable, and a linear alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a fraction having 3 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Branch-chain alkyl groups are particularly preferred.
 具体的なアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、1-メチルペンチル基、4-メチル-2-ペンチル基、3,3-ジメチルブチル基、2-エチルブチル基、n-ヘプチル基、1-メチルヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、tert-オクチル基などが挙げられる。
 置換基群αにおけるアルキル基のHの一部はFに置き換わってもよい。
Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, an n-pentyl group and an isopentyl group. Neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, 1-methylpentyl group, 4-methyl-2-pentyl group, 3,3-dimethylbutyl group, 2-ethylbutyl group, n-heptyl group, 1-methylhexyl Examples include a group, an n-octyl group, a tert-octyl group and the like.
A part of H of the alkyl group in the substituent group α may be replaced with F.
 置換基群αにおけるアルコキシ基としては、例えば、炭素数1~24の直鎖又は炭素数3~24の分枝鎖のアルコキシ基が挙げられる。該アルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~18の直鎖アルコキシ基又は炭素数3~18の分枝鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~12の直鎖アルコキシ基又は炭素数3~12の分枝鎖のアルコキシ基がより好ましく、炭素数1~6の直鎖アルコキシ基又は炭素数3~6の分枝鎖のアルコキシ基がさらに好ましく、炭素数1~4の直鎖アルコキシ基又は炭素数3~4の分枝鎖のアルコキシ基が特に好ましい。 Examples of the alkoxy group in the substituent group α include a straight chain having 1 to 24 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having a branched chain having 3 to 24 carbon atoms. As the alkoxy group, a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having a branched chain having 3 to 18 carbon atoms is preferable, and a linear alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a fraction having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable. Branch-chain alkoxy groups are more preferred, linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or branched-chain alkoxy groups having 3 to 6 carbon atoms are even more preferred, and linear alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or having 3 carbon atoms. Alkoxy groups of ~ 4 branched chains are particularly preferable.
 具体的なアルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、ヘキシルオキシ基、ヘプチルオキシ基、オクチルオキシ基などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group and a heptyloxy group. , Octyloxy group and the like.
 置換基群αにおけるハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子としてはフッ素原子と塩素原子が好ましく、その中でもフッ素原子がさらに好ましい。 Examples of the halogen atom in the substituent group α include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom. As the halogen atom, a fluorine atom and a chlorine atom are preferable, and among them, a fluorine atom is more preferable.
(置換基群β)
 置換基群βは、アラルキル基で置換されていてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、アラルキル基で置換されていてもよい芳香族複素環基、アルキル基、及びハロゲン原子よりなる。置換基群βにおける芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基、アルキル基、アラルキル基、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、置換基群αと同様のものが挙げられ、好ましい構造も置換基群αと同様である。
置換基群βは、安定性及び溶解度向上の観点から、アラルキル基で置換されていてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、アラルキル基で置換されていてもよい芳香族複素環基、アルキル基、又はアラルキル基が好ましい。
置換基群βにおける、アラルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基に置換してもよいアラルキル基、芳香族複素環基に置換してもよいアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~30のアラルキル基が好ましく、ベンゼン環がアルキル基に結合した構造が好ましい。
(Substituent group β)
The substituent group β comprises an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, and a halogen atom. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic heterocyclic group, alkyl group, aralkyl group, and halogen atom in the substituent group β include the same as those of the substituent group α, and the preferable structure is also the substituent group α. The same is true.
From the viewpoint of improving stability and solubility, the substituent group β may be an aromatic hydrocarbon group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group optionally substituted with an aralkyl group, an alkyl group, or an aralkyl group. Groups are preferred.
As the aralkyl group which may be substituted with an aralkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group in the substituent group β, an aralkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable. A structure in which a benzene ring is bonded to an alkyl group is preferable.
(Y)
 式(1)におけるYは、O、N-R、又はSである。
(Y)
Y in the formula (1) is O, NR, or S.
(R)
 Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基又はアルキル基である。
 また、式(1)中の2個のYは互いに同一であってもよく、異なるものであってもよいが、同一であることが好ましい。2つのYは、N-Rであることが好ましい。
(R)
R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
Further, the two Ys in the formula (1) may be the same or different from each other, but are preferably the same. The two Ys are preferably NR.
 式(1)のRにおける芳香族炭化水素環基及び芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、式(1)の環a、環b及び環cにおける芳香族炭化水素環の基及び芳香族複素環の基が挙げられる。該芳香族炭化水素環基及び芳香族複素環基としては、特に炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素環基(例えばフェニル基、ナフチル基など)、炭素数2~15の芳香族複素環基(例えばカルバゾリル基など)が好ましい。
 式(1)のRが置換基を有してよい芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換基を有してよい芳香族複素環基である場合、式(1)の環a、環b及び環cにおける置換基を有してよい芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換基を有してよい芳香族複素環基と同様の基である。具体的な構造及び好ましい構造も、式(1)の環a、環b及び環cにおける置換基を有してよい芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換基を有してよい芳香族複素環基と同様である。式(1)のRが置換基を有してよい芳香族炭化水素環基又は置換基を有してよい芳香族複素環基である場合、前記式(1)は下記式(21)で表される。
 前記式(1)は、下記式(21)で表される構造が好ましい。
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in R of the formula (1) include the group of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring and the aromatic heterocycle in the rings a, b and c of the formula (1). The basis of is mentioned. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group and a naphthyl group) and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms. (For example, a carbazolyl group) is preferable.
When R of the formula (1) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, the rings a, b and c of the formula (1) It is a group similar to an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent in the above or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. Specific structures and preferred structures also include aromatic hydrocarbon ring groups which may have substituents on rings a, b and c of formula (1) or aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have substituents. The same is true. When R in the formula (1) is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (21). Will be done.
The formula (1) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (21).
 式(1)のRにおけるアルキル基としては、例えば、前記置換基群αにおけるアルキル基が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては、特に炭素数1~4のアルキル基(例えばメチル基、エチル基など)が好ましい。 Examples of the alkyl group in R of the formula (1) include the alkyl group in the substituent group α. As the alkyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, etc.) is particularly preferable.
 Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよい。ここでRは、水素原子又はアルキル基である。 R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C. (-R a ) 2 -or may be bonded by a single bond. Here, Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 Rにおけるアルキル基としては、例えば、前記置換基群αにおけるアルキル基が挙げられる。該アルキル基としては、特に炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、例えばメチル基、エチル基などである。 Examples of the alkyl group in Ra include the alkyl group in the substituent group α. The alkyl group is particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group and an ethyl group.
 なお、上記隣接する炭素原子は、中央縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではない。
 また、式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。
The adjacent carbon atoms are not carbon atoms constituting the central condensed bicyclic structure.
Further, at least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
(式(21))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(Equation (21))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(式(21)中、
 環a、環b、環c、環d及び環eは前記式(1’)と同様であり、
 環f及び環gは前記式(1’)における環a、環b又は環cと同様であり、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
 環fは、環a又は環bのいずれか少なくとも1つの環において、Nと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
 環gは、環a又は環cのいずれか少なくとも1つの環において、Nと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
 前記Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
 ただし、前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及びNを含む環d及び環eを構成する炭素原子ではなく、
 式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
(In formula (21),
Ring a, ring b, ring c, ring d and ring e are the same as in the above formula (1').
The ring f and the ring g are the same as the ring a, the ring b or the ring c in the above formula (1'), and each independently has an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a substituent which may have a substituent. It is an aromatic heterocycle that may be used.
Ring f is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring b, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond. May be combined by
Ring g is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond. May be combined by
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
However, the adjacent carbon atoms are not the carbon atoms constituting the rings d and e including B and N, but
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
 環f及び環gにおける芳香族炭化水素環基及び芳香族複素環基としては、特に炭素数6~10の芳香族炭化水素環基(例えばフェニル基、ナフチル基など)、炭素数2~15の芳香族複素環基(例えばカルバゾリル基など)が好ましい。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in the ring f and the ring g include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc.) and a carbon number of 2 to 15 carbon atoms. Aromatic heterocyclic groups (eg, carbazolyl groups, etc.) are preferred.
 芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環である環f及び環gが有していてもよい置換基は、環a、環b及び環cと同様であり、好ましくは、前記置換基群αから選択される基である。 The substituents that the rings f and g, which are aromatic hydrocarbon rings or aromatic heterocycles, may have are the same as those of rings a, b and c, and are preferably from the substituent group α. It is the group to be selected.
(式(22))
前記式(21)は、下記式(22)で表される構造が好ましい。
(Equation (22))
The formula (21) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (22).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 式(22)は、前記式(21)における環a、環b、環c、環d及び環eが全てベンゼン環構造であり、環a、環b、環c、環d及び環eは置換基を有していてもよく、
 環fは、環a又は環bのいずれか少なくとも1つの環において、Nと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
 環gは、環a又は環cのいずれか少なくとも1つの環において、Nと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
 前記Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
 式(22)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。
In the formula (22), the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e in the above formula (21) are all benzene ring structures, and the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e are substituted. May have a group,
Ring f is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring b, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond. May be combined by
Ring g is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to N in at least one ring of ring a or ring c, and —O—, —S—, —C (—R a ) 2- or a single bond. May be combined by
Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (22) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium.
 環a、環b、環c、環d及び環eが有していてもよい置換基は、前記式(21)における環a、環b、環c、環d及び環eが有していてもよい置換基と同様であり、具体的な構造及び好ましい構造も同様である。 The substituents that the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e may have are included in the ring a, the ring b, the ring c, the ring d and the ring e in the above formula (21). Similar to good substituents, as well as specific and preferred structures.
 前記式(22)で表される多環複素環化合物は、後述の式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物TD1、又は、後述の式(81)で表される多環複素環化合物TD2であることも好ましい。
 また、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は、後述の式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物TD1、又は、後述の式(81)で表される多環複素環化合物TD2であることも好ましい。
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (22) is the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) described later, or the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (81) described later. It is also preferable that it is TD2.
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1) is the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) described later, or the polycyclic complex represented by the formula (81) described later. It is also preferable that it is the ring compound TD2.
<式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の具体例>
 式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。
<Specific example of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1)>
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 <多環複素環化合物TD1>
 式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は、下記式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物であることも好ましい。本発明においては、下記式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物を多環複素環化合物TD1と称することがある。
<Polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1>
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is also preferably a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (71). In the present invention, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (71) may be referred to as a polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 (式(71)において、
 A~Aは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、電子アクセプター性の置換基であるヘテロアリール基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、又は、電子アクセプター性の置換基であるヘテロアリール基、ニトロ基、シアノ基を置換基として有する芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基であり、
 R71~R78は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、電子ドナー性の置換基、又はこれらの組み合わせであり、
 点線は、単結合又は結合なしを意味する。)
(In equation (71)
Each of A 1 to A 7 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which is an electron-accepting substituent, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an electron. An aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having a heteroaryl group, a nitro group, or a cyano group as substituents having an accepting property.
Each of R 71 to R 78 may independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. Aromatic heterocyclic groups, electron donor substituents, or combinations thereof.
The dotted line means single bond or no bond. )
 前記式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物においては、A~Aがフェニル基に結合する位置に、LUMOの電子雲が局在化して集まる。そのため、A~Aから選択される少なくとも一つを電子アクセプター性の置換基とすることで、電子雲が広がり、LUMOのエネルギー準位が安定化して、HOMOとLUMOのエネルギー差が小さくなる。その結果、前記式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物は、長波長化した発光スペクトルを得ることができる。 In the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (71), the electron cloud of LUMO is localized and gathered at the position where A 1 to A 7 are bonded to the phenyl group. Therefore, by using at least one selected from A 1 to A 7 as an electron acceptor-type substituent, the electron cloud spreads, the energy level of LUMO is stabilized, and the energy difference between HOMO and LUMO becomes small. .. As a result, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (71) can obtain an emission spectrum having a long wavelength.
(A~A
 A~Aは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、電子アクセプター性の置換基であるヘテロアリール基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、又は、電子アクセプター性の置換基であるヘテロアリール基、ニトロ基、シアノ基を置換基として有する芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基である。
好ましくは、A~Aから選択される少なくとも一つは、電子アクセプター性の置換基であり、前記電子アクセプター性の置換基以外のA~Aは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。
 A~Aから選択される少なくとも一つが、電子アクセプター性の置換基であると、A~Aの数や種類によって発光波長を調整することができ、好ましい。
 電子アクセプター性の置換基とは、化学結合して隣り合う化学構造から電子を引き抜いて電子過多になりやすい化学構造の置換基のことである。
(A 1 to A 7 )
Each of A 1 to A 7 independently has a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, a heteroaryl group which is an electron-accepting substituent, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an electron. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having a heteroaryl group, a nitro group or a cyano group as substituents having an accepting property.
Preferably, at least one selected from A 1 to A 7 is an electron-accepting substituent, and A 1 to A 7 other than the electron-accepting substituent are independently hydrogen atoms and fluorine, respectively. It is an atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
When at least one selected from A 1 to A 7 is an electron acceptor-type substituent, the emission wavelength can be adjusted depending on the number and type of A 1 to A 7 , which is preferable.
An electron-accepting substituent is a substituent having a chemical structure that tends to have an excess of electrons by extracting electrons from adjacent chemical structures by chemically bonding.
 電子アクセプター性の置換基としては、例えば、ヘテロアリール基、ニトロ基、シアノ基等の置換基、上記置換基を有する芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基等を挙げることができる。なかでも、長波長化の観点から、ヘテロアリール基が好ましい。 Examples of the electron-accepting substituent include a substituent such as a heteroaryl group, a nitro group and a cyano group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having the above substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group and the like. Of these, a heteroaryl group is preferable from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength.
 ヘテロアリール基は、窒素原子、酸素原子、及び硫黄原子から選択される少なくとも一つの原子を有するアリール基である。ヘテロアリール基としては、例えば、炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子等を含有する、1~4環の多環式芳香族のヘテロアリール類を有する基が挙げられる。 A heteroaryl group is an aryl group having at least one atom selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. Examples of the heteroaryl group include groups having 1 to 4 rings of polycyclic aromatic heteroaryls containing a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom and the like.
 また、電子アクセプター性の置換基は、HOMOのエネルギー準位及びLUMOのエネルギー準位を足して2で割った値の絶対値(以下、「絶対値α」と称することがある。)が3eV以上である基であることが好ましい。絶対値αが3eV以上であると、経験的に置換基の電子アクセプター性が向上する。 Further, the electron acceptor substituent has an absolute value of the value obtained by adding the energy level of HOMO and the energy level of LUMO and dividing by 2 (hereinafter, may be referred to as "absolute value α") of 3 eV or more. It is preferably a group that is. When the absolute value α is 3 eV or more, the electron acceptor property of the substituent is empirically improved.
 電子アクセプター性の置換基における絶対値αは、3.1eV以上が好ましく、3.5eV以上がより好ましく、4.0eV以上がさらに好ましい。また、電子アクセプター性の置換基における絶対値αの上限は、特に設けていないが、一般的に7.0eV以下である。 The absolute value α of the electron acceptor substituent is preferably 3.1 eV or more, more preferably 3.5 eV or more, and even more preferably 4.0 eV or more. Further, although the upper limit of the absolute value α in the electron acceptor substituent is not particularly set, it is generally 7.0 eV or less.
 電子アクセプター性の置換基におけるHOMOのエネルギー準位及びLUMOのエネルギー準位は、以下のようにして得られるHOMOの分子軌道のエネルギー準位及びLUMOの分子軌道のエネルギー準位のことである。すなわち、式(71)中の電子アクセプター性の置換基と、隣り合うフェニル基との間の単結合を削除し、水素原子を付加する。そして、得られた電子アクセプター性の置換基の分子構造を分子軌道計算ソフトGaussian16で、汎関数:B3LYP及び基底関数:6-31G(d)を用いて、密度汎関数による構造最適化計算すればよい。 The energy level of HOMO and the energy level of LUMO in the electron accepting substituent are the energy level of the molecular orbital of HOMO and the energy level of the molecular orbital of LUMO obtained as follows. That is, the single bond between the electron-accepting substituent in the formula (71) and the adjacent phenyl group is deleted, and a hydrogen atom is added. Then, if the molecular structure of the obtained electron-accepting substituent is calculated by the molecular orbital calculation software Gaussian16 using the general function: B3LYP and the basic function: 6-31G (d), the structure is optimized by the density general function. good.
 また、電子アクセプター性の置換基は、下記式(5)で表される基、下記式(6)で表される基、下記式(7)で表される基、又は下記式(8)で表される基であることが好ましい。 The electron acceptor substituent is a group represented by the following formula (5), a group represented by the following formula (6), a group represented by the following formula (7), or a group represented by the following formula (8). It is preferably the group represented.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
 式(5)~(8)において、
 R732~R745は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基である。
In equations (5) to (8)
R 732 to R 745 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が1以上であり24以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-. Examples thereof include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭素数が6以上60以下の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環又は2~5縮合環の一価の基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, and the like. Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring such as a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, a fluorantene ring, and a fluorene ring.
 R732~R745が有していてもよい置換基は、後述の置換基群Z2から選択することができる。 The substituents that R 732 to R 745 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
 上記式(5)~(8)の具体例としては、例えば、下記式(2-1)~(2-7)が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the above formulas (5) to (8) include the following formulas (2-1) to (2-7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
 上記式(2-1)~(2-7)において、計算から得られる絶対値αは以下のとおりである。 In the above equations (2-1) to (2-7), the absolute value α obtained from the calculation is as follows.
式(2-4)で表される基:4.35eV
式(2-6)で表される基:4.18eV
式(2-3)で表される基:4.17eV
式(2-7)で表される基:4.12eV
式(2-5)で表される基:4.10eV
式(2-2)で表される基:3.73eV
式(2-1)で表される基:3.13eV
Group represented by formula (2-4): 4.35 eV
Group represented by formula (2-6): 4.18eV
Group represented by formula (2-3): 4.17eV
Group represented by formula (2-7): 4.12eV
Group represented by formula (2-5): 4.10 eV
Group represented by formula (2-2): 3.73 eV
Group represented by formula (2-1): 3.13eV
 すなわち、上記式(71)におけるA~Aのうち、同一の場所に同一の数だけ上記式(2-4)で表される基、上記式(2-6)で表される基、上記式(2-3)で表される基、上記式(2-7)で表される基、上記式(2-5)で表される基、上記式(2-2)で表される基、又は上記式(2-1)で表される基を導入した場合、上記式(2-4)>上記式(2-6)>上記式(2-3)>上記式(2-7)>上記式(2-5)>上記式(2-2)>上記式(2-1)の順で発光波長の長波長化の効果が得られる。 That is, among A 1 to A 7 in the above formula (71), the same number of groups represented by the above formula (2-4) and the groups represented by the above formula (2-6) in the same place. The group represented by the above formula (2-3), the group represented by the above formula (2-7), the group represented by the above formula (2-5), and the above formula (2-2). When a group or a group represented by the above formula (2-1) is introduced, the above formula (2-4)> the above formula (2-6)> the above formula (2-3)> the above formula (2-7). )> The effect of lengthening the emission wavelength can be obtained in the order of the above formula (2-5)> the above formula (2-2)> the above formula (2-1).
 これらの中でも、電子アクセプター性の置換基は、長波長化及び有機合成による製造のしやすさの観点から、上記式(5)で表される基であることが好ましい。 Among these, the electron acceptor substituent is preferably the group represented by the above formula (5) from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength and easiness of production by organic synthesis.
 上記式(5)で表される基は、絶対値αが比較的大きく、また、上記式(71)における隣り合うフェニル基と立体障害が少ないため、隣り合うフェニル基と上記式(5)で表される基のπ平面の捻じれが少なく、大きな発光波長の長波長化の効果が得られる。また、上記式(5)で表される基は、有機合成上で比較的簡便に製造でき、溶媒への溶解性を改善したい場合においても、R732、R733に長鎖(例えば炭素数4以上)のアルキル基を比較的簡単に導入することができる。 The group represented by the above formula (5) has a relatively large absolute value α and has less steric hindrance with the adjacent phenyl group in the above formula (71), so that the adjacent phenyl group and the above formula (5) are used. The twist of the π plane of the represented group is small, and the effect of lengthening the large emission wavelength can be obtained. Further, the group represented by the above formula (5) can be produced relatively easily in organic synthesis, and even when it is desired to improve the solubility in a solvent, it has a long chain (for example, 4 carbon atoms) in R 732 and R 733 . The above) alkyl group can be introduced relatively easily.
 R732、R733は、絶対値αを大きくして長波長の発光波長を得やすくできることからも、溶媒への溶解性の観点からも、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基が好ましい。また、R732及びR733から選択される少なくとも一つが、tert-ブチル基を有するフェニル基であることがより好ましい。 For R 732 and R 733 , an alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing the absolute value α to facilitate the acquisition of a long wavelength emission wavelength and also from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent. Further, it is more preferable that at least one selected from R 732 and R 733 is a phenyl group having a tert-butyl group.
 また、溶媒への溶解性の観点および、発光波長の挟半値幅化の観点から、R732及びR733から選択される一方が置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であり、もう一方が置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基が好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基が有してよい置換基は置換基群Z2から選択することが出来る。 Further, from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and the viewpoint of widening the range of emission wavelengths, one selected from R 732 and R 733 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and the other is an alkyl group. Aromatic hydrocarbon groups that may have substituents are preferred. The substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2.
 また、電子アクセプター性の置換基以外のA~Aは、各々独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。 Further, A 1 to A 7 other than the electron-accepting substituent are alkyl groups which may independently have a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a substituent.
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が1以上であり24以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-. Examples thereof include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
 A~Aが有していてもよい置換基は、後述の置換基群Z2から選択することができる。 The substituents that A 1 to A 7 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
 なお、A~Aが、各々独立に、フッ素原子、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である場合、それらの電子供受性により、A~Aが水素原子である場合に比べて発光波長は少し短波長化又は長波長化するので、目的の波長に合わせて置換基を選ぶことが好ましい。 When A 1 to A 7 are each independently a fluorine atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent, A 1 to A 7 are hydrogen atoms due to their electron acceptability. Since the emission wavelength is slightly shorter or longer than in the case, it is preferable to select a substituent according to the target wavelength.
 また、湿式成膜法が用いられる場合、A~Aは、各々独立に、溶媒への溶解性を改善する目的で、長鎖のアルキル基であることが好ましい。 Further, when the wet film forming method is used, it is preferable that A 1 to A 7 are each independently long-chain alkyl groups for the purpose of improving the solubility in a solvent.
 A~Aのうち、LUMOの電子雲が局在化する程度は一様ではなく、位置によって強弱がある。そのため、A~Aのうち、電子アクセプター性の置換基による長波長化の効果が強く得られる位置は、A>A=A>A=A>A=Aの順である。
 すなわち、Aにおいて、電子アクセプター性の置換基による長波長化の効果が最も強く現れる。
Of A 1 to A 7 , the degree to which the LUMO electron cloud is localized is not uniform, and there are strengths and weaknesses depending on the position. Therefore, among A 1 to A 7 , the positions where the effect of lengthening the wavelength by the electron acceptor substituent is strongly obtained are A 4 > A 1 = A 7 > A 3 = A 5 > A 2 = A 6 . In order.
That is, in A4 , the effect of lengthening the wavelength by the electron acceptor substituent appears most strongly.
 よって、A、A、及びAから選択される少なくとも一つが、電子アクセプター性の置換基であることが好ましく、式(5)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 Therefore, at least one selected from A 1 , A 4 , and A 7 is preferably an electron acceptor-type substituent, and more preferably a group represented by the formula (5).
 A及びAの両方が電子アクセプター性の置換基である場合、Aのみが同一の電子アクセプター性の置換基である場合と比べ、ほぼ同程度の長波長化の効果が得られる。
また、A~Aから選択される2つ以上が電子アクセプター性の置換基であることがより長波長化するため好ましく、A~Aから選択される2つ以上が電子アクセプター性の置換基であり、かつ、少なくとも1つはAが電子アクセプター性の置換基であることがさらに長波長化するため好ましい。
When both A 1 and A 7 are electron acceptor substituents, almost the same wavelength lengthening effect can be obtained as compared with the case where only A 4 is the same electron acceptor substituent.
Further, it is preferable that two or more selected from A 1 to A 7 are electron acceptor substituents because the wavelength becomes longer, and two or more selected from A 1 to A 7 are electron acceptor property. It is preferable that the substituent is a substituent and at least one of them is an electron acceptor - type substituent because the wavelength is further extended.
 なお、式(71)においては、A~Aと隣り合うフェニル基を結ぶ単結合が捻じれ、隣り合うフェニル基と電子アクセプター性の置換基の主な芳香族炭化水素基のπ平面が捻じれないようにすることが好ましい。この捻じれによって、隣り合うフェニル基と電子アクセプター性の置換基の電荷のやり取りが円滑に行われにくく、上記式(71)の発光波長が長波長化されにくくなるからである。 In the formula (71), the single bond connecting the adjacent phenyl groups A 1 to A 7 is twisted, and the π plane of the adjacent phenyl group and the main aromatic hydrocarbon group of the electron acceptor-type substituent is formed. It is preferable not to twist it. This twist makes it difficult for the charges of the adjacent phenyl group and the electron acceptor-type substituent to be exchanged smoothly, and it becomes difficult for the emission wavelength of the above formula (71) to be lengthened.
(R71~R78
 R71~R78は、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、電子ドナー性の置換基、又はこれらの組み合わせである。
(R 71 to R 78 )
Each of R 71 to R 78 may independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. An aromatic heterocyclic group, an electron donor substituent, or a combination thereof.
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が1以上であり24以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-. Examples thereof include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭素数が6以上60以下の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環又は2~5縮合環の一価の基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, and the like. Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring such as a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, a fluorentene ring, and a fluorene ring.
 芳香族複素環基としては、炭素数が3以上60以下の芳香族複素環基が好ましく、具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シンノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、アズレン環等の、5又は6員環の単環又は2~4縮合環の一価の基が挙げられる。 The aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, or an imidazole ring. , Oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, pyrrolobymidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienoflan ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, Benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, cinnoline ring, quinoxalin ring, phenanthridine ring, benzoimidazole ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene. Examples thereof include monovalent groups of 5- or 6-membered monocyclic rings or 2- to 4-fused rings such as rings.
 R71~R78が有していてもよい置換基は、後述の置換基群Z2から選択することができる。 The substituents that R 71 to R 78 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
 また、R71~R78から選択される少なくとも一つは、電子ドナー性の置換基であることが長波長化の観点から好ましい。
 電子ドナー性の置換基とは、化学結合して隣り合う化学構造から電子を供与して電子欠乏になりやすい化学構造の置換基のことである。
Further, it is preferable that at least one selected from R 71 to R 78 is an electron donor substituent from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength.
An electron donor substituent is a substituent having a chemical structure that is liable to become electron deficient by donating electrons from adjacent chemical structures by chemically bonding.
 前記式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物においては、R71~R78に、HOMOの電子雲が局在化して集まる。そのため、R71~R78から選択される少なくとも一つを電子ドナー性の置換基とすることで、HOMOの電子雲が外側に広がりやすくなり、HOMOのエネルギー準位が不安定化して、HOMOとLUMOのエネルギー差が小さくなる。その結果、前記式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物は、長波長化した発光スペクトルを得ることができる。 In the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (71), the electron cloud of HOMO is localized and gathered at R 71 to R 78 . Therefore, by using at least one selected from R 71 to R 78 as an electron donor substituent, the electron cloud of HOMO is likely to spread outward, the energy level of HOMO is destabilized, and HOMO is formed. The energy difference of LUMO becomes small. As a result, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (71) can obtain an emission spectrum having a long wavelength.
 電子ドナー性の置換基は、絶対値αが3eV未満である基であることが好ましい。絶対値αが3eV未満であると、経験的に置換基の電子ドナー性が向上する。 The electron donor substituent is preferably a group having an absolute value α of less than 3 eV. When the absolute value α is less than 3 eV, the electron donor property of the substituent is empirically improved.
 電子ドナー性の置換基における絶対値αは、長波長化の観点から2.97eV未満がより好ましく、2.8eV未満がさらに好ましく、2.6eV未満が特に好ましい。また、電子ドナー性の置換基における絶対値αの下限は、特に設けていないが、一般的に1eV以上である。 The absolute value α of the electron donor substituent is more preferably less than 2.97 eV, further preferably less than 2.8 eV, and particularly preferably less than 2.6 eV from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength. Further, although the lower limit of the absolute value α in the electron donor substituent is not particularly set, it is generally 1 eV or more.
 電子ドナー性の置換基におけるHOMOのエネルギー準位及びLUMOのエネルギー準位は、以下のようにして得られるHOMOの分子軌道のエネルギー準位及びLUMOの分子軌道のエネルギー準位のことである。すなわち、式(71)中の電子ドナー性の置換基と、隣り合うフェニル基との間の単結合を削除し、水素原子を付加する。そして、得られた電子ドナー性の置換基の分子構造を分子軌道計算ソフトGaussian16で、汎関数:B3LYP及び基底関数:6-31G(d)を用いて、密度汎関数による構造最適化計算すればよい。 The HOMO energy level and the LUMO energy level in the electron donor substituent are the HOMO molecular orbital energy level and the LUMO molecular orbital energy level obtained as follows. That is, the single bond between the electron donor substituent in the formula (71) and the adjacent phenyl group is deleted, and a hydrogen atom is added. Then, if the molecular structure of the obtained electron donor substituent is calculated by the density general function using the molecular orbital calculation software Gaussian16 using the general function: B3LYP and the basic function: 6-31G (d). good.
 また、電子ドナー性の置換基は、下記式(2)で表される基、下記式(3)で表される基、又は下記式(4)で表される基であることが好ましい。 Further, the electron donor substituent is preferably a group represented by the following formula (2), a group represented by the following formula (3), or a group represented by the following formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
 式(2)~(4)において、
 R709~R731は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、又は水素原子である。
In equations (2) to (4)
Each of R 709 to R 731 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, or a hydrogen atom, respectively.
 アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が1以上であり24以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group and n-. Examples thereof include linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 or more and 24 or less carbon atoms, such as an octyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a dodecyl group.
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、例えば、炭素数が6以上60以下の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環又は2~5縮合環の一価の基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, and the like. Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2 to 5 fused ring such as a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, a fluorantene ring, and a fluorene ring.
 R709~R731が有していてもよい置換基は、後述の置換基群Z2から選択することができる。 The substituents that R 709 to R 731 may have can be selected from the substituent group Z2 described later.
 上記式(2)~(4)の具体例としては、例えば、下記式(4-1)~(4-3)が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the above formulas (2) to (4) include the following formulas (4-1) to (4-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
 上記式(4-1)~(4-3)において、計算から得られる絶対値αは以下のとおりである。 In the above equations (4-1) to (4-3), the absolute value α obtained from the calculation is as follows.
式(4-3)で表される基:2.96eV
式(4-2)で表される基:2.91eV
式(4-1)で表される基:2.46eV
Group represented by formula (4-3): 2.96 eV
Group represented by formula (4-2): 2.91 eV
Group represented by formula (4-1): 2.46eV
 すなわち、上記式(71)におけるR71~R78のうち、同一の場所に同一の数だけ上記式(4-3)で表される基、上記式(4-2)で表される基、又は上記式(4-1)で表される基を導入した場合、上記式(4-1)>上記式(4-2)>上記式(4-3)の順で発光波長の長波長化の効果が得られる。
 また、R71~R78から選択される2つ以上が電子ドナー性の置換基であることがより長波長化するため好ましい。
That is, among R 71 to R 78 in the above formula (71), the same number of groups represented by the above formula (4-3) and the groups represented by the above formula (4-2) in the same place. Alternatively, when a group represented by the above formula (4-1) is introduced, the emission wavelength is lengthened in the order of the above formula (4-1)> the above formula (4-2)> the above formula (4-3). The effect of is obtained.
Further, it is preferable that two or more selected from R 71 to R 78 are electron donor substituents because the wavelength is longer.
 これらの中でも、電子ドナー性の置換基は、長波長化及び有機合成による製造のしやすさ、構造安定性のバランスの観点から、上記式(2)で表される基であることが好ましい。 Among these, the electron donor substituent is preferably the group represented by the above formula (2) from the viewpoint of lengthening the wavelength, ease of production by organic synthesis, and balance of structural stability.
 上記式(2)で表される基は、絶対値αが比較的小さく、発光波長の長波長化の効果が得られる。また、上記式(2)で表される基は、有機合成上で比較的簡便に製造でき、溶媒への溶解性を改善したい場合においても、R709~R716に長鎖のアルキル基を比較的簡単に導入することができる。 The group represented by the above formula (2) has a relatively small absolute value α, and the effect of lengthening the emission wavelength can be obtained. Further, the group represented by the above formula (2) can be produced relatively easily in organic synthesis, and even when it is desired to improve the solubility in a solvent, a long-chain alkyl group is compared with R 709 to R 716 . It can be easily introduced.
 R709~R716から選択される少なくとも一つは、溶媒への溶解性及び合成の簡便さの観点は、tert-ブチル基が好ましい。 At least one selected from R 709 to R 716 is preferably a tert-butyl group from the viewpoint of solubility in a solvent and ease of synthesis.
 なお、R71~R78が、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はこれらの組み合わせである場合、それらの電子供受性により、R71~R78が水素原子である場合に比べて発光波長は少し短波長化又は長波長化するので、目的の波長に合わせて置換基を選ぶことが好ましい。 In addition, each of R 71 to R 78 independently has an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and an aromatic which may have a substituent. In the case of a group heterocyclic group or a combination thereof, the emission wavelength is slightly shorter or longer than that in the case where R 71 to R 78 are hydrogen atoms due to their electrophilicity. It is preferable to select the substituent according to the wavelength of.
 また、湿式成膜法が用いられる場合、R71~R78は、各々独立に、溶媒への溶解性を改善する目的で、長鎖のアルキル基であることが好ましい。 Further, when the wet film forming method is used, it is preferable that R 71 to R 78 are each independently long-chain alkyl groups for the purpose of improving the solubility in a solvent.
 R71~R78のうち、HOMOの電子雲が局在化する程度は一様ではなく、位置によって強弱がある。そのため、R71~R78のうち、電子ドナーの置換基による長波長化の効果が強く得られる位置は、R74=R75>R71=R78>R73=R76>R72=R77の順である。すなわち、R74とR75において、電子ドナーの置換基による長波長化の効果が最も強く現れる。 Of R 71 to R 78 , the degree to which the HOMO electron cloud is localized is not uniform, and there are strengths and weaknesses depending on the position. Therefore, among R 71 to R 78 , the positions where the effect of lengthening the wavelength by the substituent of the electron donor can be strongly obtained are R 74 = R 75 > R 71 = R 78 > R 73 = R 76 > R 72 = R. The order is 77 . That is, in R 74 and R 75 , the effect of lengthening the wavelength by the substituent of the electron donor appears most strongly.
<点線>
 式(71)において、点線は、単結合であっても結合なしでもよい。
 点線は、単結合であることが好ましい。点線が単結合であると、電子雲が広がり、発光波長が少し長波長化する。また、点線が単結合であると、A~Aにおける電子アクセプター性の置換基、及びR71~R78における電子ドナー性の置換基を導入することが容易になる。
<Dotted line>
In equation (71), the dotted line may be a single bond or no bond.
The dotted line is preferably a single bond. When the dotted line is a single bond, the electron cloud spreads and the emission wavelength becomes slightly longer. Further, when the dotted line is a single bond, it becomes easy to introduce an electron acceptor substituent in A 1 to A 7 and an electron donor substituent in R 71 to R 78 .
<多環複素環化合物の対称性>
 前記式(71)の多環複素環化合物は、非対称型であることが、発光波長の半値幅を狭くする効果があり好ましい。非対称型で対称性が低下することにより、多環複素環化合物同士が会合しにくくなり、多環複素環化合物同士の相互作用が低下するため、発光スペクトルの半値幅が狭くなると考えられる。
<Symmetry of polycyclic heterocyclic compounds>
It is preferable that the polycyclic heterocyclic compound of the above formula (71) is an asymmetric type because it has an effect of narrowing the half width of the emission wavelength. It is considered that the half-value width of the emission spectrum is narrowed because the polycyclic heterocyclic compounds are less likely to associate with each other due to the asymmetric type and the symmetry is lowered, and the interaction between the polycyclic heterocyclic compounds is lowered.
 多環複素環化合物が非対称型であるとは、前記式(71)において、BとAの結合軸とを結ぶ線を回転軸としたとき、回転軸に対して180°回転させた場合に同じ構造でないこと、または、結合軸を含んで前記式(71)の化合物の多環複素環で形成される面に垂直な面に対して鏡像対称ではないことである。 The polycyclic heterocyclic compound is an asymmetric type when it is rotated by 180 ° with respect to the axis of rotation when the line connecting the bond axis of B and A4 is used as the axis of rotation in the above equation (71). It does not have the same structure, or it is not mirror-symmetric with respect to a plane perpendicular to the plane formed by the polycyclic heterocycle of the compound of the above formula (71) including the axis of rotation.
 具体的に好ましくは以下(i)または(ii)の少なくとも一方を満たす構造である。
(i)A~A、R71~R78が、その結合軸に対して180°回転させた場合に同じ構造とならない構造。
(ii)AとAが異なるか、AとAが異なるか、AとAが異なるか、R71とR78が異なるか、R72とR77が異なるか、R73とR76が異なるか、又は、R74とR75が異なる、構造。
Specifically, it is a structure that satisfies at least one of the following (i) or (ii).
(I) A structure in which A 1 to A 7 and R 71 to R 78 do not have the same structure when rotated by 180 ° with respect to the coupling axis.
(Ii) A 1 and A 7 are different, A 2 and A 6 are different, A 3 and A 5 are different, R 71 and R 78 are different, R 72 and R 77 are different, R 73 . And R 76 are different, or R 74 and R 75 are different, the structure.
<置換基群Z2>
 置換基群Z2として、以下の基が挙げられる。
 炭素数が通常1以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等
 炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルケニル基;例えば、ビニル基等の、
 炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルキニル基;例えば、エチニル基等
 炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシ基;例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等
 炭素数が通常4以上であり、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールオキシ基若しくはヘテロアリールオキシ基;例えば、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、ピリジルオキシ基等
 炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシカルボニル基;例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等
 炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるジアルキルアミノ基;例えば、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基等
 炭素数が通常10以上であり、好ましくは12以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下のジアリールアミノ基;例えば、ジフェニルアミノ基、ジトリルアミノ基、N-カルバゾリル基等
 炭素数が通常7以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールアルキルアミノ基;例えば、フェニルメチルアミノ基等
 炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアシル基;例えば、アセチル基、ベンゾイル基等
 ハロゲン原子;例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子等
 炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常12以下であり、好ましくは6以下であるハロアルキル基;例えば、トリフルオロメチル基等
 炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルキルチオ基;例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基等
 炭素数が通常4以上、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールチオ基;例えば、フェニルチオ基、ナフチルチオ基、ピリジルチオ基等
 炭素数が通常2以上、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるシリル基;例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基等
 炭素数が通常2以上であり、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるシロキシ基;例えば、トリメチルシロキシ基、トリフェニルシロキシ基等
 炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素基;例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等
 炭素数が通常3以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族複素環基;例えば、チエニル基、ピリジル基等
 炭素数が7以上、好ましくは8以上であり、40以下、好ましくは30以下、さらに好ましくは20以下のアラルキル基;例えば、1,1-ジメチル-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ブチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ヘキシル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-オクチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基、3-フェニル-1-プロピル基、4-フェニル-1-n-ブチル基、1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル基、5-フェニル-1-n-プロピル基、6-フェニル-1-n-ヘキシル基、6-ナフチル-1-n-ヘキシル基、7-フェニル-1-n-ヘプチル基、8-フェニル-1-n-オクチル基、4-フェニルシクロヘキシル基等
 炭素数が2以上、好ましくは4以上であり、40以下、好ましくは30以下、さらに好ましくは20以下のヘテロアラルキル基;1,1-ジメチル-1-(2-ピリジル)メチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ヘキシル)-1-(2-ピリジル)メチル基、(2-ピリジル)メチル基、(2-ピリジル)エチル基、3-(2-ピリジル)-1-プロピル基、4-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-ブチル基、1-メチル-1-(2-ピリジル)エチル基、5-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-プロピル基、6-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-ヘキシル基、6-(2-ピリミジル)-1-n-ヘキシル基、6-(2,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン-4-イル)-1-n-ヘキシル基、7-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-ヘプチル基、8-(2-ピリジル)-1-n-オクチル基、4-(2-ピリジル)シクロヘキシル基等
 これらの中で好ましくは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、芳香族炭化水素基、又はアラルキル基である。
<Substituent group Z2>
Examples of the substituent group Z2 include the following groups.
A linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group usually having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably 4 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms; for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, or n-. Propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group, etc. The number of carbon atoms is usually 2 or more, and usually 24. An alkenyl group which is less than or equal to, preferably 12 or less; for example, a vinyl group or the like.
An alkynyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more and usually 24 or less and preferably 12 or less; for example, an ethynyl group or the like having a carbon number of usually 1 or more and usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less. Aalkoxy group; for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, etc. An aryloxy group or a heteroaryloxy group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less; for example. Phenoxy group, naphthoxy group, pyridyloxy group, etc. An alkoxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less; for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, etc. The above is usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less dialkylamino groups; for example, dimethylamino group, diethylamino group, etc., which usually have 10 or more carbon atoms, preferably 12 or more, and usually 36 or less. , Preferably 24 or less diarylamino group; for example, a diphenylamino group, a ditrilamino group, an N-carbazolyl group, etc., an arylalkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 7 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; For example, an acyl group such as a phenylmethylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less; for example, a halogen atom such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group; for example, a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom. A haloalkyl group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more and usually 12 or less and preferably 6 or less; for example, a trifluoromethyl group or the like having a carbon number of usually 1 or more and usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less. Alkylthio group; for example, a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, etc. An arylthio group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, etc. Pyridylthio group, etc. A silyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a trimethylsilyl group, a triphenylsilyl group, etc., usually having 2 or more carbon atoms. A syroxy group preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a trimethylsiloxy group, a triphenylsiloxy group, etc., which has 6 or more carbon atoms and usually 36 or less, preferably 36 or less. Is 24 or less aromatic hydrocarbon groups; for example, phenyl groups Aromatic heterocyclic groups having a carbon number of usually 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less; for example, a thienyl group, a pyridyl group, etc. having 7 or more carbon atoms. The above, preferably 8 or more, preferably 40 or less, preferably 30 or less, still more preferably 20 or less aralkyl groups; for example, 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-butyl). -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3 -Phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl group, 1-methyl-1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group , 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-n-heptyl group, 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group, 4-phenylcyclohexyl group, etc. The number of carbon atoms is 2 or more, preferably 4 or more. And 40 or less, preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less heteroaralkyl groups; 1,1-dimethyl-1- (2-pyridyl) methyl group, 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-. (2-Pyridyl) Methyl Group, (2-Pyridyl) Methyl Group, (2-Pyridyl) Ethyl Group, 3- (2-Pyridyl) -1-propyl Group, 4- (2-Pyridyl) -1-n-Butyl Group, 1-methyl-1- (2-pyridyl) ethyl group, 5- (2-pyridyl) -1-n-propyl group, 6- (2-pyridyl) -1-n-hexyl group, 6- (2) -Pyrimidyl) -1-n-hexyl group, 6- (2,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine-4-yl) -1-n-hexyl group, 7- (2-pyridyl) -1- n-Heptyl group, 8- (2-pyridyl) -1-n-octyl group, 4- (2-pyridyl) cyclohexyl group, etc. Among these, alkyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, aromatic charcoal are preferable. It is a hydrogen group or an aralkyl group.
<多環複素環化合物TD1の具体例>
 式(71)で表される多環複素環化合物TD1の構造は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような構造が挙げられる。
<Specific example of polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1>
The structure of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD1 represented by the formula (71) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 <多環複素環化合物TD2>
 式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は、下記式(81)で表される多環複素環化合物であることも好ましい。本発明においては、下記式(81)で表される多環複素環化合物を多環複素環化合物TD2と称することがある。
<Polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2>
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) is also preferably a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (81). In the present invention, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (81) may be referred to as a polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
(式(81)中、R81および4つのR82は、各々独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数10以下のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 A81は、下記式(82)で表される構造を表す。
 a80、b80、c80、d80は各々独立に0から2の整数を表し、a80~d80のうち少なくとも1つは1以上の整数である。
 式(81)中にA81が複数ある場合、複数のA81は、同一であってもよく異なるものであってもよい。)
(In the formula (81), R 81 and four R 82 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a carbon number which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group of 6 or more and 20 or less or a substituent.
A 81 represents a structure represented by the following formula (82).
a80, b80, c80, and d80 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of a80 to d80 is an integer of 1 or more.
When there are a plurality of A 81s in the formula (81), the plurality of A 81s may be the same or different. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
(式(82)中、アスタリクス(*)は、結合部を表し、
 Rは、炭素数5以下のフルオロアルキル基を表し、
 R83は、置換基を有してもよい炭素数10以下のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基を表す。
 e80は0から5の整数を表す。
 式(82)中の2個のRは、同一であってもよく異なるものであってもよい。また、式(82)中にR83が複数ある場合、複数のR83は、同一であってもよく異なるものであってもよい。)
(In the equation (82), the asterics (*) represent the joint and represent the joint.
RF represents a fluoroalkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms.
R 83 may have an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 or more carbon atoms and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having a number of 3 or more and 20 or less.
e80 represents an integer from 0 to 5.
The two RFs in equation (82) may be the same or different. Further, when there are a plurality of R 83s in the equation (82), the plurality of R 83s may be the same or different. )
(式(81)が好ましい理由)
 前記式(81)で表される多環複素環化合物TD2は、ホウ素原子と窒素原子を含む縮合複素環骨格を基本骨格とし、この基本骨格に、前記式(82)で表される、2つのフルオロアルキル基とベンゼン環が置換した第4級炭素原子が少なくとも1つ接続していることに特徴がある。
(Reason why equation (81) is preferable)
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2 represented by the above formula (81) has a condensed heterocyclic skeleton containing a boron atom and a nitrogen atom as a basic skeleton, and the two basic skeletons are represented by the above formula (82). It is characterized in that at least one quaternary carbon atom substituted with a fluoroalkyl group and a benzene ring is connected.
 仮に、該基本骨格にフッ素原子が直接置換した場合、発光波長の短波長化は起こるものの、化合物のイオン化ポテンシャルと電子親和力が大きく変化するため、有機電界発光素子の発光材料として適用した際には、素子の電荷バランスが崩れてしまい、優れた素子特性は実現しにくい。 If a fluorine atom is directly substituted in the basic skeleton, the emission wavelength will be shortened, but the ionization potential and electron affinity of the compound will change significantly. , The charge balance of the element is lost, and it is difficult to realize excellent element characteristics.
 これに対して、多環複素環化合物TD2では、強い電子吸引性基であるフッ素原子が該基本骨格に直接置換されていないことにより、有機電界発光素子の素子特性に大きな影響を及ぼすイオン化ポテンシャルと電子親和力を大きく変動させることなく、発光波長の短波長化が達成可能となってる。 On the other hand, in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2, the fluorine atom, which is a strong electron-withdrawing group, is not directly substituted with the basic skeleton, so that the ionization potential has a great influence on the element characteristics of the organic electric field light emitting element. It is possible to shorten the emission wavelength without significantly changing the electron affinity.
 また、基本骨格と接続する前記式(82)における第4級炭素原子は、2つのフルオロアルキル基とベンゼン環が結合した非対称な構造を有しているため、多環複素環化合物TD2は有機溶媒への溶解性に優れる。したがって、湿式成膜法により作成した膜の均一性が高く、有機電界発光素子の発光材料として好適である。 Further, since the quaternary carbon atom in the above formula (82) connected to the basic skeleton has an asymmetric structure in which two fluoroalkyl groups and a benzene ring are bonded, the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2 is an organic solvent. Excellent solubility in. Therefore, the film produced by the wet film forming method has high uniformity and is suitable as a light emitting material for an organic electroluminescent element.
<R81およびR82
 式(81)中のR81および4つのR82は、各々独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数10以下のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基を表す。
<R 81 and R 82 >
Each of the R 81 and the four R 82s in the formula (81) independently has a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 6 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 20 or less.
 炭素数10以下のアルキル基の例としては、メチル基、エチル基と、分岐、直鎖または環状のプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、アダマンチル基が挙げられる。Rが炭素数10以下のアルキル基である場合、化合物の安定性の観点から、メチル基、分岐、直鎖または環状のプロピル基、ブチル基が好ましく、分岐のブチル基であることが特に好ましい。 Examples of alkyl groups having 10 or less carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, branched, linear or cyclic propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group and adamantyl group. Can be mentioned. When R 1 is an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, a methyl group, a branched, linear or cyclic propyl group or a butyl group is preferable, and a branched butyl group is particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of the stability of the compound. ..
 炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基の例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、クリセン環、ピレン環、ベンゾアントラセン環、ペリレン環等の1価の基が挙げられ、化合物の溶解性の観点から、ベンゼン環の1価の基であるフェニル基が好ましい。 Examples of aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalent groups such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, and a perylene ring. From the viewpoint of solubility of the compound, a phenyl group, which is a monovalent group of the benzene ring, is preferable.
 炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基の例としては、ピリジン環、キノリン環、ベンゾフラン環、カルバゾール環等の1価の基が挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalent groups such as a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, a benzofuran ring, and a carbazole ring.
 R81としては、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子又はt-ブチル基がさらに好ましい。 As R 81 , a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are preferable, and a hydrogen atom or a t-butyl group is more preferable.
 R82としては、水素原子が好ましい。 A hydrogen atom is preferable as R 82 .
<a80~d80>
 式(81)において、a80、b80、c80、d80は各々独立に0から2の整数を表し、a80~d80のうち少なくとも1つは1以上の整数である。化合物の発光波長の短波長の観点から、a80+b80+c80+d80が2以上であることが好ましく、a80+b80+c80+d80が4以上であることが特に好ましい。
<A80-d80>
In the formula (81), a80, b80, c80, and d80 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 2, and at least one of a80 to d80 is an integer of 1 or more. From the viewpoint of the short emission wavelength of the compound, a80 + b80 + c80 + d80 is preferably 2 or more, and a80 + b80 + c80 + d80 is particularly preferably 4 or more.
<R
 式(82)において、Rは、炭素数5以下のフルオロアルキル基を表す。炭素数5以下のフルオロアルキル基の例としては、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、分岐、直鎖または環状のペルフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロペンタン基といったペルフルオロアルキル基が挙げられる。化合物の成膜性の観点から、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基が好ましく、トリフルオロメチル基であることが特に好ましい。
< RF >
In formula (82), RF represents a fluoroalkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms. Examples of fluoroalkyl groups having 5 or less carbon atoms include perfluoroalkyl groups such as trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, branched, linear or cyclic perfluoropropyl group, perfluorobutyl group and perfluoropentane group. From the viewpoint of the film-forming property of the compound, a trifluoromethyl group and a pentafluoroethyl group are preferable, and a trifluoromethyl group is particularly preferable.
<R83
 式(82)において、R83は、置換基を有してもよい炭素数10以下のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基を表す。炭素数10以下のアルキル基の例としては、メチル基、エチル基と、分岐、直鎖または環状のプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基が挙げられる。化合物の溶解性の観点から、分岐または直鎖のプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基が好ましく、分岐または直鎖のブチル基、分岐、直鎖または環状のヘキシル基であることが特に好ましい。
<R 83 >
In the formula (82), R 83 contains an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It represents an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may be possessed. Examples of the alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a branched, linear or cyclic propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a nonyl group, and a decyl group. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the compound, a branched or linear propyl group, butyl group, pentyl group or hexyl group is preferable, and a branched or linear butyl group, branched, linear or cyclic hexyl group is particularly preferable. ..
 炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基の例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、クリセン環、ピレン環、ベンゾアントラセン環、ペリレン環等の1価の基が挙げられ、化合物の溶解性の観点から、ベンゼン環の1価の基であるフェニル基が好ましい。 Examples of aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalent groups such as a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, and a perylene ring. From the viewpoint of solubility of the compound, a phenyl group, which is a monovalent group of the benzene ring, is preferable.
 炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基の例としては、ピリジン環、キノリン環、ベンゾフラン環、カルバゾール環等の1価が挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms include monovalents such as a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, a benzofuran ring, and a carbazole ring.
<R81~R83が有していてもよい置換基>
 R81、R82、R83が、置換基を有してもよい炭素数10以下のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有してもよい炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基である場合、該アルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば後述する置換基群W1の中から選択することができる。
<Substituents that R 81 to R 83 may have>
R 81 , R 82 , and R 83 have an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may have a substituent. In the case of an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms which may be possessed, examples of the substituent which the alkyl group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have are described later. It can be selected from the substituent group W1.
 その中でも好ましくは、炭素数10以下のアルキル基、炭素数20以下の芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基、炭素数30以下のアラルキル基であり、より好ましくは炭素数10以下のアルキル基、炭素数20以下の芳香族炭化水素基、炭素数30以下のアラルキル基である。 Among them, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 20 or less carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms are preferable, and an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms is more preferable. , An aromatic hydrocarbon group having 20 or less carbon atoms, and an aralkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms.
 置換基としての炭素数10以下のアルキル基の例としては、メチル基、エチル基と、分岐、直鎖、環状のプロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基が挙げられる。化合物の安定性の観点から、メチル基、エチル基、分岐、直鎖、環状のプロピル基、ブチル基が好ましく、特に好ましくは分岐状のプロピル基である。 Examples of an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms as a substituent include a methyl group and an ethyl group, as well as a branched, linear and cyclic propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group and a nonyl group. , A decyl group. From the viewpoint of the stability of the compound, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a branched group, a linear group, a cyclic propyl group and a butyl group are preferable, and a branched propyl group is particularly preferable.
 置換基としての炭素数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基の例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、アントラセン環、クリセン環、ピレン環、ベンゾアントラセン環、ペリレン環等の1価の基が挙げられ、化合物の溶解性の観点から、ベンゼン環の1価の基であるフェニル基が好ましい。 Examples of aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 or more and 20 or less carbon atoms as substituents include monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, phenanthren ring, anthracene ring, chrysen ring, pyrene ring, benzoanthracene ring and perylene ring. A group is mentioned, and from the viewpoint of solubility of the compound, a phenyl group which is a monovalent group of a benzene ring is preferable.
 置換基としての炭素数3以上20以下の芳香族複素環基の例としては、ピリジン環、キノリン環、ベンゾフラン環、カルバゾール環等の1価の基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 or more carbon atoms and 20 or less carbon atoms as a substituent include a monovalent group such as a pyridine ring, a quinoline ring, a benzofuran ring, and a carbazole ring.
 置換基としての炭素数30以下のアラルキル基の例としては、ベンジル基、2-フェニルエチル基、2-フェニルプロピル-2-イル基、2-フェニルブチル-2-イル基、3-フェニルペンチル-3-イル基、3-フェニル-1-プロピル基、4-フェニル-1-ブチル基、5-フェニル-1-ペンチル基、6-フェニル-1-ヘキシル基、7-フェニル-1-ヘプチル基、8-フェニル-1-オクチル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of an aralkyl group having 30 or less carbon atoms as a substituent include a benzyl group, a 2-phenylethyl group, a 2-phenylpropyl-2-yl group, a 2-phenylbutyl-2-yl group, and a 3-phenylpentyl-. 3-yl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-butyl group, 5-phenyl-1-pentyl group, 6-phenyl-1-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-heptyl group, Examples thereof include a 8-phenyl-1-octyl group.
<置換基群W1>
 置換基群W1として、以下の基が挙げられる。
 例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;
 例えば、ビニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルケニル基;
 例えば、エチニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルキニル基;
 例えば、ベンジル基、2-フェニルエチル基、2-フェニルプロピル-2-イル基、2-フェニルブチル-2-イル基、3-フェニルペンチル-3-イル基、3-フェニル-1-プロピル基、4-フェニル-1-ブチル基、5-フェニル-1-ペンチル基、6-フェニル-1-ヘキシル基、7-フェニル-1-ヘプチル基、8-フェニル-1-オクチル基等の炭素数30以下のアラルキル基、
 例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシ基;
 例えば、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、ピリジルオキシ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるアリールオキシ基若しくはヘテロアリールオキシ基;
 例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシカルボニル基;
 例えば、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるジアルキルアミノ基;
 例えば、ジフェニルアミノ基、ジトリルアミノ基、N-カルバゾリル基等の、炭素数が通常10以上、好ましくは12以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下のジアリールアミノ基;
 例えば、フェニルメチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常7以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるアリールアルキルアミノ基;
 例えば、アセチル基、ベンゾイル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下であるアシル基;
 例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子等のハロゲン原子;
 例えば、トリフルオロメチル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常12以下、好ましくは6以下のハロアルキル基;
 例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下、好ましくは12以下のアルキルチオ基;
 例えば、フェニルチオ基、ナフチルチオ基、ピリジルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるアリールチオ基;
 例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるシリル基;
 例えば、トリメチルシロキシ基、トリフェニルシロキシ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下であるシロキシ基;
 シアノ基;
 例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等の、炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素基;
 例えば、チエニル基、ピリジル基等の、炭素数が通常3以上、好ましくは4以上であり、通常36以下、好ましくは24以下である芳香族複素環基。
<Substituent group W1>
Examples of the substituent group W1 include the following groups.
For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like. , A linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group usually having 1 or more carbon atoms, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, an alkenyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a vinyl group;
For example, an alkynyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as an ethynyl group;
For example, benzyl group, 2-phenylethyl group, 2-phenylpropyl-2-yl group, 2-phenylbutyl-2-yl group, 3-phenylpentyl-3-yl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, The number of carbon atoms of 4-phenyl-1-butyl group, 5-phenyl-1-pentyl group, 6-phenyl-1-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-heptyl group, 8-phenyl-1-octyl group, etc. is 30 or less. Aralkill group,
For example, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, an aryloxy group or a heteroaryloxy group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, and a pyridyloxy group;
For example, an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms and usually has 24 or less, preferably 12 or less carbon atoms;
For example, a dialkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a dimethylamino group and a diethylamino group;
For example, a diarylamino group having a carbon number of usually 10 or more, preferably 12 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a diphenylamino group, a ditrilamino group, and an N-carbazolyl group;
For example, an arylalkylamino group having a carbon number of 7 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylmethylamino group;
For example, an acyl group such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less;
For example, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms and chlorine atoms;
For example, a haloalkyl group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 12 or less, preferably 6 or less, such as a trifluoromethyl group;
For example, an alkylthio group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a methylthio group and an ethylthio group;
For example, an arylthio group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, and a pyridylthio group;
For example, a silyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a trimethylsilyl group and a triphenylsilyl group;
For example, a syroxy group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a trimethylsiloxy group and a triphenylsiloxy group;
Cyano group;
For example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 6 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group;
For example, an aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of usually 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, and usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a thienyl group and a pyridyl group.
 上記の置換基群W1の中でも、好ましくは、アルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基であり、さらに好ましくは、アルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基である。電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基を有さないことがさらに好ましい。 Among the above-mentioned substituent group W1, the alkyl group, the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable, and the alkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group are more preferable. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it is more preferable to have no substituent.
 また、上記置換基群W1の各置換基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。それら置換基としては、上記置換基(置換基群W1)と同じのものを用いることができる。 Further, each substituent of the above-mentioned substituent group W1 may further have a substituent. As the substituents, the same ones as those of the above-mentioned substituents (substituent group W1) can be used.
<好ましい多環複素環化合物TD2>
 前記式(81)で表される多環式複素化合物TD2は、下記式(83)で表される構造であることが好ましい。
<Preferable polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2>
The polycyclic complex compound TD2 represented by the above formula (81) preferably has a structure represented by the following formula (83).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
(式(83)中、R81、R82、A81は、式(81)におけるR81、R82、A81と同義であり、
 a83、b83、c83及びd83は各々独立に0または1であり、少なくとも一つは1である。)
(In equation (83), R 81 , R 82 , and A 81 are synonymous with R 81 , R 82 , and A 81 in equation (81).
a83, b83, c83 and d83 are independently 0 or 1, and at least one is 1. )
 即ち、前記式(81)において、A81が置換されていない基本骨格においては、窒素原子のパラ位(=ホウ素原子のメタ位)の炭素原子上にHOMOが分布しているため、その炭素原子に、式(83)で表される構造のようにAが置換すると、短波長化の効果が大きく、好ましい。この観点から、上記式(83)において、a83~d83の全てが1であることが好ましい。 That is, in the above formula (81), in the basic skeleton in which A 81 is not substituted, HOMO is distributed on the carbon atom at the para position (= meta position of the boron atom) of the nitrogen atom, and therefore the carbon atom is distributed. In addition, when A is substituted as in the structure represented by the formula (83), the effect of shortening the wavelength is large, which is preferable. From this point of view, it is preferable that all of a83 to d83 are 1 in the above formula (83).
<多環複素環化合物TD2の具体例>
 以下に、式(81)で表される本発明の多環複素環化合物TD2の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
<Specific example of polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2>
Hereinafter, specific examples of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound TD2 of the present invention represented by the formula (81) will be shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。 The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1), or may contain two or more kinds.
[化合物I:式(20)で表される化合物]
 一実施形態における本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、下記式(20)で表される化合物Iを含有する。
[Compound I: Compound represented by the formula (20)]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment contains compound I represented by the following formula (20).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
(式(20)中、Ar21~Ar35は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~10個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。) (In the formula (20), Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.)
 式(20)における、Ar21~Ar35が置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~10個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造である場合の該ベンゼン環が有してもよい置換基は、アルキル基であることが好ましい。 In the formula (20), Ar 21 to Ar 35 may have a substituent or a benzene ring structure may have a substituent, and 2 to 10 benzene ring structures may be unbranched or branched and linked. The substituent that the benzene ring may have in the above case is preferably an alkyl group.
<置換基としてのアルキル基>
 置換基としてのアルキル基は、炭素数が通常1以上、12以下であり、好ましくは8以下であり、さらに好ましくは6以下であり、より好ましくは4以下の、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基であり、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。
<Alkyl group as a substituent>
The alkyl group as a substituent is usually 1 or more and 12 or less, preferably 8 or less, more preferably 6 or less, and more preferably 4 or less, linear, branched or cyclic. It is an alkyl group, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, and an n-hexyl group. , Cyclohexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group and the like.
<式(21)、式(22)>
 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23、Ar24、Ar27、Ar28、Ar29、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のうちの少なくとも一つは、下記式(21)又は下記式(22)で表される構造であることが好ましい。
<Equation (21), Eq. (22)>
In the above formula (20), at least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 is the following formula (21) or the following formula ( The structure represented by 22) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
(式(21),(22)中、Ar36~Ar39は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~8個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。) In the formulas (21) and (22), Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.)
 式(21)及び式(22)における、Ar36~Ar39が置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~10個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造である場合の該ベンゼン環が有してもよい置換基は、前記置換基としてのアルキル基であることが好ましい。 In the formulas (21) and (22), Ar 36 to Ar 39 may have a substituent or a benzene ring structure may have a substituent, and 2 to 10 benzene ring structures may be unbranched or branched. The substituent that the benzene ring may have in the case of the structure in which the benzene ring is linked is preferably an alkyl group as the substituent.
 前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24のうちのいずれか一つと、Ar27、Ar28及びAr29のいずれか一つと、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のうちのいずれか一つは前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造であることが好ましく、Ar22、Ar27及びAr32が、前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造であることが更に好ましい。 In the above formula (20), any one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 , any one of Ar 27 , Ar 28 and Ar 29 , and any one of Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 . One is preferably a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22), and Ar 22 , Ar 27 and Ar 32 are represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22). The structure is more preferable.
 さらには、前記式(21)で表される構造は下記式(21-1)、(21-2)、(21-3)、(21-4)又は(21-5)で表される構造であり、前記式(22)で表される構造は下記式(22-1)、(22-2)、(22-3)又は(22-4)で表される構造であることが好ましい。これらの構造は、前記置換基としてのアルキル基で置換されていてもよい。溶解性を向上させる観点ではアルキル基で置換されていることが好ましい。電荷輸送性、素子駆動時の耐久性の観点からは、置換基を有しないことが好ましい。 Further, the structure represented by the above formula (21) is a structure represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4) or (21-5). The structure represented by the above formula (22) is preferably a structure represented by the following formulas (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4). These structures may be substituted with an alkyl group as the substituent. From the viewpoint of improving solubility, it is preferably substituted with an alkyl group. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability when driving the device, it is preferable not to have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 中でも、前記式(21)で表される構造は前記式(21-1)、(21-3)、(21-4)、又は(21-5)で表される構造であることが好ましく、前記式(22)で表される構造は前記式(22-1)で表される構造であることがさらに好ましく、少なくとも一つの、前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造として前記式(21-1)で表される構造又は前記式(22-3)で表される構造を含むことが特に好ましい。 Above all, the structure represented by the formula (21) is preferably the structure represented by the formula (21-1), (21-3), (21-4), or (21-5). The structure represented by the formula (22) is more preferably a structure represented by the formula (22-1), and at least one structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22). It is particularly preferable to include the structure represented by the formula (21-1) or the structure represented by the formula (22-3).
 前記式(20)で表される化合物がこのような構造を含むことで、発光層内の電荷の輸送性を適度に調整でき、発光効率が高くなると考えられる。また、このような構造を含むことで、溶解性及び、素子駆動時の耐久性に優れると考えられる。 It is considered that the compound represented by the above formula (20) contains such a structure, so that the transportability of the charge in the light emitting layer can be appropriately adjusted and the luminous efficiency is improved. Further, it is considered that the inclusion of such a structure is excellent in solubility and durability when the element is driven.
<分子量>
 前記式(20)で表される化合物Iは低分子材料であり、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは3,000以下であり、特に好ましくは2,000以下であり、最も好ましくは1,500以下である。化合物Iの分子量の下限は通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。
<Molecular weight>
The compound I represented by the formula (20) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably. It is 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of compound I is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
<式(20)で表される化合物Iの具体例>
 式(20)で表される化合物Iは特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。
<Specific example of compound I represented by the formula (20)>
The compound I represented by the formula (20) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、前記式(20)で表される化合物Iの1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。 The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of compound I represented by the above formula (20), or may contain two or more kinds.
[化合物II:式(200)で表される化合物]
 一実施形態における本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、下記式(200)で表される化合物IIを含有する。
[Compound II: Compound represented by formula (200)]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment contains compound II represented by the following formula (200).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
(式(200)中、
 Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
 Xa、Ya、及びZaは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
 Xa、Ya及びZaは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
 g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
 g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
 g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa、Ya、Zaは水素原子ではない。)
(In formula (200),
W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
 上記式(200)で表される化合物IIは、好ましくは電荷輸送化合物、即ち、電荷輸送ホスト材料であることが好ましい。 The compound II represented by the above formula (200) is preferably a charge transport compound, that is, a charge transport host material.
<W>
 前記式(200)におけるWは、CH又はNを表し、そのうちの少なくとも一つはNであるが、電子輸送性及び電子耐久性の観点から、少なくとも2つがNであることが好ましく、全てNであることがより好ましい。
<W>
W in the above formula (200) represents CH or N, and at least one of them is N, but from the viewpoint of electron transportability and electron durability, at least two are preferably N, and all are N. It is more preferable to have.
<Xa、Ya、Za、Xa、Ya、Za
 前記式(200)における、Xa、Ya、Zaが置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基である場合、及び、Xa、Ya、Zaが置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基である場合の、炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基の芳香族炭化水素環としては、6員環の単環、又は2~5縮合環が好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオランテン環、インデノフルオレン環等が挙げられる。中でも好ましくはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、又はフルオレン環であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環又はフルオレン環であり、さらに好ましくはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環又はフルオレン環である。
<Xa 1 , Ya 1 , Za 1 , Xa 2 , Ya 2 , Za 2 >
When Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 in the above formula (200) are divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and when Xa 2 and Ya 2 are used. When Za 2 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms is 6 A monocyclic member ring or a 2-5 fused ring is preferable. Specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, a fluoranthene ring, an indenofluorene ring and the like. Among them, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, or a fluorene ring is preferable, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring is more preferable. be.
 前記式(200)における、Xa、Ya、Zaが置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基である場合、及び、Xa、Ya、Zaが置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基である場合の、炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基の芳香族複素環としては、5又は6員環の単環、又は2~5縮合環が好ましい。具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、インドロカルバゾール環、インデノカルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シノリン環、キノキサリン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環等が挙げられる。中でも好ましくはチオフェン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、キナゾリン環、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、インドロカルバゾール環、フェナントロリン環、又はインデノカルバゾール環であり、より好ましくはピリジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、キナゾリン環、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環又はジベンゾチオフェン環であり、さらに好ましくはカルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環又はジベンゾチオフェン環である。 When Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 in the above formula (200) are divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and Xa 2 , Ya 2 . , Za 2 is an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the aromatic heterocyclic ring of the aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is 5 or A 6-membered monocyclic ring or a 2-5 fused ring is preferable. Specifically, furan ring, benzofuran ring, dibenzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzothiophene ring, pyrrole ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, indolocarbazole ring, Indenocarbazole ring, pyrrolobyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, floran ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring, Examples thereof include a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a sinoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, a perimidine ring, a quinazoline ring, and a quinazolinone ring. Of these, the thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, carbazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthroline ring, or indenocarbazole ring are preferable. It is more preferably a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring, and more preferably a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.
 前記式(200)におけるXa、Ya、Za、Xa、Ya、及びZaにおいて、特に好ましい芳香族炭化水素環は、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環又はフェナントレン環であり、特に好ましい芳香族複素環は、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環又はジベンゾチオフェン環である。 In Xa 1 , Ya 1 , Za 1 , Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 in the above formula (200), a particularly preferable aromatic hydrocarbon ring is a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a phenanthrene ring, and a particularly preferable aromatic ring. The heterocycle is a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.
<g11、h11、j11>
 g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数である。電荷輸送性及び耐久性の観点から、g11が2以上又は、h11及びj11の内、少なくとも一方が3以上であることが好ましい。
<G11, h11, j11>
g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6, and at least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability, it is preferable that g11 is 2 or more, or at least one of h11 and j11 is 3 or more.
 また、前記式(200)で表される化合物は、中心のWを3個有する環も含めて、これらの環を合計で8~18個有することが、電荷輸送性、耐久性及び有機溶剤への溶解性の観点から好ましい。 Further, the compound represented by the above formula (200) has 8 to 18 rings in total, including a ring having 3 Ws in the center, in terms of charge transportability, durability and organic solvent. It is preferable from the viewpoint of solubility.
<R31
 置換基である場合のR31としては、好ましくは置換基を有していても良い炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基である。耐久性向上及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であることがさらに好ましい。置換基である場合のR31が複数存在する場合は互いに異なっていてもよい。
<R 31 >
When it is a substituent, R 31 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a group heterocyclic group. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable to use an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 31s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
 上述した炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基、炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基が有していても良い置換基、置換基であるR31が有していてもよい置換基としては、下記置換基群Zから選択することができる。 The above-mentioned substituent which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituent which may have an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and a substituent R 31 . The substituent which may be possessed by the above can be selected from the following substituent group Z.
<置換基群Z>
 置換基群Zは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ジアルキルアミノ基、ジアリールアミノ基、アリールアルキルアミノ基、アシル基、ハロゲン原子、ハロアルキル基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、シリル基、シロキシ基、シアノ基、芳香族炭化水素基、及び芳香族複素環基よりなる群である。これらの置換基は直鎖、分岐及び環状のいずれの構造を含んでいてもよい。
<Substituent group Z>
The substituent group Z includes an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an arylalkylamino group, an acyl group, a halogen atom, a haloalkyl group and an alkylthio group. It is a group consisting of an arylthio group, a silyl group, a siloxy group, a cyano group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and an aromatic heterocyclic group. These substituents may contain any of linear, branched and cyclic structures.
 置換基群Zとして、より具体的には、以下の構造が挙げられる。
 例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であり、より好ましくは8以下であり、さらに好ましくは6以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;
s 例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシ基;
 例えば、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、ピリジルオキシ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上であり、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である、アリールオキシ基若しくはヘテロアリールオキシ基;
 例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルコキシカルボニル基;
 例えば、ジメチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるジアルキルアミノ基;
 例えば、ジフェニルアミノ基、ジトリルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常10以上であり、好ましくは12以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下のジアリールアミノ基;
 例えば、フェニルメチルアミノ基等の、炭素数が通常7であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールアルキルアミノ基;
 例えば、アセチル基、ベンゾイル基等の、炭素数が通常2であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12であるアシル基;
 例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子等のハロゲン原子;
 例えば、トリフルオロメチル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常12以下であり、好ましくは6以下であるハロアルキル基;
 例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下であるアルキルチオ基;
 例えば、フェニルチオ基、ナフチルチオ基、ピリジルチオ基等の、炭素数が通常4以上であり、好ましくは5以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるアリールチオ基;
 例えば、トリメチルシリル基、トリフェニルシリル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるシリル基;
 例えば、トリメチルシロキシ基、トリフェニルシロキシ基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、好ましくは3以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下であるシロキシ基;
 シアノ基;
 例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等の、炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素基;
 例えば、チエニル基、ピリジル基等の、炭素数が通常3以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族複素環基。
More specifically, the substituent group Z has the following structure.
For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like. , Usually 1 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, more preferably 8 or less, still more preferably 6 or less, linear, branched. , Or a cyclic alkyl group;
s For example, an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less;
For example, an aryloxy group or a heteroaryloxy having a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, a pyridyloxy group, etc., having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less. Group;
For example, an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, which usually has 2 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less carbon atoms;
For example, a dialkylamino group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a dimethylamino group and a diethylamino group;
For example, a diarylamino group having a carbon number of usually 10 or more, preferably 12 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a diphenylamino group and a ditrilamino group;
For example, an arylalkylamino group having 7 carbon atoms, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylmethylamino group;
For example, an acyl group such as an acetyl group or a benzoyl group, which usually has 2 carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 carbon atoms;
For example, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms and chlorine atoms;
For example, a haloalkyl group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 12 or less, preferably 6 or less, such as a trifluoromethyl group;
For example, an alkylthio group having a carbon number of usually 1 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a methylthio group and an ethylthio group;
For example, an arylthio group having a carbon number of usually 4 or more, preferably 5 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less, such as a phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, and a pyridylthio group;
For example, a silyl group such as a trimethylsilyl group or a triphenylsilyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less;
For example, a syroxy group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, preferably 3 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less, such as a trimethylsiloxy group and a triphenylsiloxy group;
Cyano group;
For example, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of usually 6 or more, usually 36 or less, preferably 24 or less, such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group;
For example, an aromatic heterocyclic group having a carbon number of usually 3 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less, such as a thienyl group and a pyridyl group.
 上記の置換基群Zの中でも、好ましくは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ジアリールアミノ基、芳香族炭化水素基、又は芳香族複素環基である。電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基としては芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基が好ましく、より好ましくは芳香族炭化水素基であり、置換基を有さないことがさらに好ましい。溶解性向上の観点からは、置換基としてはアルキル基又はアルコキシ基が好ましい。 Among the above-mentioned substituent group Z, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a diarylamino group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group is preferable. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, the substituent is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and further preferably having no substituent. From the viewpoint of improving solubility, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferable as the substituent.
 また、上記置換基群Zの各置換基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。それら置換基としては、上記置換基(置換基群Z)と同じのものが挙げられる。上記置換基群Zが有してもよい各置換基は、好ましくは、炭素数8以下のアルキル基、炭素数8以下のアルコキシ基、又はフェニル基、より好ましくは炭素数6以下のアルキル基、炭素数6以下のアルコキシ基、又はフェニル基であり、上記置換基群Zの各置換基は、電荷輸送性の観点からは、さらなる置換基を有さないことがより好ましい。 Further, each substituent of the above-mentioned substituent group Z may further have a substituent. Examples of these substituents include the same substituents as the above-mentioned substituents (substituent group Z). Each substituent that the substituent group Z may have is preferably an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 8 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms. It is an alkoxy group or a phenyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms, and it is more preferable that each of the substituents of the substituent group Z does not have a further substituent from the viewpoint of charge transportability.
<分子量>
 前記式(200)で表される化合物IIは低分子材料であり、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは3,000以下であり、特に好ましくは2,000以下であり、最も好ましくは1,500以下である。化合物IIの分子量の下限は通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。
<Molecular weight>
The compound II represented by the formula (200) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably. It is 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of compound II is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
<式(200)で表される化合物IIの具体例>
 式(200)で表される化合物IIは特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。
<Specific example of compound II represented by the formula (200)>
The compound II represented by the formula (200) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、前記式(200)で表される化合物IIの1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。 The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of compound II represented by the above formula (200), or may contain two or more kinds.
[化合物III:式(210)、式(220)、式(230)で表される化合物]
 一実施形態における本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物、及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物IIIを含有する。
[Compound III: Compound represented by formula (210), formula (220), formula (230)]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment is selected from a compound represented by the following formula (210), a compound represented by the following formula (220), and a compound represented by the following formula (230). Contains one or more compounds III.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
(式(210)、式(220)及び式(230)中、
 Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
 R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
 X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
 Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
 n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
 n24は1~4の整数を表し、
 n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。)
(In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
 上記式(210)、上記式(220)、又は上記式(230)で表される化合物IIIは、好ましくは電荷輸送化合物、即ち、電荷輸送ホスト材料であることが好ましい。 The compound III represented by the above formula (210), the above formula (220), or the above formula (230) is preferably a charge transport compound, that is, a charge transport host material.
<Ar41、Ar42、Ar43、Ar44、X21、X22
 前記式(210)、前記式(220)及び前記式(230)における、Ar41、Ar42、Ar43及びAr44に適用できる炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基としては、6員環の単環、又は2~5縮合環の1価の基が好ましい。具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、フルオランテン環、インデノフルオレン環等の1価の基が挙げられる。さらに好ましくは、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環、フルオレン環、又はインデノフルオレン環の1価の基であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、又はフルオレン環の1価の基であり、最も好ましくはベンゼン環又はナフタレン環の1価の基である。
<Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 , Ar 44 , X 21 , X 22 >
The 6-membered ring is the aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms applicable to Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 and Ar 44 in the formula (210), the formula (220) and the formula (230). A monovalent group of a monocyclic ring or a monovalent group of 2 to 5 fused rings is preferable. Specifically, monovalent rings such as benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, phenanthrene ring, fluorene ring, perylene ring, tetracene ring, pyrene ring, benzpyrene ring, chrysene ring, triphenylene ring, fluoranthene ring, and indenofluorene ring. The group is mentioned. More preferably, it is a monovalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a fluorene ring, or an indenofluorene ring, and more preferably, it is a monovalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or a fluorene ring. It is preferably a monovalent group of a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring.
 前記式(210)、前記式(220)及び前記式(230)における、Ar41、Ar42、Ar43及びAr44に適用できる炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基としては、5又は6員環の単環、又は2~5縮合環の1価の基が好ましい。具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、インドロカルバゾール環、インデノカルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シノリン環、キノキサリン環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環等の1価の基が挙げられる。これらのうち、好ましくはチオフェン環、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、キナゾリン環、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、インドロカルバゾール環、フェナントロリン環、又はインドロカルバゾール環であり、より好ましくはピリジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、キナゾリン環、カルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、インドロカルバゾール環、又はインデノカルバゾール環の1価の基であり、さらに好ましくはカルバゾール環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、インドロカルバゾール環、又はインデノカルバゾール環の1価の基である。 The aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms applicable to Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 and Ar 44 in the formula (210), the formula (220) and the formula (230) is 5 or 6 A monocyclic member ring or a monovalent group of 2 to 5 fused rings is preferable. Specifically, furan ring, benzofuran ring, dibenzofuran ring, thiophene ring, benzothiophene ring, dibenzothiophene ring, pyrol ring, pyrazole ring, imidazole ring, oxadiazole ring, indole ring, carbazole ring, indolocarbazole ring, Indenocarbazole ring, pyrrolobyrazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrolopyrrole ring, thienopyrazole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, floran ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring, Examples thereof include monovalent groups such as a pyrazine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a sinoline ring, a quinoxaline ring, a perimidine ring, a quinazoline ring, and a quinazolinone ring. Of these, preferably thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, imidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, quinazoline ring, carbazole ring, dibenzofuran ring, dibenzothiophene ring, indolocarbazole ring, phenanthroline ring, or India. It is a locarbazole ring, more preferably a monovalent group of a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazine ring, a quinoline ring, a quinazoline ring, a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, an indolocarbazole ring, or an indenocarbazole ring. Yes, more preferably a monovalent group of a carbazole ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, an indolocarbazole ring, or an indenocarbazole ring.
 Ar41、Ar42、Ar43又はAr44が、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である場合の芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族複素環基はこれらの1価の基から選択して組み合わせることができる。連結数は好ましくは2又は3であり、より好ましくは2である。 Ar 41 , Ar 42 , Ar 43 or Ar 44 may have a substituent may have a 6 to 30 carbon aromatic hydrocarbon group and may have a substituent 3 to 30 carbon atoms. The aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group when the structure selected from the group heterocyclic groups is a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 are linked can be selected and combined from these monovalent groups. .. The number of concatenations is preferably 2 or 3, and more preferably 2.
 Ar44は好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基が2~5連結した基である。 Ar 44 preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a 5 linked group.
 X21は好ましくはO又はN-Ar44であり、X22は好ましくはO又はSであり、Oであることがより好ましい。
 これらの基が有していてもよい置換基は、前述の化合物IIにおける置換基群Zから選択することができる。
X 21 is preferably O or N-Ar 44 , X 22 is preferably O or S, and more preferably O.
The substituents that these groups may have can be selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II.
 Ar41、Ar42及びAr43の好ましい基としては、下記式(20-1)~(20-13)で表される基が挙げられ、これらの基は更に置換基を有してもよい。 Preferred groups of Ar 41 , Ar 42 and Ar 43 include groups represented by the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13), and these groups may further have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
(上記式中、*は結合位置を表し、
 Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。)
(In the above formula, * represents the bond position.
Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
 Ar45は、前記Ar44に適用できる1価の基と同様の基が適用できる。好ましくは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。 As the Ar 45 , the same group as the monovalent group applicable to the Ar 44 can be applied. Preferably, there are 2 to 5 aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or 2 to 5 aromatic hydrocarbon group structures having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. It is a linked monovalent group.
 置換基としては好ましくは前述の置換基群Zから選択される。好ましい置換基も前述の置換基群Zに記載の通りである。 The substituent is preferably selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z. Preferred substituents are also as described in the above-mentioned substituent group Z.
<R21、R22、R23
 置換基である場合のR21、R22及びR23は各々独立に前述の置換基群Zから選択することができる。好ましくは置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基である。耐久性向上及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であることがさらに好ましい。置換基である場合のR21が複数存在する場合は互いに異なっていてもよい。
<R 21 , R 22 , R 23 >
When it is a substituent, R 21 , R 22 and R 23 can each be independently selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z. It is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, it is more preferable to use an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. When there are a plurality of R 21s as substituents, they may be different from each other.
 置換基である場合のR21、R22及びR23が有していてもよい置換基としては、前述の置換基群Zから選択することができる。 The substituents that R 21 , R 22 and R 23 may have when they are substituents can be selected from the above-mentioned substituent group Z.
<分子量>
 前記式(210)、前記式(220)又は前記式(230)で表される化合物IIIは低分子材料であり、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは3,000以下であり、特に好ましくは2,000以下であり、最も好ましくは1,500以下である。化合物IIIの分子量の下限は通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。
<Molecular weight>
The compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230) is a small molecule material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less, and particularly. It is preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of compound III is usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, and more preferably 400 or more.
<前記式(210)、前記式(220)又は前記式(230)で表される化合物IIIの具体例>
 前記式(210)、前記式(220)又は前記式(230)で表される化合物IIIは特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。
<Specific example of compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230)>
The compound III represented by the formula (210), the formula (220) or the formula (230) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、化合物IIIとして前記式(210)で表される化合物の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、化合物IIIとして前記式(220)で表される化合物の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、化合物IIIとして前記式(230)で表される化合物の1種のみが含まれていてもよく、2種以上が含まれていてもよい。
 また、本発明の発光層形成用組成物には、化合物IIIとして前記式(210)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と前記式(220)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよく、前記式(210)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と前記式(230)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよく、前記式(220)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と前記式(230)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上が含まれていてもよく、前記式(210)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と前記式(220)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上と、前記式(230)で表される化合物の1種又は2種以上とが含まれていてもよい。
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (210) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (220) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain only one kind of the compound represented by the above formula (230) as compound III, or may contain two or more kinds.
Further, in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention, as compound III, one or more compounds represented by the above formula (210) and one or two compounds represented by the above formula (220) are included. Species or more may be contained, and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (210) and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (230) are contained. Also, one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (220) and one or more of the compounds represented by the formula (230) may be contained, and the above formula (210) may be contained. ), One or more of the compounds represented by the above formula (220), and one or more of the compounds represented by the above formula (230). And may be included.
[化合物IV:式(240)で表される化合物]
 一実施形態における本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、下記式(240)で表される化合物IVを含有する。
[Compound IV: Compound represented by formula (240)]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention in one embodiment contains compound IV represented by the following formula (240).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
(式(240)中、
 Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
 R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
 Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
 n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。)
(In equation (240),
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
<Ar611、Ar612
 Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
 芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数としては、好ましくは6~50、より好ましくは6~30、さらに好ましくは6~18である。芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、テトラフェニレン環、フェナントレン環、クリセン環、ピレン環、ベンゾアントラセン環、又はペリレン環等の、炭素数が通常6以上、通常30以下、好ましくは18以下、さらに好ましくは14以下である芳香族炭化水素構造の1価の基、又は、これらの構造から選択された複数の構造が鎖状に又は分岐して結合した構造の1価の基が挙げられる。芳香族炭化水素環が複数個連結する場合は、通常、2~8個連結した構造が挙げられ、2~5個連結した構造であることが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環が複数個連結する場合、同一の構造が連結してもよく、異なる構造が連結してもよい。
<Ar 611 , Ar 612 >
Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
The number of carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 50, more preferably 6 to 30, and even more preferably 6 to 18. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetraphenylene ring, a phenanthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, or a perylene ring, which usually have 6 carbon atoms. As described above, the monovalent group of the aromatic hydrocarbon structure, which is usually 30 or less, preferably 18 or less, more preferably 14 or less, or a plurality of structures selected from these structures are bonded in a chain or branched manner. The monovalent group of the structure described above can be mentioned. When a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, a structure in which 2 to 8 rings are linked is usually mentioned, and a structure in which 2 to 5 rings are linked is preferable. When a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, the same structure may be linked or different structures may be linked.
 Ar611、Ar612は好ましくは、各々独立に
 フェニル基、
 複数のベンゼン環が複数鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基、
 1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのナフタレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基、
 1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのフェナントレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基、又は、
 1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのテトラフェニレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基、
であり、さらに好ましくは、複数のベンゼン環が複数鎖状又は分岐して結合した1価の基であり、いずれの場合も結合の順序は問わない。
Ar 611 and Ar 612 are preferably independently phenyl groups, respectively.
A monovalent group in which multiple benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded.
A monovalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one naphthalene ring are chained or branched.
A monovalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one phenanthrene ring are chained or branched and bonded, or
A monovalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one tetraphenylene ring are chained or branched.
It is more preferably a monovalent group in which a plurality of benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded, and in any case, the order of bonding does not matter.
 結合するベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環及びテトラフェニレン環の数は前記の通り、通常2~8であり、2~5が好ましい。中でも好ましくは、ベンゼン環が1~4個連結した1価の構造、ベンゼン環が1~4個及びナフタレン環が連結した1価の構造、ベンゼン環が1~4個及びフェナントレン環が連結した1価の構造、又は、ベンゼン環が1~4個及びテトラフェニレン環が連結した1価の構造である。 As described above, the number of benzene rings, naphthalene rings, phenanthrene rings and tetraphenylene rings to be bonded is usually 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5. Of these, a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings are linked, a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a naphthalene ring are linked, a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a phenanthrene ring are linked 1 are preferable. It is a valent structure or a monovalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a tetraphenylene ring are linked.
 これら芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有してもよい。芳香族炭化水素基が有してよい置換基は前述の通りであり、具体的には置換基群Zから選択することが出来る。好ましい置換基は前記置換基群Zの好ましい置換基である。 These aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent. The substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z. The preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z.
 Ar611、Ar612の少なくとも一方は、化合物の溶解性及び耐久性の観点から、下記式(72-1)~(72-7)から選択される少なくとも1つの部分構造を有することが好ましい。 At least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 preferably has at least one partial structure selected from the following formulas (72-1) to (72-7) from the viewpoint of solubility and durability of the compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 上記式(72-1)~式(72-7)それぞれにおいて、*は隣接する構造との結合又は水素原子を表し、2つ存在する*の少なくとも一方は隣接する構造との結合位置を表す。以降の記載においても、特に断りの無い限り*の定義は同様である。 In each of the above formulas (72-1) to (72-7), * represents a bond with an adjacent structure or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of two * represents a bond position with an adjacent structure. In the following description, the definition of * is the same unless otherwise specified.
 より好ましくは、Ar611、Ar612の少なくとも一方は、式(72-1)~(72-4)及び式(72-7)から選択される少なくとも1つの部分構造を有する。
 さらに好ましくは、Ar611、Ar612がそれぞれ、式(72-1)~(72-3)及び式(72-7)から選択される少なくとも1つの部分構造を有する。
 特に好ましくは、Ar611、Ar612がそれぞれ、式(72-1)、式(72-2)及び式(72-7)から選択される少なくとも1つの部分構造を有する。
More preferably, at least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 has at least one partial structure selected from formulas (72-1) to (72-4) and formula (72-7).
More preferably, Ar 611 and Ar 612 each have at least one partial structure selected from formulas (72-1) to (72-3) and formula (72-7).
Particularly preferably, Ar 611 and Ar 612 each have at least one partial structure selected from formula (72-1), formula (72-2) and formula (72-7).
 式(72-2)として好ましくは、下記式(72-2-2)である。 The formula (72-2) is preferably the following formula (72-2-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
 式(72-2)としてよりさらに好ましくは、下記式(72-2-3)である。 The following formula (72-2-3) is more preferable as the formula (72-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 また、化合物の溶解性及び耐久性の観点からAr611、Ar612の少なくとも1つが有することが好ましい部分構造として、式(72-1)で表される部分構造及び式(72-2)で表される部分構造を有する部分構造が挙げられる。 Further, from the viewpoint of solubility and durability of the compound, a partial structure represented by the formula (72-1) and a partial structure represented by the formula (72-2) are represented as a partial structure preferably possessed by at least one of Ar 611 and Ar 612 . A partial structure having a partial structure to be formed is mentioned.
<(R611、R612
 R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、フッ素原子等のハロゲン原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の1価の芳香族炭化水素である。
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~30、さらに好ましくは6~18、より好ましくは6~10である芳香族炭化水素構造の1価の基が挙げられる。
 これら芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有してもよい。芳香族炭化水素基が有してよい置換基は前述の通りであり、具体的には置換基群Zから選択することが出来る。好ましい置換基は前記置換基群Zの好ましい置換基である。
<(R 611 , R 612 >
R611 and R612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbons having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may independently have halogen atoms such as deuterium atoms and fluorine atoms, and substituents.
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a monovalent group having an aromatic hydrocarbon structure having preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
These aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent. The substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z. The preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z.
<n611、n612
 n611、n612は各々独立に、0~4の整数である。好ましくは0~2であり、さらに好ましくは0又は1である。
<N 611 , n 612 >
n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. It is preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
<置換基>
 Ar611、Ar612、R611、R612が1価又は2価の芳香族炭化水素基である場合、有してよい置換基は前記化合物IIにおける置換基群Zから選択される置換基が好ましい。
<Substituent>
When Ar 611 , Ar 612 , R 611 , and R 612 are monovalent or divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups, the substituent which may be possessed is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z in the compound II. ..
<G>
 Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表す。
<G>
G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
 Gの芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、好ましくは6~50、さらに好ましくは6~30、より好ましくは6~18である。芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、テトラフェニレン環、フェナントレン環、クリセン環、ピレン環、ベンゾアントラセン環、又はペリレン環等の、炭素数が通常6以上、通常30以下、好ましくは18以下、さらに好ましくは14以下である芳香族炭化水素構造の2価の基、又は、これらの構造から選択された複数の構造が鎖状に又は分岐して結合した構造の2価の基が挙げられる。芳香族炭化水素環が複数個連結する場合は、通常、2~8個連結した構造が挙げられ、2~5個連結した構造であることが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環が複数個連結する場合、同一の構造が連結してもよく、異なる構造が連結してもよい。 The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group of G is preferably 6 to 50, more preferably 6 to 30, and even more preferably 6 to 18. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a tetraphenylene ring, a phenanthracene ring, a chrysen ring, a pyrene ring, a benzoanthracene ring, or a perylene ring, which usually have 6 carbon atoms. As described above, a divalent group of an aromatic hydrocarbon structure, which is usually 30 or less, preferably 18 or less, more preferably 14 or less, or a plurality of structures selected from these structures are bonded in a chain or branched manner. The divalent group of the structure described above can be mentioned. When a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, a structure in which 2 to 8 rings are linked is usually mentioned, and a structure in which 2 to 5 rings are linked is preferable. When a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon rings are linked, the same structure may be linked or different structures may be linked.
 Gは、好ましくは、
 単結合、
 フェニレン基、
 複数のベンゼン環が複数鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基、
 1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのナフタレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基、
 1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのフェナントレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基、又は、
 1つ又は複数のベンゼン環及び少なくとも1つのテトラフェニレン環が鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基、
であり、さらに好ましくは、複数のベンゼン環が複数鎖状又は分岐して結合した2価の基であり、いずれの場合も結合の順序は問わない。
G is preferably
Single bond,
Phenylene group,
A divalent group in which multiple benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded,
A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one naphthalene ring are chained or branched.
A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one phenanthrene ring are chained or branched and bonded, or
A divalent group in which one or more benzene rings and at least one tetraphenylene ring are chained or branched.
It is more preferably a divalent group in which a plurality of benzene rings are chained or branched and bonded, and in any case, the order of bonding does not matter.
 結合するベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナントレン環及びテトラフェニレン環の数は前記の通り、通常2~8であり、2~5が好ましい。中でもさらに好ましくは、ベンゼン環が1~4個連結した2価の構造、ベンゼン環が1~4個及びナフタレン環が連結した2価の構造、ベンゼン環が1~4個及びフェナントレン環が連結した2価の構造、又は、ベンゼン環が1~4個及びテトラフェニレン環が連結した2価の構造である。 As described above, the number of benzene rings, naphthalene rings, phenanthrene rings and tetraphenylene rings to be bonded is usually 2 to 8, preferably 2 to 5. More preferably, a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings are linked, a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a naphthalene ring are linked, a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings are linked, and a phenanthrene ring are linked. It is a divalent structure or a divalent structure in which 1 to 4 benzene rings and a tetraphenylene ring are linked.
 これら芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有してもよい。芳香族炭化水素基が有してよい置換基は前述の通りであり、具体的には前述の化合物IIにおける置換基群Zから選択することが出来る。好ましい置換基は前記化合物IIにおける置換基群Zの好ましい置換基である。 These aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent. The substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are as described above, and specifically, it can be selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II. The preferred substituent is the preferred substituent of the substituent group Z in the compound II.
<前記式(240)で表される化合物IVの具体例>
 以下に、前記式(240)で表される化合物IVの好ましい具体例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。
<Specific example of compound IV represented by the above formula (240)>
Hereinafter, preferred specific examples of the compound IV represented by the above formula (240) will be shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
[有機溶媒]
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物に含有される有機溶媒は、湿式成膜により前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物及び化合物I~IVを含む層を形成するために用いる、揮発性を有する液体成分である。
[Organic solvent]
The organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is used to form a layer containing the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) and compounds I to IV by wet film formation. It is a volatile liquid component.
 該有機溶媒は、溶質である式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物、化合物I~IV及び後述の第2のホスト材料が良好に溶解する有機溶媒であれば特に限定されない。 The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent in which the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), the compounds I to IV and the second host material described later are well dissolved.
 好ましい有機溶媒としては、例えば、n-デカン、シクロヘキサン、エチルシクロヘキサン、デカリン、ビシクロヘキサン等のアルカン類;トルエン、キシレン、メシチレン、フェニルシクロヘキサン、テトラリン、メチルナフタレン等の芳香族炭化水素類;クロロベンゼン、ジクロロベンゼン、トリクロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化芳香族炭化水素類;1,2-ジメトキシベンゼン、1,3-ジメトキシベンゼン、アニソール、フェネトール、2-メトキシトルエン、3-メトキシトルエン、4-メトキシトルエン、2,3-ジメチルアニソール、2,4-ジメチルアニソール、ジフェニルエーテル等の芳香族エーテル類;酢酸フェニル、プロピオン酸フェニル、安息香酸メチル、安息香酸エチル、安息香酸プロピル、安息香酸n-ブチル等の芳香族エステル類;シクロヘキサノン、シクロオクタノン、フェンコン等の脂環族ケトン類;シクロヘキサノール、シクロオクタノール等の脂環族アルコール類;メチルエチルケトン、ジブチルケトン等の脂肪族ケトン類;ブタノール、ヘキサノール等の脂肪族アルコール類;エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテルアセタート(PGMEA)等の脂肪族エーテル類;等が挙げられる。 Preferred organic solvents include, for example, alkanes such as n-decane, cyclohexane, ethylcyclohexane, decalin, bicyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, phenylcyclohexane, tetraline, methylnaphthalene; chlorobenzene, di. Halogenized aromatic hydrocarbons such as chlorobenzene and trichlorobenzene; 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3 -Aromatic ethers such as dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole and diphenyl ether; aromatic esters such as phenylacetate, phenylpropionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, propyl benzoate and n-butyl benzoate; Aromatic ketones such as cyclohexanone, cyclooctanone, fencon; alicyclic alcohols such as cyclohexanol and cyclooctanol; aliphatic ketones such as methylethylketone and dibutylketone; aliphatic alcohols such as butanol and hexanol; ethylene Examples thereof include aliphatic ethers such as glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, and propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA).
 これらの中でも、粘度と沸点の観点から、アルカン類、芳香族炭化水素類、芳香族エステル類が好ましく、芳香族炭化水素類及び芳香族エステル類が特に好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoint of viscosity and boiling point, alkanes, aromatic hydrocarbons and aromatic esters are preferable, and aromatic hydrocarbons and aromatic esters are particularly preferable.
 これらの有機溶媒は1種類を単独で用いてもよく、また2種類以上を任意の組み合わせ、及び比率で用いてもよい。 One of these organic solvents may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in any combination and ratio.
 用いる有機溶媒の沸点は通常80℃以上、好ましくは100℃以上、より好ましくは120℃以上、また、通常350℃以下、好ましくは330℃以下、より好ましくは300℃以下である。有機溶媒の沸点がこの範囲を下回ると、湿式成膜時において、発光層形成用組成物からの溶媒蒸発により、成膜安定性が低下する可能性がある。有機溶媒の沸点がこの範囲を上回ると、湿式成膜後の溶媒残留により、成膜安定性が低下する可能性がある。 The boiling point of the organic solvent used is usually 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 120 ° C. or higher, and usually 350 ° C. or lower, preferably 330 ° C. or lower, more preferably 300 ° C. or lower. If the boiling point of the organic solvent is lower than this range, the film formation stability may decrease due to solvent evaporation from the light emitting layer forming composition during wet film formation. If the boiling point of the organic solvent exceeds this range, the film formation stability may decrease due to the solvent remaining after the wet film formation.
 特に、上記有機溶媒のうち、沸点が150℃以上の有機溶媒を2種以上組み合わせることにより、より均一な塗布膜を形成しやすいと考えられ、好ましい。 In particular, among the above organic solvents, it is considered preferable to combine two or more organic solvents having a boiling point of 150 ° C. or higher because it is easy to form a more uniform coating film.
[第2のホスト材料]
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物はさらに、第2のホスト材料を含有することが好ましい。
[Second host material]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention preferably further contains a second host material.
 第2のホスト材料は電荷輸送性ホスト材料であることが好ましく、従来有機電界発光素子用材料として用いられているものを使用することができる。例えば、ピリジン、カルバゾール、ナフタレン、ペリレン、ピレン、アントラセン、クリセン、ナフタセン、フェナントレン、コロネン、フルオランテン、ベンゾフェナントレン、フルオレン、アセトナフトフルオランテン、クマリン、p-ビス(2-フェニルエテニル)ベンゼン及びそれらの誘導体、キナクリドン誘導体、DCM(4-(dicyanomethylene)-2-methyl-6-(p-dimethylaminostyryl)-4H-pyran)系化合物、ベンゾピラン誘導体、ローダミン誘導体、ベンゾチオキサンテン誘導体、アザベンゾチオキサンテン、アリールアミノ基が置換された縮合芳香族環化合物、アリールアミノ基が置換されたスチリル誘導体等が挙げられる。 The second host material is preferably a charge-transporting host material, and materials conventionally used as materials for organic electroluminescent devices can be used. For example, pyridine, carbazole, naphthalene, perylene, pyrene, anthracene, chrysene, naphthalene, phenanthrene, coronen, fluoranthene, benzophenanthrene, fluorene, acetonaftofluoranthene, coumarin, p-bis (2-phenylethenyl) benzene and theirs. Derivatives of quinacridone, DCM (4- (dicyanomethylene) -2-methyl-6- (p-dimethylaminostyryl) -4H-pyran) -based compounds, benzopyran derivatives, rhodamine derivatives, benzothioxanthene derivatives, azabenzothioxanthene, aryl Examples thereof include a condensed aromatic ring compound in which an amino group is substituted, a styryl derivative in which an arylamino group is substituted, and the like.
 これらは1種類を単独で用いてもよく、また2種類以上を任意の組み合わせ、及び比率で用いてもよい。 One of these may be used alone, or two or more of them may be used in any combination and ratio.
 これらの内、好ましくは、ナフタレン、ペリレン、ピレン、アントラセン、クリセン、ナフタセン、フェナントレン、コロネン、フルオランテン、ベンゾフェナントレン、フルオレン、アセトナフトフルオランテン及びそれらの誘導体であり、さらに好ましくは、アントラセン誘導体である。
 アントラセン誘導体としては、下記式(30)で表される化合物が好ましい。下記式(30)で表されるアントラセン誘導体は電子輸送性に優れ、有機電界発光素子の発光層のホスト材料として用いた場合、電子輸送性ホストとして機能する。
Of these, naphthalene, perylene, pyrene, anthracene, chrysene, naphthacene, phenanthrene, coronene, fluoranthene, benzophenanthrene, fluorene, acetonaftofluoranthene and derivatives thereof are preferable, and anthracene derivatives are more preferable. ..
As the anthracene derivative, a compound represented by the following formula (30) is preferable. The anthracene derivative represented by the following formula (30) has excellent electron transport properties, and when used as a host material for the light emitting layer of an organic electroluminescent device, functions as an electron transport host.
<アントラセン誘導体> <Anthracene derivative>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
 上記式(30)において、Ar241、Ar242はそれぞれ独立に以下の式(31)で表される構造であり、Ar243は置換基を表し、Ar243が複数ある場合、複数のAr243は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、n43は0~8の整数である。 In the above formula (30), Ar 241 and Ar 242 are each independently represented by the following formula (31), Ar 243 represents a substituent, and when there are a plurality of Ar 243s , the plurality of Ar 243s are present. It may be the same or different, and n 43 is an integer of 0 to 8.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 上記式(31)において、Ar244、Ar245はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素構造、又は置換基を有していてもよい複素芳香環構造を表し、Ar244、Ar245がそれぞれ複数存在する場合、複数のAr244、Ar245は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、n44は1~5の整数、n45は0~5の整数である。 In the above formula (31), Ar 244 and Ar 245 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which may have a substituent or a heteroaromatic ring structure which may have a substituent. When a plurality of 244 and Ar 245 are present, the plurality of Ar 244 and Ar 245 may be the same or different, and n 44 is an integer of 1 to 5 and n 45 is an integer of 0 to 5.
 Ar244は好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~30の単環又は縮合環である芳香族炭化水素構造であり、より好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~12の単環又は縮合環である芳香族炭化水素構造である。該芳香族炭化水素構造は具体的には、ベンゼン環構造、ナフタレン構造、アントラセン構造、フェナントレン構造がより好ましく、ベンゼン環構造がさらに好ましい。 Ar 244 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, and more preferably may have a substituent. , An aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. Specifically, the aromatic hydrocarbon structure is more preferably a benzene ring structure, a naphthalene structure, an anthracene structure, or a phenanthrene structure, and further preferably a benzene ring structure.
 Ar245は好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~30の単環又は縮合環である芳香族炭化水素構造、又は、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~30の縮合環である芳香族複素環構造であり、より好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数6~12の単環又は縮合環である芳香族炭化水素構造、又は、置換基を有していてもよい、炭素数12の縮合環である芳香族複素環構造である。該芳香族炭化水素構造として、具体的には、ベンゼン環構造、ナフタレン構造、アントラセン構造、フェナントレン構造が好ましく、ベンゼン環構造、ナフタレン構造、又はフェナントレン構造がより好ましい。また、該芳香族複素環構造として、具体的には、ジベンゾフラン構造、ジベンゾチオフェン構造、フェナントロリン構造が好ましく、ジベンゾフラン構造又はフェナントロリン構造がより好ましい。 Ar 245 preferably has an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocyclic or fused ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, or may have a substituent, which may have 6 carbon atoms. It is an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring of to 30 and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon structure which is a monocycle or a fused ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or It is an aromatic heterocyclic structure which is a fused ring having 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. As the aromatic hydrocarbon structure, specifically, a benzene ring structure, a naphthalene structure, an anthracene structure, and a phenanthrene structure are preferable, and a benzene ring structure, a naphthalene structure, or a phenanthrene structure is more preferable. Further, as the aromatic heterocyclic structure, specifically, a dibenzofuran structure, a dibenzothiophene structure, and a phenanthroline structure are preferable, and a dibenzofuran structure or a phenanthroline structure is more preferable.
 n44は好ましくは1~3の整数であり、より好ましくは1又は2である。
 n45は好ましくは0~3の整数であり、より好ましくは0~2の整数である。
n 44 is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.
n 45 is preferably an integer of 0 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 2.
(Ar243、Ar244、Ar245の置換基)
 置換基であるAr243、Ar244およびAr245が有していてもよい置換基は、前述の化合物IIにおける置換基群Zから選ばれる基が好ましく、より好ましくは前述の置換基群Zに含まれるアルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であり、更に好ましくは前述の置換基群Zに含まれる芳香族炭化水素基である。また、置換基であるAr243、Ar244およびAr245が有していてもよい置換基はさらに置換基を有していてもよく、さらに有していてもよい置換基としては、前述の置換基群Zと同じのものが挙げられ、好ましくは、炭素数8以下のアルキル基、炭素数8以下のアルコキシ基、又はフェニル基、より好ましくは炭素数6以下のアルキル基、炭素数6以下のアルコキシ基、又はフェニル基であり、前述の置換基群Zの各置換基は、電荷輸送性の観点からは、さらなる置換基を有さないことがより好ましい。
(Substituents of Ar 243 , Ar 244 , Ar 245 )
The substituents that the substituents Ar 243 , Ar 244 and Ar 245 may have are preferably a group selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II, and more preferably contained in the above-mentioned substituent group Z. It is an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group contained in the above-mentioned substituent group Z. Further, the substituents that may be possessed by the substituents Ar 243 , Ar 244 and Ar 245 may further have a substituent, and the substituents that may further have are the above-mentioned substituents. The same group as the group Z can be mentioned, preferably an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 8 or less carbon atoms, or a phenyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group having 6 or less carbon atoms and 6 or less carbon atoms. It is more preferably an alkoxy group or a phenyl group, and each of the above-mentioned substituents of the substituent group Z does not have a further substituent from the viewpoint of charge transportability.
(分子量)
 前記式(30)で表される化合物は低分子材料であり、分子量は3,000以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは2,500以下であり、特に好ましくは2,000以下であり、最も好ましくは1,500以下であり、通常300以上、好ましくは350以上、より好ましくは400以上である。
(Molecular weight)
The compound represented by the formula (30) is a low molecular weight material, and the molecular weight is preferably 3,000 or less, more preferably 2,500 or less, particularly preferably 2,000 or less, and most preferably 1. , 500 or less, usually 300 or more, preferably 350 or more, more preferably 400 or more.
(式(30)で表されるアントラセン誘導体の具体例)
 前記式(30)で表されるアントラセン誘導体は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような化合物が挙げられる。
(Specific example of the anthracene derivative represented by the formula (30))
The anthracene derivative represented by the formula (30) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
[含有量]
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物に含まれる式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物の含有量は、通常0.001質量%以上、好ましくは0.01質量%以上で、通常30.0質量%以下、好ましくは20.0質量%以下である。
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物に含まれる化合物I~IVの含有量は、通常0.01質量%以上で、好ましくは0.1質量%以上で、通常30.0質量%以下、好ましくは20.0質量%以下である。
 式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物及び化合物I~IVの含有量をこの範囲とすることにより、隣接する層(例えば、正孔輸送層や正孔阻止層)から発光層へ効率良く、正孔や電子の注入が行われ、駆動電圧を低減することができる。
 なお、式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物は発光層形成用組成物中に、1種のみ含まれていてもよく、2種以上が組み合わされて含まれていてもよい。化合物I~IVについても発光層形成用組成物中に、1種のみ含まれていてもよく、2種以上が組み合わされて含まれていてもよい。
[Content]
The content of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.001% by mass or more, preferably 0.01% by mass or more, and is usually 30. It is 0.0% by mass or less, preferably 20.0% by mass or less.
The content of the compounds I to IV contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 30.0% by mass or less, preferably 30.0% by mass or less. It is 20.0% by mass or less.
By setting the content of the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) and the compounds I to IV in this range, the efficiency from the adjacent layer (for example, the hole transport layer or the hole blocking layer) to the light emitting layer is achieved. Well, holes and electrons are injected, and the drive voltage can be reduced.
The polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer only at one type, or may be contained in combination of two or more types. As for the compounds I to IV, only one kind may be contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer, or two or more kinds may be contained in combination.
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物が前記第2のホスト材料を含む場合、その含有量は、通常0.01質量%以上、好ましくは0.1質量%以上で、通常30.0質量%以下、好ましくは20.0質量%以下である。発光層形成用組成物中の第2のホスト材料の含有量を上記範囲とすることで、発光層内での電子の輸送性が向上して低電圧化するとともに、発光層内での電子と正孔のバランスが向上するため、発光効率が向上すると考えられる。 When the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention contains the second host material, the content thereof is usually 0.01% by mass or more, preferably 0.1% by mass or more, and usually 30.0% by mass or less. It is preferably 20.0% by mass or less. By setting the content of the second host material in the composition for forming a light emitting layer within the above range, the transportability of electrons in the light emitting layer is improved and the voltage is lowered, and the electrons in the light emitting layer are combined. Since the hole balance is improved, it is considered that the luminous efficiency is improved.
 発光効率を向上させる観点から、本発明の発光層形成用組成物に含まれる化合物I~IVと第2のホスト材料の合計の含有量は、発光層形成用組成物中の式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物1質量部に対して、通常1000質量部以下、好ましくは100質量部以下、さらに好ましくは50質量部以下であり、通常0.01質量部以上、好ましくは0.1質量部以上、さらに好ましくは1質量部以上である。 From the viewpoint of improving the light emitting efficiency, the total content of the compounds I to IV and the second host material contained in the light emitting layer forming composition of the present invention is represented by the formula (1) in the light emitting layer forming composition. With respect to 1 part by mass of the represented polycyclic heterocyclic compound, it is usually 1000 parts by mass or less, preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, and usually 0.01 parts by mass or more, preferably 0. It is 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 1 part by mass or more.
 発光層内での電荷の移動を適度に抑制し、電子と正孔のバランスがより向上して発光効率が向上し、素子の駆動寿命が長寿命化すると考えられる観点から、本発明の発光層形成用組成物に含まれる化合物I~IVと第2のホスト材料の合計の含有量100質量部に対する、化合物I~IVの含有量は、通常100質量部以下、好ましくは70質量部以下、さらに好ましくは50質量部以下であり、通常1質量部以上、好ましくは3質量部以上、さらに好ましくは10質量部以上である。 The light emitting layer of the present invention is considered to appropriately suppress the movement of electric charges in the light emitting layer, further improve the balance between electrons and holes, improve the light emitting efficiency, and extend the driving life of the element. The content of the compounds I to IV is usually 100 parts by mass or less, preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and further, with respect to the total content of 100 parts by mass of the compounds I to IV and the second host material contained in the composition for formation. It is preferably 50 parts by mass or less, usually 1 part by mass or more, preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or more.
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物に含まれる有機溶媒の含有量は、通常10質量%以上、好ましくは50質量%以上、特に好ましくは80質量%以上で、通常99.95質量%以下、好ましくは99.9質量%以下、特に好ましくは99.8質量%以下である。有機溶媒の含有量が上記下限以上であれば適度な粘度を有して塗布性が向上し、上記上限以下であれば均一な膜が得られやすく成膜性が良好となる。 The content of the organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 50% by mass or more, particularly preferably 80% by mass or more, and usually 99.95% by mass or less, preferably 99.95% by mass or less. Is 99.9% by mass or less, particularly preferably 99.8% by mass or less. When the content of the organic solvent is at least the above lower limit, the viscosity is appropriate and the coatability is improved, and when it is at least the above upper limit, a uniform film can be easily obtained and the film forming property is good.
[その他の成分]
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物は、必要に応じて、上記の化合物の他に、更に他の化合物を含有してもよい。他の化合物としては、好ましくは、酸化防止剤として知られているジブチルヒドロキシトルエンや、ジブチルフェノール等のフェノール類が挙げられる。
[Other ingredients]
The composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention may contain other compounds in addition to the above compounds, if necessary. Preferred examples of the other compound include phenols such as dibutylhydroxytoluene and dibutylphenol, which are known as antioxidants.
[成膜方法]
 本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いた発光層の形成方法は、湿式成膜法である。湿式成膜法とは、組成物を塗布して液膜を形成し、乾燥して有機溶媒を除去し、発光層の膜を形成する方法である。塗布方法としては、例えば、スピンコート法、ディップコート法、ダイコート法、バーコート法、ブレードコート法、ロールコート法、スプレーコート法、キャピラリーコート法、インクジェット法、ノズルプリンティング法、スクリーン印刷法、グラビア印刷法、フレキソ印刷法等の湿式で成膜させる方法を採用し、塗布膜を乾燥させて膜形成を行う方法をいう。これらの成膜方法の中でも、スピンコート法、スプレーコート法、インクジェット法、ノズルプリンティング法等が好ましい。本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いた有機電界発光素子を備えた有機EL表示装置を製造する場合は、インクジェット法又はノズルプリンティング法が好ましく、インクジェット法が特に好ましい。
[Film film method]
The method for forming a light emitting layer using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention is a wet film forming method. The wet film forming method is a method in which a composition is applied to form a liquid film, and the film is dried to remove an organic solvent to form a film of a light emitting layer. Examples of the coating method include spin coating method, dip coating method, die coating method, bar coating method, blade coating method, roll coating method, spray coating method, capillary coating method, inkjet method, nozzle printing method, screen printing method, and gravure. It refers to a method of forming a film by drying a coating film by adopting a wet film forming method such as a printing method or a flexographic printing method. Among these film forming methods, a spin coating method, a spray coating method, an inkjet method, a nozzle printing method and the like are preferable. When manufacturing an organic EL display device provided with an organic electroluminescent element using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention, an inkjet method or a nozzle printing method is preferable, and an inkjet method is particularly preferable.
 乾燥方法は特に限定されないが、自然乾燥、減圧乾燥、加熱乾燥、又は、加熱しながらの減圧乾燥を適宜用いることができる。加熱乾燥は、自然乾燥又は減圧乾燥の後、更に残留有機溶媒を除去するために実施してもよい。
減圧乾燥は、発光層形成用組成物に含まれる有機溶媒の蒸気圧以下に減圧することが好ましい。
 加熱する場合は、加熱方法は特に限定されないが、ホットプレートによる加熱、オーブン内での加熱、赤外線加熱等を用いることができる。加熱時間は通常80℃以上で、100℃以上が好ましく、110℃以上がより好ましく、また、200℃以下が好ましく、150℃以下がより好ましい。
 加熱時間は、通常1分以上で、2分以上が好ましく、通常60分以下で、30分以下が好ましく、20分以下がより好ましい。
The drying method is not particularly limited, but natural drying, vacuum drying, heat drying, or vacuum drying while heating can be appropriately used. The heat drying may be carried out after natural drying or vacuum drying to further remove the residual organic solvent.
For vacuum drying, it is preferable to reduce the pressure to the vapor pressure or lower of the organic solvent contained in the composition for forming a light emitting layer.
In the case of heating, the heating method is not particularly limited, but heating by a hot plate, heating in an oven, infrared heating, or the like can be used. The heating time is usually 80 ° C. or higher, preferably 100 ° C. or higher, more preferably 110 ° C. or higher, more preferably 200 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 150 ° C. or lower.
The heating time is usually 1 minute or more, preferably 2 minutes or more, usually 60 minutes or less, preferably 30 minutes or less, and more preferably 20 minutes or less.
〔有機電界発光素子〕
 本発明の一態様に係る有機電界発光素子は、陽極、陰極、及び、陽極と陰極の間に、本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いて形成された発光層を含む。本発明の一態様に係る発光層形成用組成物は、発光材料として前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物を含み、ホスト材料として、前記化合物I、前記化合物II、前記化合物III、又は前記化合物IVの少なくとも1種を含み、さらに有機溶媒を含む。本発明の一態様に係る発光層形成用組成物は、前記第2のホスト材料を含むことが好ましく、前記第2のホスト材料としては、前記式(30)で表される化合物が好ましい。本発明の一態様に係る発光層形成用組成物に含まれる発光材料は、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物のみであることが好ましく、ホスト材料は、前記化合物I、前記化合物II、前記化合物III、又は前記化合物IVの少なくとも1種、及び、前記式(30)で表される化合物のみであることがさらに好ましい。
 また、本発明の別態様に係る有機電界発光素子は、陽極、陰極、及び陽極及び陰極の間に設けられた発光層を有し、該発光層は、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物、及び、化合物I~IVの少なくとも1種を含み、該発光層はさらに、前記第2のホスト材料を含むことが好ましく、前記第2のホスト材料としては、前記式(30)で表される化合物が好ましい。本発明の別の態様に係る有機電界発光素子の発光層に含まれる発光材料は、前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物のみであることが好ましく、ホスト材料は、前記化合物I、前記化合物II、前記化合物III、及び前記化合物IVの少なくとも1種と、前記式(30)で表される化合物のみであることがさらに好ましい。
[Organic electroluminescent device]
The organic electroluminescent element according to one aspect of the present invention includes an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer formed between the anode and the cathode using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention. The composition for forming a light emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention contains the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) as a light emitting material, and the compound I, the compound II, and the compound III as host materials. , Or at least one of the above-mentioned compound IV, and further contains an organic solvent. The composition for forming a light emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention preferably contains the second host material, and the second host material is preferably a compound represented by the formula (30). The light-emitting material contained in the composition for forming a light-emitting layer according to one aspect of the present invention is preferably only the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), and the host material is the compound I, the above-mentioned compound I. It is more preferable that only the compound II, the compound III, or at least one of the compound IV, and the compound represented by the formula (30) are used.
Further, the organic electroluminescent element according to another aspect of the present invention has an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer provided between the anode and the cathode, and the light emitting layer is represented by the above formula (1). The electroluminescent layer preferably contains at least one of a ring heterocyclic compound and compounds I to IV, and the light emitting layer further preferably contains the second host material, and the second host material is the formula (30). The compound represented by is preferable. The light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to another aspect of the present invention is preferably only the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1), and the host material is the compound I. , The compound II, the compound III, and at least one of the compound IV, and the compound represented by the formula (30) are more preferable.
 また、ホスト材料としては、電子輸送性を有する材料及び正孔輸送性を有する材料を含むことで発光層内の電子と正孔の電荷バランスを向上させやすい観点から、電子輸送性ホスト材料として、第2のホスト材料である式(30)で表される化合物及び前記化合物IIの少なくとも一方を含み、かつ、正孔輸送性ホスト材料として、前記化合物III及び前記化合物IVの少なくとも一方を含むことが好ましい。 Further, as the host material, as an electron transporting host material, from the viewpoint that it is easy to improve the charge balance of electrons and holes in the light emitting layer by including a material having electron transporting property and a material having hole transporting property. The second host material may contain at least one of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound II, and the hole transporting host material may contain at least one of the compound III and the compound IV. preferable.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子はさらに、陽極と発光層の間に発光層以外の有機層を第2の有機層として含むことが好ましい。第2の有機層は、正孔注入層又は正孔輸送層であることがより好ましく、正孔輸送層であることがさらに好ましい。また、この第2の有機層は、後述の通り、トリアリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する重合体(以下、この第2の有機層に含まれる重合体を「第2の重合体」と称する場合がある。)を含むことが好ましく、該重合体は架橋基を含まないことが更に好ましい。第2の重合体としては、以下の通り、式(50)で表される繰返し単位を含む重合体が好ましく、より好ましくは、後述の式(54)で表される繰り返し単位、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位、式(57)で表される繰り返し単位、又は、式(60)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体が好ましい。 It is preferable that the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention further includes an organic layer other than the light emitting layer as a second organic layer between the anode and the light emitting layer. The second organic layer is more preferably a hole injection layer or a hole transport layer, and even more preferably a hole transport layer. Further, as described later, the second organic layer is a polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit (hereinafter, the polymer contained in the second organic layer is referred to as a "second polymer". There is.), And it is more preferable that the polymer does not contain a cross-linking group. As the second polymer, a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is preferable as described below, and more preferably, a repeating unit represented by the formula (54) described later, the formula (55). A polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (56), a repeating unit represented by the formula (57), a repeating unit represented by the formula (60), or a repeating unit represented by the formula (60) is preferable.
 第2の有機層は、後述する第2の組成物を用いて湿式成膜法により形成することが好ましい。第2の組成物は、塗布後、加熱することで不溶化される。そのため、第2の有機層は、有機電界発光素子の積層化に好適に使用することができる。 The second organic layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using a second composition described later. The second composition is insolubilized by heating after coating. Therefore, the second organic layer can be suitably used for stacking organic electroluminescent devices.
 以下に本発明の有機電界発光素子に含まれる第2の有機層について説明する。
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の構造については後述する。
The second organic layer included in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described below.
The structure of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described later.
[第2の有機層]
 第2の有機層には、正孔輸送材料として、トリアリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する第2の重合体を含むことが好ましく、重合体は架橋基を有してよい。該重合体は架橋基を含まないことが更に好ましい。
 架橋基を含まないことが好ましい理由を以下に記す。
 一般的に、ホウ素を含む多環複素環化合物はホウ素上に空のp軌道を有しており、様々な反応基と反応しやすい。発光層と接している正孔輸送層が架橋基を有しない材料で形成されていると、素子駆動時に未反応架橋基とホウ素を含む多環複素環化合物とが化学反応せず、安定性が向上すると考えられる。
[Second organic layer]
The second organic layer preferably contains, as a hole transporting material, a second polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit, and the polymer may have a cross-linking group. It is more preferable that the polymer does not contain a cross-linking group.
The reasons why it is preferable not to contain a cross-linking group are described below.
In general, a polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron has an empty p-orbital on boron and easily reacts with various reactive groups. If the hole transport layer in contact with the light emitting layer is made of a material that does not have a cross-linking group, the unreacted cross-linking group and the polycyclic heterocyclic compound containing boron do not chemically react when the element is driven, and the stability is improved. It is thought to improve.
[第2の有機層に用いる第2の重合体]
 第2の有機層が含有するトリアリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する第2の重合体としては、トリアリールアミン構造を当該重合体の主鎖に含むことが好ましい。
[Second polymer used for the second organic layer]
As the second polymer having the triarylamine structure contained in the second organic layer as a repeating unit, it is preferable that the triarylamine structure is contained in the main chain of the polymer.
 第2の有機層が含有する重合体は、トリアリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有することが好ましい。トリアリールアミン構造は、当該重合体の主鎖に含まれることが好ましい。
 以下に、第2の有機層が含有する重合体として好ましい、トリアリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する重合体の説明をする。以下の説明においては、特に断りのない限り、置換基とは前述の化合物IIにおける置換基群Zから選択される置換基、又は、後述の架橋基である。トリアリールアミン構造の繰返し単位は下記式(50)で表される。
The polymer contained in the second organic layer preferably has a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit. The triarylamine structure is preferably contained in the backbone of the polymer.
Hereinafter, a polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit, which is preferable as the polymer contained in the second organic layer, will be described. In the following description, unless otherwise specified, the substituent is a substituent selected from the substituent group Z in the above-mentioned compound II, or a cross-linking group described later. The repeating unit of the triarylamine structure is represented by the following formula (50).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
(式(50)中、
 Ar51は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基を表し、
 Ar52は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、又は前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び前記二価の芳香族複素環基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基を表す。
 Ar51とAr52は単結合又は連結基を介して環を形成していてもよい。)
(In formula (50),
Ar 51 includes an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. Represents a linked group of multiple groups selected from aromatic heterocyclic groups that may have substituents.
Ar 52 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group represents a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
Ar 51 and Ar 52 may form a ring via a single bond or a linking group. )
(Ar51:側鎖)
 上記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar51は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基を表す。
(Ar 51 : side chain)
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50), Ar 51 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents a group in which a plurality of groups selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked.
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数が6以上、60以下が好ましく、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環の1価の基又はこれらが複数連結した基が挙げられる。なお、例えば「ベンゼン環の1価の基」とは、「1価の遊離原子価を有するベンゼン環」、すなわち、フェニル基を意味する。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, and a chrysene ring. , Triphenylene ring, acenaphthene ring, fluorentene ring, fluorene ring and the like, a monovalent group of a 6-membered ring, a monovalent ring of 2 to 5 fused rings, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked. For example, the "monovalent group of a benzene ring" means a "benzene ring having a monovalent free valence", that is, a phenyl group.
 芳香族複素環基としては、炭素数が3以上、60以下が好ましく、具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シンノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、アズレン環等の、5~6員環の単環若しくは2~4縮合環の1価の基又はこれらが複数連結した基が挙げられる。 The aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, or an oxadiazole ring. , Indole ring, Carbazole ring, Pyrroloimidazole ring, Pyrrolopyrazole ring, Pyrrolopyrrole ring, Thienopyrrole ring, Thienothiophene ring, Flopyrole ring, Flofuran ring, Thienofranc ring, Benzoisoxazole ring, Benzoisothiazole ring, Benzoimidazole ring, Pyridine 5 such as ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, cinnoline ring, quinoxalin ring, phenanthridine ring, benzoimidazole ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring, etc. Examples thereof include a monovalent group having a ~ 6-membered ring, a monovalent group having a 2 to 4 fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
 Ar51は、電荷輸送性が優れる点、耐久性に優れる点から、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、中でも置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環又はフルオレン環の1価の基、すなわち、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基又はフルオレニル基がより好ましく、置換基を有していてもよいフルオレニル基がさらに好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい2-フルオレニル基が特に好ましい。 Ar 51 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and above all, a benzene ring or a fluorene ring which may have a substituent from the viewpoints of excellent charge transportability and durability. The monovalent group of the above, that is, a phenyl group or a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is more preferable, a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent is further preferable, and a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent may be possessed. A 2-fluorenyl group is particularly preferred.
 Ar51の芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基としては、本重合体の特性を著しく低減させないものであれば、特に制限はない。当該置換基は、好ましくは、前記置換基群Zから選ばれる基が挙げられ、アルキル基、アよいルコキシ基、芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基がより好ましく、アルキル基がさらに好ましい。 The substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 51 may have is not particularly limited as long as it does not significantly reduce the characteristics of the present polymer. The substituent preferably includes a group selected from the substituent group Z, more preferably an alkyl group, a good lucoxy group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group, and even more preferably an alkyl group.
 Ar51は、塗布溶媒への溶解性の点から、炭素数1~24のアルキル基で置換されたフルオレニル基が好ましく、特に、炭素数4~12のアルキル基で置換された2-フルオレニル基が好ましい。さらに、2-フルオレニル基の9位がアルキル基で置換された9-アルキル-2-フルオレニル基が好ましく、特に、アルキル基で2置換された9、9-ジアルキル-2-フルオレニル基が好ましい。 From the viewpoint of solubility in the coating solvent, Ar 51 is preferably a fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly a 2-fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms. preferable. Further, a 9-alkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the 9-position of the 2-fluorenyl group is substituted with an alkyl group is preferable, and a 9,9-dialkyl-2-fluorenyl group in which the 9-position is substituted with an alkyl group is particularly preferable.
 9位及び9’位の少なくとも一方がアルキル基で置換されたフルオレニル基であることにより、溶媒に対する溶解性及びフルオレン環の耐久性が向上する傾向にある。さらに、9位及び9’位の両方がアルキル基で置換されたフルオレニル基であることにより、溶媒に対する溶解性及びフルオレン環の耐久性がさらに向上する傾向にある。 Since at least one of the 9-position and the 9'-position is a fluorenyl group substituted with an alkyl group, the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring tend to be improved. Furthermore, since both the 9-position and the 9'-position are fluorenyl groups substituted with an alkyl group, the solubility in a solvent and the durability of the fluorene ring tend to be further improved.
 また、Ar51は、塗布溶媒への溶解性の点から、スピロビフルオレニル基であることも好ましい。 Further, Ar 51 is preferably a spirobifluorenyl group from the viewpoint of solubility in a coating solvent.
(他の好ましいAr51
 重合体としては、前記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位におけるAr51の少なくとも一つが、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環が2~5連結した1価又は2価の基を含む基、置換基を有していてもよいフルオレニル基、下記式(51)で表される基、下記式(52)で表される基、又は下記式(53)で表される基であることが好ましい。
(Other preferred Ar 51 )
As the polymer, at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50) contains a monovalent or divalent group in which 2 to 5 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked. A group, a fluorenyl group which may have a substituent, a group represented by the following formula (51), a group represented by the following formula (52), or a group represented by the following formula (53). Is preferable.
(式(51)) (Equation (51))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
(式(51)中、
 *は式(50)の主鎖の窒素原子との結合を表し、
 Ar53、Ar54は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基若しくは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した2価の基を表し、
 Ar55は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基若しくは芳香族複素環基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した1価の基を表し、
 Ar56は水素原子又は置換基を表す。)
(In formula (51),
* Represents the bond with the nitrogen atom of the main chain of equation (50).
Ar 53 and Ar 54 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Represents a divalent group in which a plurality of aromatic heterocyclic groups, which may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent which may have a substituent, are directly linked or are linked via a linking group.
Ar 55 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which a plurality of group heterocyclic groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
Ar 56 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. )
 ここで、各芳香族炭化水素基及び各芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基、並びに置換基である場合のAr56は、架橋基を有していてもよい。架橋基としては、後述の架橋基群Tから選ばれる基を用いることが出来る。 Here, each aromatic hydrocarbon group and each aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent, and Ar 56 in the case of a substituent may have a cross-linking group. As the cross-linking group, a group selected from the cross-linking group group T described later can be used.
(Ar53、Ar54
 前記式(51)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar53、Ar54は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基若しくは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した2価の基を表す。好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が複数連結した基である。ここで、該芳香族炭化水素基及び該芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基は、架橋基を有していても良く、前記置換基群Zと同様の基が好ましい。架橋基としては、前記架橋基群Tから選ばれる基を用いることが出来る。
(Ar 53 , Ar 54 )
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (51), Ar 53 and Ar 54 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent which may have a substituent. A plurality of aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, either directly or via a linking group. Represents a concatenated divalent group. Preferably, it is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Here, the substituent which the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have may have a bridging group, and the same group as the substituent group Z is preferable. As the cross-linking group, a group selected from the cross-linking group group T can be used.
 Ar53及びAr54の芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族複素環基は、前記Ar52と同様の芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族複素環基を用いることが出来る。 As the aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 53 and Ar 54 , the same aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group as Ar 52 can be used.
 置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基若しくは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した2価の基としては、同じ基が複数連結した基でもよく、異なる基が複数連結した基でも構わない。 The same group is used as a divalent group in which a plurality of aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly linked or linked via a linking group. May be a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked, or a group in which a plurality of different groups are linked may be used.
 上記の2価の基が複数個連結される場合は、2~10連結した2価の基が挙げられ、2~5連結した2価の基であることが好ましい。 When a plurality of the above divalent groups are linked, a bivalent group linked to 2 to 10 is mentioned, and a divalent group linked to 2 to 5 is preferable.
 Ar53は、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が1乃至6個連結した基が好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が2乃至4個連結した基がさらに好ましく、中でも置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン環が1乃至4個連結した基がより好ましく、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン環が2個連結したビフェニレンが特に好ましい。 Ar 53 is preferably a group in which 1 to 6 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked, and a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent is preferable. A group in which 2 to 4 groups are linked is more preferable, a group in which 1 to 4 phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked is more preferable, and a group in which 2 or 4 phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked are further preferable. Biphenylene is particularly preferred.
 また、これら2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は2価の芳香族複素環基が複数連結する場合、好ましくは複数連結した2価の芳香族炭化水素基が共役しないように結合した基である。具体的には、1,3-フェニレン基、又は置換基を有し置換基の立体効果によって捻じれ構造となる基を含むことが好ましい。 Further, when a plurality of these divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups or divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups are linked, it is preferable that the plurality of linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded so as not to be conjugated. Specifically, it is preferable to include a 1,3-phenylene group or a group having a substituent and having a twisted structure due to the steric effect of the substituent.
 Ar53が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Zと同様の基が好ましい。好ましくは、Ar53は置換基を有さない。 As the substituent that Ar 53 may have, the same group as the substituent group Z is preferable. Preferably, Ar 53 has no substituents.
 Ar54は電荷輸送性が優れる点、耐久性に優れる点から、同一であっても異なっていてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が1または複数連結した基が好ましく、該2価の芳香族炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。複数連結する場合は2以上10以下が好ましく、6以下がさらに好ましく、3以下が膜の安定性の観点からは特に好ましい。好ましい芳香族炭化水素構造としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フルオレン環であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環およびフルオレン環である。複数連結した基としては、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン環が1乃至4個連結した基、または、置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン環と置換基を有していてもよいフルオレン環が連結した基が好ましい。LUMOが広がる観点から置換基を有していてもよいフェニレン環が2個連結したビフェニレンが特に好ましい。 Ar 54 is preferably a group in which one or a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may be the same or different are linked, from the viewpoint of excellent charge transportability and durability, and the divalent aromatic group is preferable. The group hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. When a plurality of plants are linked, 2 or more and 10 or less are preferable, 6 or less is more preferable, and 3 or less is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of film stability. Preferred aromatic hydrocarbon structures are a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a fluorene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring and a fluorene ring. The plurality of linked groups may be a group in which 1 to 4 phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked, or a group which may have a phenylene ring and a substituent which may have a substituent. A group to which a fluorene ring is linked is preferable. From the viewpoint of spreading LUMO, biphenylene in which two phenylene rings which may have a substituent are linked is particularly preferable.
 Ar54が有していてもよい置換基としては、前記置換基群Zのいずれか、またはこれらの組み合わせを用いることができる。N-カルバゾリル基、インドロカルバゾリル基、インデノカルバゾリル基以外であることが好ましく、より好ましい置換基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、フルオレニル基である。また、置換基を有さないことも好ましい。 As the substituent that Ar 54 may have, any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. It is preferable that the group is other than the N-carbazolyl group, the indolocarbazolyl group and the indenocarbazolyl group, and more preferable substituents are a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and a fluorenyl group. It is also preferable that it does not have a substituent.
(Ar55
 Ar55は、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び該置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した1価の基である。好ましくは、置換基を有していてもよい1価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい1価の芳香族炭化水素基が複数連結した基である。
(Ar 55 )
Ar 55 includes an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. A group selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups which may have the substituent is a monovalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group. Preferably, it is a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which a plurality of monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked.
 ここで、該芳香族炭化水素基及び該芳香族複素環基が有してもよい置換基は、架橋基を有していても良く、前記置換基群Zと同様の基が好ましい。架橋基としては、後述の架橋基群Tから選ばれる基を用いることが出来る。 Here, the substituent that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group may have may have a bridging group, and a group similar to the substituent group Z is preferable. As the cross-linking group, a group selected from the cross-linking group group T described later can be used.
 複数個連結する場合は、2~10連結した2価の基であり、2~5連結した1価の基であることが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素、芳香族複素環としては、前記Ar51と同様の芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族複素環基を用いることが出来る。 When a plurality are linked, it is preferably a divalent group linked by 2 to 10 and a monovalent group linked by 2 to 5. As the aromatic hydrocarbon and the aromatic heterocycle, the same aromatic hydrocarbon group and aromatic heterocyclic group as Ar 51 can be used.
 Ar55としては、下記スキーム2のいずれかで表される構造を有することが好ましい。更には、分子のLUMOを分布させる観点からa-1~a-4、b-1~b-9、c-1~c-4、d-1~d-16、及びe1~e4から選択される構造が好ましい。更に電子求引性基を有することにより分子のLUMOが広がることに促進する観点から、a-1~a-4、b-1~b-9、d-1~d-12、及びe1~e4から選択される構造が好ましい。更に三重項レベルが高い、発光層に形成された励起子を閉じ込む効果の観点から、a-1~a-4、d-1~d-12、及びe1~e4から選択される構造が好ましい。また、簡易に合成でき、安定性に優れる観点から、d-1及びd-10がさらに好ましく、d-1のベンゼン環構造が特に好ましい。更にこれら構造に置換基を有していてもよい。なお、図中“-*”はAr54との結合位置を表わし、“-*”が複数ある場合はいずれか一つがAr54との結合位置を表す。 The Ar 55 preferably has a structure represented by any of the following schemes 2. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of distributing the LUMO of the molecule, it is selected from a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-4, d-1 to d-16, and e1 to e4. Structure is preferable. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of promoting the spread of LUMO of the molecule by having an electron-withdrawing group, a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, d-1 to d-12, and e1 to e4. The structure selected from is preferred. Further, from the viewpoint of the effect of confining excitons formed in the light emitting layer having a high triplet level, a structure selected from a-1 to a-4, d-1 to d-12, and e1 to e4 is preferable. .. Further, d-1 and d-10 are more preferable, and the benzene ring structure of d-1 is particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of easy synthesis and excellent stability. Further, these structures may have a substituent. In the figure, "-*" indicates the connection position with Ar 54 , and when there are a plurality of "-*", any one of them indicates the connection position with Ar 54 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
<R31及びR32
 スキーム2のR31及びR32は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を維持するために、炭素数が1以上、6以下が好ましく、3以下がより好ましく、メチル基又はエチル基であることが更に好ましい。
<R 31 and R 32 >
It is preferable that R 31 and R 32 of Scheme 2 are linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and further preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group. ..
 R31及びR32は同一であっても異なっていてもよいが、電荷を均一的に窒素原子の周りに分布することができ、更に合成も容易であることから、全てのR31及びR32は同一の基であることが好ましい。 R 31 and R 32 may be the same or different, but all R 31 and R 32 can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and are easy to synthesize. Is preferably the same group.
 Ar55が有していてもよい置換基としては、前記置換基群Zのいずれかまたは、これらの組み合わせを用いることができる。耐久性および電荷輸送性の観点から、上記のAr54が有してもよい置換基と同じ置換基から選ばれることが好ましい。 As the substituent that Ar 55 may have, any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is preferable to select from the same substituents that the above Ar 54 may have.
(Ar56
 Ar56は、水素原子または置換基を表す。Ar56が置換基である場合、特に限定はされないが、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基である。好ましい構造としては、前記Ar53~Ar54で挙げた芳香族炭化水素構造、芳香族複素環構造と同様であって1価である構造である。
(Ar 56 )
Ar 56 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When Ar 56 is a substituent, it is not particularly limited, but is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. The preferred structure is the same as the aromatic hydrocarbon structure and the aromatic heterocyclic structure mentioned in Ar 53 to Ar 54 , and is a monovalent structure.
 Ar56が置換基である場合、架橋基を有していてもよい。架橋基としては、後述の架橋基群Tから選ばれる基を用いることが出来る。 When Ar 56 is a substituent, it may have a cross-linking group. As the cross-linking group, a group selected from the cross-linking group group T described later can be used.
 Ar56が置換基である場合、カルバゾールの3位に結合していることが、耐久性向上の観点から好ましい。Ar56は、合成のし易さ及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、水素原子であることが好ましい。Ar56は、耐久性向上及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基であることが好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であることがさらに好ましい。 When Ar 56 is a substituent, it is preferable that it is bonded to the 3-position of carbazole from the viewpoint of improving durability. Ar 56 is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transportability. From the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability, Ar 56 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. , It is more preferable that it is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
 Ar56は、合成のし易さ及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、水素原子であることが好ましい。 Ar 56 is preferably a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transportability.
 Ar56が置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基である場合の置換基としては、前記置換基群Zに挙げられる置換基と同様であり、好ましい置換基も同様であり、それら置換基がさらに有していてもよい置換基も同様である。 When Ar 56 is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, the substituents listed in the substituent group Z are substituted. The same is true for the groups, the preferred substituents are the same, and so are the substituents that these substituents may have.
(式(52))
 また、重合体としては、上記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位におけるAr51の少なくとも一つは、下記式(52)で表される基であることも好ましい。この理由は、下記式(52)中の2つのカルバゾール構造において、互いの窒素原子間の芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基にLUMOが分布することで、式(50)における主鎖アミンへの影響が抑制され、主鎖アミンの電子や励起子に対する耐久性が向上するためと考えられる。
(Equation (52))
Further, as the polymer, it is also preferable that at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50) is a group represented by the following formula (52). The reason for this is that in the two carbazole structures in the following formula (52), LUMO is distributed in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group between the nitrogen atoms of each other, and the main chain amine in the formula (50) is distributed. It is considered that the influence on the main chain amine is suppressed and the durability of the main chain amine to electrons and excitons is improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
(式(52)中、
 Ar61及びAr62は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基であり、
 Ar63~Ar65は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基である。
 *は式(50)中の窒素原子への結合位置を表す。)
(In equation (52),
Ar 61 and Ar 62 are each independently a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
Ar 63 to Ar 65 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
* Represents the bond position to the nitrogen atom in the formula (50). )
(Ar63~Ar65
 Ar63~Ar65は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を表す。Ar63~Ar65が置換基である場合、置換基は特に限定はされないが、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基である。芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族複素環基としての好ましい構造としては、前記Ar51で挙げた基と同様である。
(Ar 63 to Ar 65 )
Ar 63 to Ar 65 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When Ar 63 to Ar 65 are substituents, the substituents are not particularly limited, but preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic complex which may have a substituent. It is a ring group. The preferred structure of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group is the same as the group mentioned in Ar 51 .
 Ar63~Ar65が置換基である場合、Ar63~Ar65が各カルバゾール構造の3位又は6位に結合していることが、耐久性向上の観点から好ましい。 When Ar 63 to Ar 65 are substituents, it is preferable that Ar 63 to Ar 65 are bonded to the 3-position or 6-position of each carbazole structure from the viewpoint of improving durability.
 Ar63~Ar65は、合成のし易さ及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、水素原子であることが好ましい。 Ar 63 to Ar 65 are preferably hydrogen atoms from the viewpoint of ease of synthesis and charge transportability.
 Ar63~Ar65は、耐久性向上及び電荷輸送性の観点からは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基であることが好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であることがさらに好ましい。 Ar 63 to Ar 65 are aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent from the viewpoint of improving durability and charge transportability. It is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
 Ar63~Ar65が置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基である場合の置換基としては、前記置換基群Zに挙げられる置換基と同様であり、好ましい置換基も同様であり、それら置換基がさらに有していてもよい置換基も同様である。 When Ar 63 to Ar 65 are an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, the substituents include the substituent group Z. The same is true for the substituents listed, the preferred substituents are the same, and so are the substituents that these substituents may further have.
(Ar62
 Ar62は、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基である。
(Ar 62 )
Ar 62 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
 該芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6以上60以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは炭素数10以上50以下であり、特に好ましくは炭素数12以上40以下である。該芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環の2価の基又はこれらが複数連結した基が挙げられる。これらが複数連結する場合、好ましくは複数連結した2価の芳香族炭化水素基が共役している基である。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group preferably has 6 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 10 or more and 50 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 12 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms. Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, and a fluoranthene ring. Examples thereof include a 6-membered monocyclic ring, a divalent group of a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, such as a fluorene ring. When a plurality of these are linked, it is preferably a group to which a plurality of linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are conjugated.
 該芳香族複素環基としては、炭素数3以上60以下が好ましく、具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シンノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、アズレン環等の、5若しくは6員環の単環又は2~4縮合環の2価の基又はこれらが複数連結した基等が挙げられる。 The aromatic heterocyclic group preferably has 3 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, and specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, and the like. Indole ring, carbazole ring, pyroloymidazole ring, pyrrolopyrazole ring, pyrolopyrole ring, thienopyrol ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring. , Pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidin ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, cinnoline ring, quinoxalin ring, phenanthridine ring, benzoimidazole ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring, etc. Examples thereof include a monocyclic ring of a 6-membered ring, a divalent group of a 2 to 4 fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
 これら芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Zのアルキル基、アラルキル基及び芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。置換基の立体効果によってAr62の構造のねじれが生じる場合は、置換基が無い方が好ましく、置換基の立体効果によってAr62の構造のねじれが生じない場合は、置換基を有することが好ましい。 Examples of the substituent that these aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aromatic heterocyclic groups may have include the alkyl group, the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group of the substituent group Z. If the steric effect of the substituent causes a twist in the structure of Ar 62 , it is preferable that there is no substituent, and if the steric effect of the substituent does not cause a twist in the structure of Ar 62 , it is preferable to have a substituent. ..
 Ar62の好ましい基は、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フルオレン環の2価の基又はこれらが複数連結した基であり、より好ましくは、ベンゼン環の2価の基又はこれが複数連結した基であり、特に好ましくは、ベンゼン環が1,4位の2価で連結した1,4-フェニレン基、フルオレン環の2,7位の2価で連結した2,7-フルオレニレン基、又はこれらが複数連結した基であり、最も好ましくは、“1,4-フェニレン基-2,7-フルオレニレン基-1,4-フェニレン基-”を含む基である。 The preferred group of Ar 62 is a divalent group of a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a fluorene ring or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, and more preferably, a divalent group of a benzene ring or a group in which a plurality thereof are linked. Particularly preferably, the benzene ring is linked with a divalent 1,4-phenylene group, the fluorene ring is linked with a divalent 2,7-fluoreneylene group, or these are A plurality of linked groups, most preferably a group containing "1,4-phenylene group-2,7-fluorenylene group-1,4-phenylene group-".
 これら好ましい構造において、フェニレン基は連結位置以外に置換基を有さないことが、置換基の立体効果によるAr62のねじれが生じず好ましい。また、フルオレニレン基は、9,9’位に置換基を有している方が、溶解性及びフルオレン構造の耐久性向上の観点から好ましい。 In these preferable structures, it is preferable that the phenylene group has no substituent other than the linking position, because the Ar 62 is not twisted due to the steric effect of the substituent. Further, it is preferable that the fluorene group has a substituent at the 9,9'position from the viewpoint of improving the solubility and the durability of the fluorene structure.
(Ar61
 Ar61は、式(52)における主鎖のアミンの窒素原子と連結する2価の基である。
Ar61は、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族複素環基である。
(Ar 61 )
Ar 61 is a divalent group linked to the nitrogen atom of the amine in the backbone in formula (52).
Ar 61 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.
 Ar61の芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素数6以上、60以下が好ましく、更に好ましくは炭素数10以上50以下であり、特に好ましくは炭素数12以上40以下である。
該芳香族炭化水素基としては、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環の2価の基又はこれらが複数連結した基が挙げられる。
The aromatic hydrocarbon group of Ar 61 preferably has 6 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 10 or more and 50 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 12 or more and 40 or less carbon atoms.
Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaften ring, and a fluoranthene ring. Examples thereof include a 6-membered monocyclic ring, a divalent group of a 2 to 5 fused ring, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked, such as a fluorene ring.
 Ar61の芳香族複素環基としては、炭素数3以上60以下が好ましい。具体的には、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピロール環、ピラゾール環、イミダゾール環、オキサジアゾール環、インドール環、カルバゾール環、ピロロイミダゾール環、ピロロピラゾール環、ピロロピロール環、チエノピロール環、チエノチオフェン環、フロピロール環、フロフラン環、チエノフラン環、ベンゾイソオキサゾール環、ベンゾイソチアゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリダジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアジン環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、シンノリン環、キノキサリン環、フェナントリジン環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、ペリミジン環、キナゾリン環、キナゾリノン環、アズレン環等の、5若しくは6員環の単環又は2~4縮合環の2価の基又はこれらが複数連結した基が挙げられる。 The aromatic heterocyclic group of Ar 61 preferably has 3 or more carbon atoms and 60 or less carbon atoms. Specifically, a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyrrol ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, an oxadiazole ring, an indole ring, a carbazole ring, a pyrrolobymidazole ring, a pyrrolopyrazole ring, a pyrolopyrrole ring, Thienopyrrole ring, thienothiophene ring, flopyrol ring, furan ring, thienofran ring, benzoisoxazole ring, benzoisothiazole ring, benzoimidazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrazine ring, pyridazine ring, pyrimidine ring, triazine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring. , Synnoline ring, quinoxaline ring, phenanthridin ring, benzoimidazole ring, perimidine ring, quinazoline ring, quinazolinone ring, azulene ring, etc. Examples thereof include a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
 これら芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Zのアルキル基、アラルキル基及び芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that these aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aromatic heterocyclic groups may have include the alkyl group, the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group of the substituent group Z.
 これら2価の芳香族炭化水素基又は2価の芳香族複素環基が複数連結する場合、好ましくは複数連結した2価の芳香族炭化水素基が共役しないように結合した基である。具体的には、1,3-フェニレン基、又は置換基を有し置換基の立体効果によって捻じれ構造となる基を含むことが好ましい。 When a plurality of these divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups or divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups are linked, it is preferably a group in which a plurality of linked divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups are bonded so as not to be conjugated. Specifically, it is preferable to include a 1,3-phenylene group or a group having a substituent and having a twisted structure due to the steric effect of the substituent.
(式(53))
 前記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位におけるAr51の少なくとも一つは、下記式(53)で表される基であることも好ましい。
(Equation (53))
It is also preferable that at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is a group represented by the following formula (53).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
 式(53)中、
 *は式(50)の主鎖の窒素原子との結合を表し、
 Ar71は、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
 Ar72及びAr73は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した1価の基を表し、
 環HAは窒素原子を含む芳香族複素環であり、
 X、Yは、それぞれ独立に、炭素原子又は窒素原子を表し、X及びYの少なくとも一方が、炭素原子の場合は、当該炭素原子は置換基を有していてもよい。
In equation (53),
* Represents the bond with the nitrogen atom of the main chain of equation (50).
Ar 71 represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent.
Ar 72 and Ar 73 each independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It represents a monovalent group in which two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group.
Ring HA is an aromatic heterocycle containing a nitrogen atom.
X 2 and Y 2 independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, and when at least one of X 2 and Y 2 is a carbon atom, the carbon atom may have a substituent.
<Ar71
 Ar71は、前記Ar53と同様の基である。
 Ar71としては、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基1個又は置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が2~10個連結した基が好ましく、置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基1個か置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が2~8個連結した基が更に好ましく、中でも置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が2以上連結した基であることが好ましい。
<Ar 71 >
Ar 71 is the same group as Ar 53 .
The Ar 71 is a group in which one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or 2 to 10 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked. Preferably, one divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a group in which 2 to 8 divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked is further used. Of these, a group in which two or more divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked is preferable.
 Ar71としては、特に、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環が2~6個連結した基が好ましく、置換基を有していてもよいベンゼン環が4個連結したクアテルフェニレン基が最も好ましい。 As Ar 71 , a group in which 2 to 6 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked is particularly preferable, and a quaterphenylene group in which 4 benzene rings which may have a substituent are linked are particularly preferable. Most preferred.
 また、Ar71は非共役部位である1,3位で連結したベンゼン環を少なくとも1つ含むことが好ましく、2以上含むことが更に好ましい。 Further, Ar 71 preferably contains at least one benzene ring linked at positions 1 and 3 which are non-conjugated sites, and more preferably contains 2 or more.
 Ar71が置換基を有していてもよい2価の芳香族炭化水素基が複数連結した基の場合、電荷輸送性又は耐久性の観点から、全て直接結合して連結していることが好ましい。 In the case where Ar 71 is a group in which a plurality of divalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups which may have a substituent are linked, it is preferable that all of them are directly bonded and linked from the viewpoint of charge transportability or durability. ..
 このため、Ar71として、重合体の主鎖の窒素原子と前記式(53)中の環HAとの間を繋ぐ好ましい構造は、下記のスキーム2-1及びスキーム2-2に挙げられる通りである。“-*”は、重合体の主鎖の窒素原子又は前記式(53)の環HAとの結合部位を表す。2つの”-*”のうち、どちらが重合体の主鎖の窒素原子と結合していても、環HAと結合していてもよい。 Therefore, as Ar 71 , a preferable structure for connecting the nitrogen atom of the main chain of the polymer and the ring HA in the above formula (53) is as listed in Scheme 2-1 and Scheme 2-2 below. be. “− *” Represents the binding site of the main chain of the polymer with the nitrogen atom or the ring HA of the above formula (53). Of the two "-*", whichever is bonded to the nitrogen atom of the main chain of the polymer may be bonded to the ring HA.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
 Ar71が有していてもよい置換基としては、前記置換基群Zのいずれか又はこれらの組み合わせを用いることができる。Ar71が有していてもよい置換基の好ましい範囲は、前述のGが芳香族炭化水素基である場合に有してもよい置換基と同様である。 As the substituent that Ar 71 may have, any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. The preferred range of substituents that Ar 71 may have is similar to the substituents that Ar 71 may have when G is an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
<X及びY
 X及びYは、それぞれ独立に、C(炭素)原子又はN(窒素)原子を表す。X及びYの少なくとも一方が、C原子の場合は、置換基を有していてもよい。
<X 2 and Y 2 >
X 2 and Y 2 independently represent a C (carbon) atom or an N (nitrogen) atom, respectively. When at least one of X 2 and Y 2 is a C atom, it may have a substituent.
 環HAの周辺にLUMOをより局在化させやすい観点からX及びYはいずれもN原子であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of facilitating the localization of LUMO around the ring HA, it is preferable that both X 2 and Y 2 are N atoms.
 X及びYの少なくとも一方がC原子の場合に有していてもよい置換基としては、前記置換基群Zのいずれか又はこれらの組み合わせを用いることができる。電荷輸送性の観点からは、X及びYは置換基を有さないことが更に好ましい。 As the substituent which may be possessed when at least one of X 2 and Y 2 is a C atom, any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, it is more preferable that X 2 and Y 2 do not have a substituent.
<Ar72及びAr73
 Ar72及びAr73は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、或いは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選ばれる2以上の基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した1価の基である。
<Ar 72 and Ar 73 >
Ar 72 and Ar 73 each independently have an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is a monovalent group in which a plurality of two or more groups selected from a good aromatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are directly or via a linking group are linked.
 分子のLUMOを分布させる観点から、Ar72及びAr73は、それぞれ独立に、前記スキーム2に示すa-1~a-4、b-1~b-9、c-1~c-4、d-1~d-16、及びe-1~e-4から選択される構造を有することが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of distributing the LUMO of the molecule, Ar 72 and Ar 73 independently have a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-4, and d shown in the above scheme 2. It is preferable to have a structure selected from -1 to d-16 and e-1 to e-4.
 更に電子求引性基を有することにより分子のLUMOが広がることに促進する観点から、a-1~a-4、b-1~b-9、c-1~c-5、d-1~d-12、及びe-1~e-4から選択される構造が好ましい。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of promoting the spread of LUMO of the molecule by having an electron-withdrawing group, a-1 to a-4, b-1 to b-9, c-1 to c-5, d-1 to A structure selected from d-12 and e-1 to e-4 is preferable.
 更に三重項レベルが高い、発光層に形成された励起子を閉じ込める効果の観点から、a-1~a-4、d-1~d-12、及びe-1~e-4から選択される構造が好ましい。 Further, it is selected from a-1 to a-4, d-1 to d-12, and e-1 to e-4 from the viewpoint of the effect of confining excitons formed in the light emitting layer having a high triplet level. The structure is preferred.
 分子の凝集を防ぐため、d-1~d-12、及びe-1~e-4から選択される構造が更に好ましい。簡易に合成でき、安定性に優れる観点からAr72=Ar73=d-1又はd-10が好ましく、d-1のベンゼン環構造が特に好ましい。 In order to prevent molecular aggregation, a structure selected from d-1 to d-12 and e-1 to e-4 is more preferable. From the viewpoint of easy synthesis and excellent stability, Ar 72 = Ar 73 = d-1 or d-10 is preferable, and the benzene ring structure of d-1 is particularly preferable.
 またこれら構造に置換基を有していてもよい。“-*”は環HAとの結合部位を表す。“-*”が複数ある場合はいずれか一つが環HAと結合する部位を表す。 Further, these structures may have a substituent. "-*" Represents a binding site with ring HA. When there are a plurality of "-*", one of them represents a site that binds to the ring HA.
 Ar72及びAr73が有していてもよい置換基としては、前記置換基群Zのいずれか又はこれらの組み合わせを用いることができる。耐久性及び電荷輸送性の観点から、置換基であり、前記置換基群Zと同様の基が好ましい。 As the substituents that Ar 72 and Ar 73 may have, any one of the above-mentioned substituent group Z or a combination thereof can be used. From the viewpoint of durability and charge transportability, it is a substituent, and a group similar to the substituent group Z is preferable.
(Ar52
 Ar52における芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基としては、式(50)のAr51と同様の基であって2価である基が挙げられる。また、Ar52における芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Zと同様の基が好ましい。
(Ar 52 )
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Ar 52 include a group similar to Ar 51 in the formula (50) and having a divalent value. Further, the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have in Ar 52 are preferably the same groups as those in the substituent group Z.
[架橋基]
 架橋基とは、熱及び/又は活性エネルギー線の照射により、該架橋基の近傍に位置する他の架橋基と反応して、新規な化学結合を生成する基のことをいう。この場合、反応する基は架橋基と同一の基あるいは異なった基の場合もある。
[Crosslinking group]
A cross-linking group is a group that reacts with other cross-linking groups located in the vicinity of the cross-linking group to form a new chemical bond by irradiation with heat and / or active energy rays. In this case, the reacting group may be the same group as the cross-linking group or a different group.
 架橋基としては、アルケニル基を含む基、共役ジエン構造を含む基、アルキニル基を含む基、オキシラン構造を含む基、オキセタン構造を含む基、アジリジン構造を含む基、アジド基、無水マレイン酸構造を含む基、芳香族環に結合したアルケニル基を含む基、芳香族環に縮環したシクロブテン環などが挙げられる。架橋基の具体例としては、例えば、下記架橋基群Tから選ばれる基が挙げられる。 Examples of the cross-linking group include a group containing an alkenyl group, a group containing a conjugated diene structure, a group containing an alkynyl group, a group containing an oxylan structure, a group containing an oxetane structure, a group containing an aziridine structure, an azido group, and a maleic anhydride structure. Examples thereof include a group containing an alkenyl group bonded to an aromatic ring, a cyclobutene ring fused to an aromatic ring, and the like. Specific examples of the cross-linking group include a group selected from the following cross-linking group group T.
(架橋基群T)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
(Crosslinking group T)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
 上記架橋基群Tにおいて、RXLは、メチレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表し、R100は水素原子又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表し、nXLは、0~5の整数を表す。RXLが複数存在する場合、それらは同一でも異なっていてもよく、nXLが複数存在する場合、それらは同一でも異なっていてもよい。*1は結合位置を表す。これらの架橋基は置換基を有していてもよい。これらの架橋基及びアルキル基である場合のR100が有してよい置換基は好ましくは前記置換基群Zに記載の置換基である。 In the above bridge group T, R XL represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 100 represents an alkyl group which may have a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and n XL represents 0 to 5. Represents an integer. When there are a plurality of R XLs , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of n XLs , they may be the same or different. * 1 represents the bonding position. These cross-linking groups may have substituents. The substituent that R 100 may have in the case of these cross-linking groups and alkyl groups is preferably the substituent described in the substituent group Z.
<好ましい式(50)で表される繰返し単位>
 以下、上記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位のより好ましいものとして、下記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位、式(57)で表される繰り返し単位、及び下記式(60)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細を説明する。
<Repeat unit represented by the preferred formula (50)>
Hereinafter, as more preferable of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (50), the repeating unit represented by the following formula (54), the repeating unit represented by the formula (55), and the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) are represented. The repeating unit, the repeating unit represented by the formula (57), and the repeating unit represented by the following formula (60) will be described in detail.
 トリアリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する重合体は、これらの各式で表される繰返し単位を、それぞれの式において、異なる構造の繰返し単位を複数種含むことも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the polymer having a triarylamine structure as a repeating unit contains a plurality of repeating units represented by these formulas and a plurality of repeating units having different structures in each formula.
<式(54)で表される繰り返し単位>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
<Repeating unit represented by equation (54)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
(式(54)中、
 Ar51は前記式(50)におけるAr51と同様であり、 
 Xは、-C(R207)(R208)-、-N(R209)-又は-C(R211)(R212)-C(R213)(R214)-であり、
 R201、R202、R221及びR222は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であり、
 R207~R209及びR211~R214は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基であり、
 a及びbは、それぞれ独立して、0~4の整数であり、
 cは、0~3の整数であり、
 dは、0~4の整数であり、
 R201が複数ある場合は、複数のR201は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 R202が複数ある場合は、複数のR202は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 R221が複数ある場合は、複数のR221は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 R222が複数ある場合は、複数のR222は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
 i及びjはそれぞれ独立して0~3の整数である。)
(In equation (54),
Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50).
X is -C (R 207 ) (R 208 )-, -N (R 209 )-or-C (R 211 ) (R 212 ) -C (R 213 ) (R 214 )-.
R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may be used.
a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4, respectively.
c is an integer from 0 to 3 and
d is an integer from 0 to 4,
When there are a plurality of R 201s , the plurality of R 201s may be the same or different.
When there are a plurality of R 202s , the plurality of R 202s may be the same or different.
When there are a plurality of R 221s , the plurality of R 221s may be the same or different.
When there are a plurality of R 222s , the plurality of R 222s may be the same or different.
i and j are each independently an integer of 0 to 3. )
(R201、R202、R221、R222
 上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中のR201、R202、R221及びR222は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。
(R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 )
R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
 該アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基である。アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を維持するために、1以上が好ましく、また、8以下が好ましく、6以下がより好ましく、3以下がより好ましい。アルキル基は、メチル基又はエチル基であることがさらに好ましい。 The alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, 1 or more is preferable, 8 or less is preferable, 6 or less is more preferable, and 3 or less is more preferable. The alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
 R201が複数ある場合は、複数のR201は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、R202が複数ある場合は、複数のR202は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。電荷を均一的に窒素原子の周りに分布することができ、さらに合成も容易であることから、全てのR201とR202は同一の基であることが好ましい。 When there are a plurality of R 201s , the plurality of R 201s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 202s, the plurality of R 202s may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 201 and R 202 have the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
 R221が複数ある場合は、複数のR221は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、R222が複数ある場合は、複数のR222は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。電荷を均一的に窒素原子の周りに分布することができ、さらに合成も容易であることから、全てのR221とR222は同一の基であることが好ましい。 When there are a plurality of R 221s , the plurality of R 221s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 222s, the plurality of R 222s may be the same or different. It is preferable that all R 221 and R 222 have the same group because the charge can be uniformly distributed around the nitrogen atom and the synthesis is easy.
(R207~R209及びR211~R214
 R207~R209及びR211~R214は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基である。
(R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 )
R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 each independently have a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. It is an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may be used.
 該アルキル基は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を向上できる傾向にあるため、炭素数は1以上が好ましく、また、24以下が好ましく、8以下がさらに好ましく、6以下がより好ましい。また、アルキル基は直鎖、分岐又は環状の各構造であってもよい。 The alkyl group is not particularly limited, but since it tends to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 24 or less, further preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less. Further, the alkyl group may have a linear, branched or cyclic structure.
 アルキル基として、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, an i-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group and an n-hexyl group. Examples thereof include an n-octyl group, a cyclohexyl group and a dodecyl group.
 アラルキル基は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を向上できる傾向にあるため、炭素数は5以上が好ましく、また、60以下が好ましく、40以下がより好ましい。 The aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but the solubility of the polymer tends to be improved, so that the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or more, preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 40 or less.
 アラルキル基として、具体的には、1,1-ジメチル-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ブチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ヘキシル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-オクチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基、3-フェニル-1-プロピル基、4-フェニル-1-n-ブチル基、1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル基、5-フェニル-1-n-プロピル基、6-フェニル-1-n-ヘキシル基、6-ナフチル-1-n-ヘキシル基、7-フェニル-1-n-ヘプチル基、8-フェニル-1-n-オクチル基、4-フェニルシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the aralkyl group include 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-butyl) -1-phenylmethyl group and 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1. -Phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl group, 1-Methyl-1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group, 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-n -Heptyl group, 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group, 4-phenylcyclohexyl group and the like can be mentioned.
 芳香族炭化水素基としては特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を向上できる傾向にあるため、炭素数は6以上が好ましく、また、60以下が好ましく、30以下がより好ましい。 The aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, but the solubility of the polymer tends to be improved, so that the number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 or more, preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 30 or less.
 芳香族炭化水素基として、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環、ペリレン環、テトラセン環、ピレン環、ベンズピレン環、クリセン環、トリフェニレン環、アセナフテン環、フルオランテン環、フルオレン環等の、6員環の単環若しくは2~5縮合環の1価の基、又はこれらが複数連結した基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a phenanthrene ring, a perylene ring, a tetracene ring, a pyrene ring, a benzpyrene ring, a chrysen ring, a triphenylene ring, an acenaphthene ring, a fluoranthene ring, and a fluorene ring. Examples thereof include a monovalent group of a 6-membered ring, a monovalent ring of 2 to 5 fused rings, or a group in which a plurality of these are linked.
 電荷輸送性及び耐久性向上の観点から、R207及びR208はメチル基又は芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、R207及びR208はメチル基であることがより好ましく、R209はフェニル基であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving charge transportability and durability, R 207 and R 208 are preferably a methyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, R 207 and R 208 are more preferably a methyl group, and R 209 is a phenyl group. Is more preferable.
 R201、R202、R221、R222のアルキル基、R207~R209及びR211~R214のアルキル基、アラルキル基及び芳香族炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基は、前記R207~R209及びR211~R214のアルキル基、アラルキル基及び芳香族炭化水素基の好ましい基として挙げた基が挙げられる。 Alkyl groups of R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 , alkyl groups of R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 , aralkyl groups and aromatic hydrocarbon groups may have substituents. Examples of the substituent include the alkyl groups of R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 , the groups listed as preferable groups of the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group.
 R201、R202、R221、R222のアルキル基、R207~R209及びR211~R214のアルキル基、アラルキル基及び芳香族炭化水素基は、低電圧化の観点からは、置換基を有さないことが最も好ましい。 The alkyl groups of R 201 , R 202 , R 221 and R 222 , the alkyl groups of R 207 to R 209 and R 211 to R 214 , the aralkyl group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group are substituents from the viewpoint of lowering the voltage. It is most preferable not to have.
(a、b、c及びd)
 上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中において、a及びbはそれぞれ独立して、0~4の整数である。a+bは1以上であることが好ましく、さらに、a及びbは、各々2以下であることが好ましく、aとbの両方が1であることがより好ましい。ここで、aが1以上であるとは、cが1以上である場合であり、bが1以上であるとは、dが1以上である場合である。また、bが1以上である場合、dも1以上であることが好ましい。また、cが2以上の場合、複数のaは同じであっても異なってもよく、dが2以上の場合、複数のbは同じであっても異なってもよい。
(A, b, c and d)
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54), a and b are independently integers of 0 to 4. It is preferable that a + b is 1 or more, further, a and b are preferably 2 or less, and it is more preferable that both a and b are 1. Here, a is 1 or more when c is 1 or more, and b is 1 or more when d is 1 or more. Further, when b is 1 or more, it is preferable that d is also 1 or more. Further, when c is 2 or more, the plurality of a may be the same or different, and when d is 2 or more, the plurality of b may be the same or different.
 a+bが1以上であると、主鎖の芳香環が立体障害により捻じれ、重合体の溶媒への溶解性が優れると共に、湿式成膜法で形成し加熱処理された塗膜は溶媒への不溶性に優れる傾向にある。したがって、a+bが1以上であると、この塗膜上へ湿式成膜法で別の有機層(例えば発光層)を形成する場合には、有機溶媒を含む本発明で用いられる発光層形成用組成物への重合体の溶出が抑えられる。その結果、形成された発光層への影響が少なく、有機電界発光素子の駆動寿命はさらに長くなると考えられる。 When a + b is 1 or more, the aromatic ring of the main chain is twisted due to steric hindrance, the polymer has excellent solubility in a solvent, and the coating film formed by a wet film forming method and heat-treated is insoluble in the solvent. Tends to be excellent. Therefore, when a + b is 1 or more, when another organic layer (for example, a light emitting layer) is formed on the coating film by a wet film forming method, the composition for forming a light emitting layer used in the present invention containing an organic solvent is included. Elution of the polymer into the substance is suppressed. As a result, it is considered that the influence on the formed light emitting layer is small and the drive life of the organic electroluminescent element is further extended.
 上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中において、cは0~3の整数であり、dは0~4の整数である。c及びdは、各々2以下であることが好ましく、cとdは等しいことがさらに好ましく、cとdの両方が1であるか、又はcとdの両方が2であることが特に好ましい。 In the repeating unit represented by the above equation (54), c is an integer of 0 to 3 and d is an integer of 0 to 4. c and d are preferably 2 or less, respectively, c and d are more preferably equal, and it is particularly preferable that both c and d are 1 or both c and d are 2.
 上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中のcとdの両方が1であるか又はcとdの両方が2であり、且つ、aとbの両方が2又は1である場合、R201とR202は、互いに対称な位置に結合していることが最も好ましい。 If both c and d in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) are 1, or both c and d are 2, and both a and b are 2 or 1, R. Most preferably, 201 and R 202 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions.
 ここで、R201とR202とが互いに対称な位置に結合するとは、式(54)におけるフルオレン環、カルバゾール環又は9,10ジヒドロフェナントレン誘導体構造に対して、R201とR202の結合位置が対称であることをいう。このとき、主鎖を軸とする180度回転は同一構造とみなす。 Here, the fact that R 201 and R 202 are bonded at positions symmetrical to each other means that the bonding position of R 201 and R 202 is the binding position of R 201 and R 202 with respect to the fluorene ring, carbazole ring or 9,10 dihydrophenanthrene derivative structure in the formula (54). It means that it is symmetric. At this time, 180 degree rotation about the main chain is regarded as the same structure.
 R221とR222は存在する場合それぞれ独立に、Xが結合しているベンゼン環の炭素原子を基準として、1位、3位、6位、又は8位に存在することが好ましい。この位置にR221及び/又はR222が存在することで、R221及び/又はR222が結合している縮合環と、主鎖上の隣のベンゼン環とが立体障害により捻じれ、重合体の溶媒への溶解性が優れると共に、湿式成膜法で形成し加熱処理された塗膜は溶媒への不溶性に優れる傾向にあり、好ましい。 When R 221 and R 222 are present, they are preferably independently present at the 1-position, 3-position, 6-position, or 8-position with respect to the carbon atom of the benzene ring to which X is bonded. The presence of R 221 and / or R 222 at this position causes the fused ring to which R 221 and / or R 222 is bonded and the adjacent benzene ring on the main chain to be twisted due to steric hindrance, resulting in a polymer. The coating film formed by the wet film forming method and heat-treated tends to have excellent solubility in a solvent, and is preferable.
(i及びj)
 上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中において、i及びjはそれぞれ独立して、0~3の整数である。i及びjはそれぞれ独立して、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、0又は1であることが更に好ましい。i及びjは同じ整数であることが好ましい。i及びjは、重合体の主鎖をねじれされるためには、1又は2が好ましく、かつ、R221及び/又はR222がベンゼン環の1位及び/又は3位に結合することが好ましい。合成のしやすさからはi及びjは0であることが好ましい。尚、前記ベンゼン環への結合位は、Xが結合している炭素原子の隣の炭素原子でR221又はR222が結合可能な炭素原子を1位、主鎖として隣の構造と結合している炭素原子を2位とする。
(I and j)
In the repeating unit represented by the above equation (54), i and j are independently integers of 0 to 3. i and j are each independently, preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. It is preferable that i and j are the same integer. For i and j, 1 or 2 is preferable in order to twist the main chain of the polymer, and R 221 and / or R 222 is preferably bonded to the 1-position and / or 3-position of the benzene ring. .. From the viewpoint of ease of synthesis, i and j are preferably 0. As for the bond position to the benzene ring, the carbon atom to which R221 or R222 can be bonded at the carbon atom next to the carbon atom to which X is bonded is at the 1st position, and is bonded to the adjacent structure as the main chain. The carbon atom is in the second position.
(Ar51
 上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar51は前記式(50)におけるAr51と同様であり、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基である。
(Ar 51 )
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54), Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and has an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent which may have a substituent. A plurality of groups selected from an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be present, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent are linked. It is a group.
 置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基としては、前記式(50)におけるAr51の場合と同様のものが挙げられ、置換基及び好ましい構造も前記式(50)におけるAr51の場合と同様のものが挙げられる。 It has an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent that may have a substituent. Examples of the group in which a plurality of groups selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups may be linked include the same group as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and the substituent and the preferable structure are also described in the above formula. The same as the case of Ar 51 in (50) can be mentioned.
(他の好ましいAr51
 上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位におけるAr51の少なくとも一つは、前記式(51)、前記式(52)又は前記式(53)で表される基であることがより好ましい。前記式(51)中の2つのカルバゾール構造において、互いの窒素原子間の芳香族炭化水素基又は芳香族複素環基にLUMOが分布することで、電子や励起子に対する耐久性が向上する傾向にあると考えられる。
(Other preferred Ar 51 )
It is more preferable that at least one of Ar 51 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) is a group represented by the formula (51), the formula (52) or the formula (53). In the two carbazole structures in the above formula (51), LUMO is distributed in the aromatic hydrocarbon group or the aromatic heterocyclic group between the nitrogen atoms of each other, so that the durability against electrons and excitons tends to be improved. It is believed that there is.
(X)
 上記式(54)におけるXは、電荷輸送時の安定性が高いことから、-C(R207)(R208)-又は-N(R209)-であることが好ましく、-C(R207)(R208)-であることがより好ましい。
(X)
Since X in the above formula (54) has high stability during charge transport, it is preferably -C (R 207 ) (R 208 )-or -N (R 209 )-, and -C (R 207 ). ) (R 208 )-is more preferred.
 また、上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体において、Ar51、R201、R202、R221、R222、Xが複数ある場合は、各々同一であっても異なっていてもよい。好ましくは、重合体が、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位が同一構造である繰り返し単位を複数含むことである。この場合、重合体が同一構造の繰り返し単位を複数含むことで、繰り返し単位のHOMO及びLUMOが同一となるため、特定の浅い準位に電荷が集中してトラップとなることが無く、電荷輸送性に優れると考えられる。 Further, in the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54), when there are a plurality of Ar 51 , R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , and X, they are different even if they are the same. May be good. Preferably, the polymer contains a plurality of repeating units having the same structure as the repeating unit represented by the formula (54). In this case, since the polymer contains a plurality of repeating units having the same structure, the HOMO and LUMO of the repeating units are the same, so that the charges do not concentrate on a specific shallow level and become a trap, and the charge transportability It is considered to be excellent.
(好ましい繰り返し単位)
 上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記式(54-1)~(54-8)のいずれかで示される繰り返し単位であることが特に好ましい。
(Preferable repeating unit)
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) is particularly preferably a repeating unit represented by any of the following formulas (54-1) to (54-8).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
 上記式において、R201及びR202は同一であり、且つ、R201とR202は互いに対称な位置に結合している。 In the above equation, R 201 and R 202 are the same, and R 201 and R 202 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions.
[式(54)で表される繰り返し単位の主鎖の具体例]
 上記式(54)中の窒素原子を除いた主鎖構造は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような構造が挙げられる。
[Specific example of the main chain of the repeating unit represented by the formula (54)]
The main chain structure excluding the nitrogen atom in the above formula (54) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
[式(54)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量]
 第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位は重合体中に通常10モル%以上含まれ、30モル%以上含まれることが好ましく、40モル%以上含まれることがより好ましく、50モル%以上含まれることがさらに好ましい。
[Content of repeating unit represented by formula (54)]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more.
 第2の有機層が含有する重合体は、繰り返し単位が、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位のみから構成されていてもよいが、有機電界発光素子とした場合の諸性能をバランスさせる目的から、式(54)とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。その場合、重合体中の式(54)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、99モル%以下、好ましくは95モル%以下である。 The polymer contained in the second organic layer may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) as the repeating unit, but the purpose is to balance various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. Therefore, it may have a repeating unit different from that of the equation (54). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
[末端基]
 本明細書において、末端基とは、重合体の重合終了時に用いるエンドキャップ剤によって形成された、重合体の末端部の構造のことを指す。第2の有機層において、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基は炭化水素基であることが好ましい。炭化水素基としては、電荷輸送性の観点から、炭素数1以上60以下が好ましく、1以上40以下がより好ましく、1以上30以下がさらに好ましい。
[Terminal group]
In the present specification, the terminal group refers to the structure of the terminal portion of the polymer formed by the end cap agent used at the end of the polymerization of the polymer. In the second organic layer, the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably a hydrocarbon group. From the viewpoint of charge transportability, the hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 or more and 60 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 1 or more and 40 or less, and further preferably 1 or more and 30 or less.
 炭化水素基としては、例えば、
 メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等の、炭素数が通常1以上であり、好ましくは4以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルキル基;
 ビニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖、分岐、又は環状のアルケニル基;
 エチニル基等の、炭素数が通常2以上であり、通常24以下であり、好ましくは12以下である、直鎖又は分岐のアルキニル基;
 フェニル基、ナフチル基等の、炭素数が通常6以上であり、通常36以下であり、好ましくは24以下である芳香族炭化水素基;が挙げられる。
As the hydrocarbon group, for example,
Carbon such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group, etc. A linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl group having a number of usually 1 or more, preferably 4 or more, usually 24 or less, and preferably 12 or less;
A linear, branched, or cyclic alkenyl group having usually 2 or more carbon atoms, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as a vinyl group;
A linear or branched alkynyl group having a carbon number of usually 2 or more, usually 24 or less, preferably 12 or less, such as an ethynyl group;
Examples thereof include aromatic hydrocarbon groups having a carbon number of usually 6 or more, usually 36 or less, and preferably 24 or less, such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
 これら炭化水素基はさらに置換基を有していてもよく、さらに有していてもよい置換基はアルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基が好ましい。これらさらに有していてもよい置換基が複数ある場合は、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。 These hydrocarbon groups may further have a substituent, and the substituent that may further have is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. When there are a plurality of these substituents which may be further present, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 末端基は、好ましくは、電荷輸送性及び耐久性の観点から、アルキル基又は芳香族炭化水素基であり、更に好ましくは芳香族炭化水素基である。 The terminal group is preferably an alkyl group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group from the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability.
<式(55)で表される繰り返し単位> <Repeating unit represented by equation (55)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
(式(55)中、
 Ar51は、前記式(50)又は前記式(54)におけるAr51と同様であり、
 R303及びR306は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であり、
 R304及びR305は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基であり、
 lは、0又は1であり、
 mは、1又は2であり、
 nは、0又は1であり
 pは、0又は1であり、
 qは、0又は1である。)
(In formula (55),
Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50) or the above formula (54).
R 303 and R 306 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
R 304 and R 305 are each independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent.
l is 0 or 1 and is
m is 1 or 2 and
n is 0 or 1 and p is 0 or 1.
q is 0 or 1. )
(R303、R306
 上記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位中のR303及びR306は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。
 アルキル基としては、前記式(54)におけるR201及びR202と同様のものが挙げられ、有していてもよい置換基及び好ましい構造もR201及びR202と同様のものが挙げられる。
 R303が複数ある場合は、複数のR303は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、R306が複数ある場合は、複数のR306は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
(R 303 , R 306 )
R 303 and R 306 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
Examples of the alkyl group include those similar to those of R 201 and R 202 in the above formula (54), and examples thereof include substituents and preferred structures similar to those of R 201 and R 202 .
When there are a plurality of R 303s , the plurality of R 303s may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of R 306s, the plurality of R 306s may be the same or different.
(R304、R305
 上記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位中のR304及びR305は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基又は置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基である。好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。
 R304とR304は同一であることが好ましい。
(R 304 , R 305 )
R 304 and R 305 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) are independently an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent or a substituent. It is an aralkyl group which may have a group. It is preferably an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
It is preferable that R 304 and R 304 are the same.
 アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基である。アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を向上できる傾向にあるため、1以上が好ましく、また、24以下が好ましく、8以下がさらに好ましく、6以下がより好ましい。 The alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but 1 or more is preferable, 24 or less is preferable, 8 or less is more preferable, and 6 or less is more preferable, because the solubility of the polymer tends to be improved.
 具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-オクチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ドデシル基等が挙げられる。 Specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-hexyl group, n-octyl group. , Cyclohexyl group, dodecyl group and the like.
 アルコキシ基は特に限定されず、アルコキシ基(-OR10)のR10基は、直鎖、分岐又は環状のいずれの構造であってもよく、重合体の溶解性を向上できる傾向にあるため、炭素数が1以上が好ましく、また、24以下が好ましく、12以下がより好ましい。 The alkoxy group is not particularly limited, and the R10 group of the alkoxy group (−OR 10 ) may have a linear, branched or cyclic structure, and tends to improve the solubility of the polymer. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 24 or less, and more preferably 12 or less.
 具体的には、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、ヘキシロキシ基、1-メチルペンチルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a hexyloxy group, a 1-methylpentyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group and the like.
 アラルキル基は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を向上できる傾向にあるため、炭素数5以上が好ましく、また、60以下が好ましく、40以下がより好ましい。 The aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but since it tends to improve the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 5 or more, preferably 60 or less, and more preferably 40 or less.
 具体的には、1,1-ジメチル-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ブチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-ヘキシル)-1-フェニルメチル基、1,1-ジ(n-オクチル)-1-フェニルメチル基、フェニルメチル基、フェニルエチル基、3-フェニル-1-プロピル基、4-フェニル-1-n-ブチル基、1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル基、5-フェニル-1-n-プロピル基、6-フェニル-1-n-ヘキシル基、6-ナフチル-1-n-ヘキシル基、7-フェニル-1-n-ヘプチル基、8-フェニル-1-n-オクチル基、4-フェニルシクロヘキシル基などが挙げられる。 Specifically, 1,1-dimethyl-1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-butyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, 1,1-di (n-hexyl) -1-phenylmethyl group , 1,1-di (n-octyl) -1-phenylmethyl group, phenylmethyl group, phenylethyl group, 3-phenyl-1-propyl group, 4-phenyl-1-n-butyl group, 1-methyl- 1-phenylethyl group, 5-phenyl-1-n-propyl group, 6-phenyl-1-n-hexyl group, 6-naphthyl-1-n-hexyl group, 7-phenyl-1-n-heptyl group, Examples thereof include 8-phenyl-1-n-octyl group and 4-phenylcyclohexyl group.
(l、m及びn)
 lは0又は1を表し、nは0又は1を表す。
(L, m and n)
l represents 0 or 1 and n represents 0 or 1.
 l及びnは各々独立であり、l+nは1以上が好ましく、1又は2がより好ましく、2がさらに好ましい。l+nが上記範囲であることで、第2の有機層が含有する重合体の溶解性を高くし、該重合体を含有する有機電界発光素子用組成物からの析出も抑制できる傾向にある。 L and n are independent of each other, and l + n is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2. When l + n is in the above range, the solubility of the polymer contained in the second organic layer is increased, and precipitation from the composition for an organic electroluminescent device containing the polymer tends to be suppressed.
 mは1又は2を表し、本発明の有機電界発光素子を低電圧で駆動でき、正孔注能、輸送能、耐久性も向上する傾向にあることから、1であることが好ましい。 M represents 1 or 2, and is preferably 1 because the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention can be driven at a low voltage and the hole injection ability, transport ability, and durability tend to be improved.
(p及びq)
 pは0又は1を表し、qは0又は1を表す。lが2以上の場合、複数のpは同じであっても異なってもよく、nが2以上の場合、複数のqは同じであっても異なってもよい。l=n=1の場合、pとqは同時に0となることはない。pとqが同時に0とならないことで、本発明の組成物が含有する重合体の溶解性を高くし、該重合体を含有する第2の組成物からの析出も抑制できる傾向にある。また、p+qが1以上であると主鎖の芳香環が立体障害により捻じれ、重合体の溶媒への溶解性が優れると共に、湿式成膜法で形成し加熱処理された塗膜は溶媒への不溶性に優れる傾向にある。したがって、p+qが1以上であると、この塗膜上へ湿式成膜法で別の有機層(例えば発光層)を形成する場合には、有機溶媒を含む該別の有機層形成用組成物への重合体の溶出が抑えられる。
(P and q)
p represents 0 or 1 and q represents 0 or 1. When l is 2 or more, the plurality of ps may be the same or different, and when n is 2 or more, the plurality of qs may be the same or different. When l = n = 1, p and q cannot be 0 at the same time. When p and q do not become 0 at the same time, the solubility of the polymer contained in the composition of the present invention tends to be high, and precipitation from the second composition containing the polymer tends to be suppressed. Further, when p + q is 1 or more, the aromatic ring of the main chain is twisted due to steric hindrance, the polymer is excellently soluble in the solvent, and the coating film formed by the wet film forming method and heat-treated is transferred to the solvent. It tends to be insoluble. Therefore, when p + q is 1 or more, when another organic layer (for example, a light emitting layer) is formed on this coating film by a wet film forming method, the composition for forming another organic layer containing an organic solvent is obtained. Elution of the polymer of the above is suppressed.
(Ar51
 上記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar51は前記式(50)又は前記式(54)におけるAr51と同様であり、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基である。
(Ar 51 )
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (55), Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50) or the above formula (54), and is an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. , An aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. It is a group in which a plurality of groups are linked.
 置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基としては、前記式(50)におけるAr51の場合と同様のものが挙げられ、置換基及び好ましい構造も前記式(50)におけるAr51の場合と同様のものが挙げられる。 It has an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group that may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group and a substituent that may have a substituent. Examples of the group in which a plurality of groups selected from the aromatic heterocyclic groups may be linked include the same group as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50), and the substituent and the preferable structure are also described in the above formula. The same as the case of Ar 51 in (50) can be mentioned.
[式(55)で表される繰り返し単位の主鎖の具体例]
 式(55)で表される繰り返し単位のN原子を除いた主鎖構造は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような構造が挙げられる。
[Specific example of the main chain of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55)]
The main chain structure excluding the N atom of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
[式(55)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量]
 第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位は通常重合体中に10モル%以上含まれ、30モル%以上含まれることが好ましく、40モル%以上含まれることがさらに好ましく、50モル%以上含まれることが特に好ましい。
[Content of repeating unit represented by formula (55)]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or more.
 第2の有機層が含有する重合体は、繰り返し単位が、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位のみから構成されていてもよいが、有機電界発光素子とした場合の諸性能をバランスさせる目的から、式(55)とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。その場合、重合体中の式(55)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、99モル%以下、好ましくは95モル%以下である。 The polymer contained in the second organic layer may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) as the repeating unit, but the purpose is to balance various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. Therefore, it may have a repeating unit different from that of the equation (55). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
[末端基]
 第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基は、上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基と同様に、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。好ましい炭化水素基及び有してよい置換基も、上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基と同様である。
[Terminal group]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54). Similarly, it is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Preferred hydrocarbon groups and possible substituents are also the same as the terminal groups of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
<式(56)で表される繰り返し単位>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
<Repeating unit represented by equation (56)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
(式(56)中、
 Ar51は前記式(50)、前記式(54)又は前記式(55)におけるAr51と同様であり、
 Ar41は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、又は前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び前記二価の芳香族複素環基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基であり、
 R441及びR442は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基であり、
 tは、1又は2であり、
 uは、0又は1であり、
 r及びsは、それぞれ独立して、0~4の整数である。)
(In formula (56),
The Ar 51 is the same as the Ar 51 in the above formula (50), the above formula (54) or the above formula (55).
Ar 41 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
R 441 and R 442 are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent, respectively.
t is 1 or 2
u is 0 or 1 and is
r and s are independently integers from 0 to 4. )
(R441、R442
 上記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位中のR441、R442は、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基である。
(R 441 , R 442 )
R 441 and R 442 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56) are alkyl groups which may independently have a substituent.
 アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基である。アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を維持するために、炭素数1以上が好ましく、また、10以下が好ましく、8以下がより好ましく、6以下がより好ましい。アルキル基はメチル基又はヘキシル基であることがさらに好ましい。 The alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group which may have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more, preferably 10 or less, more preferably 8 or less, and even more preferably 6 or less. The alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or a hexyl group.
 R441及びR442が上記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位中に複数ある場合は、R441及びR442は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 When there are a plurality of R 441 and R 442 in the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56), R 441 and R 442 may be the same or different.
(r、s、t及びu)
 式(56)で表される繰り返し単位中において、r及びsはそれぞれ独立して、0~4の整数である。tが2以上の場合、複数のrは同じであっても異なってもよく、uが2以上の場合、複数のsは同じであっても異なってもよい。r+sは1以上であることが好ましく、さらに、r及びsは、各々2以下であることが好ましい。r+sが1以上であると、有機電界発光素子の駆動寿命はさらに長くなると考えられる。
(R, s, t and u)
In the repeating unit represented by the formula (56), r and s are independently integers of 0 to 4. When t is 2 or more, the plurality of r may be the same or different, and when u is 2 or more, the plurality of s may be the same or different. r + s is preferably 1 or more, and r and s are preferably 2 or less, respectively. When r + s is 1 or more, it is considered that the drive life of the organic electroluminescent device is further extended.
 上記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位中において、tは1又は2であり、uは0又は1である。tは1が好ましく、uは1が好ましい。 In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56), t is 1 or 2 and u is 0 or 1. t is preferably 1 and u is preferably 1.
(Ar51
 上記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位中において、Ar51は前記式(50)、前記式(54)又は前記式(55)におけるAr51と同様であり、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基から選択される複数の基が連結した基である。
(Ar 51 )
In the repeating unit represented by the above formula (56), Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above formula (50), the above formula (54) or the above formula (55), and even if it has a substituent. A good aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent and an aromatic complex which may have a substituent. It is a group in which a plurality of groups selected from ring groups are linked.
 置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基としては、前記式(50)におけるAr51の場合と同様のものが挙げられ、置換基及び好ましい構造も前記式(50)におけるAr51の場合と同様のものが挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or the aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent include the same as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50). Examples of the substituent and the preferable structure are the same as in the case of Ar 51 in the above formula (50).
(Ar41
 Ar41は、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい二価の芳香族複素環基、又は前記二価の芳香族炭化水素基及び前記二価の芳香族複素環基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの基が直接若しくは連結基を介して複数個連結した二価の基である。
(Ar 41 )
Ar 41 is a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group. And at least one group selected from the group consisting of the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group is a divalent group in which a plurality of groups are directly linked or linked via a linking group.
 Ar41における芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基としては、前記式(50)におけるAr52と同様の基が挙げられる。また、芳香族炭化水素基及び芳香族炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Zと同様の基が好ましく、さらに有していてよい置換基も前記置換基群Zと同様であることが好ましい。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Ar 41 include the same groups as Ar 52 in the above formula (50). Further, the substituents that the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may have are preferably the same groups as those of the substituent group Z, and the substituents that may have further are also the substituent group Z. It is preferable that it is the same as.
[式(56)で表される繰返し単位の具体例]
 式(56)で表される繰返し単位の主鎖の具体例を以下に示す。
[Specific example of repeating unit represented by equation (56)]
A specific example of the backbone of the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
[式(56)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量]
 第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位は通常重合体中に10モル%以上含まれ、30モル%以上含まれることが好ましく、40モル%以上含まれることがさらに好ましく、50モル%以上含まれることが特に好ましい。
[Content of repeating unit represented by formula (56)]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is usually 10 mol% in the polymer. It is preferably contained in an amount of 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 50 mol% or more.
 第2の有機層が含有する重合体は、繰り返し単位が、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位のみから構成されていてもよいが、有機電界発光素子とした場合の諸性能をバランスさせる目的から、式(56)とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。その場合、重合体中の式(56)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、99モル%以下、好ましくは95モル%以下である。 The polymer contained in the second organic layer may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) as the repeating unit, but the purpose is to balance various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. Therefore, it may have a repeating unit different from that of the equation (56). In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
[末端基]
 第2の有機層が含有する重合体において、式(56)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基は、上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基と同様に、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。好ましい炭化水素基及び有してよい置換基も、上記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の末端基と同様である。
[Terminal group]
In the polymer contained in the second organic layer, the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) is the terminal group of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54). Similarly, it is preferably a hydrocarbon group. Preferred hydrocarbon groups and possible substituents are also the same as the terminal groups of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the above formula (54).
<式(57)で表される繰り返し単位>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
<Repeating unit represented by equation (57)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
(式(57)中、
 Ar51は前記式(50)、前記式(54)、前記式(55)又は前記式(56)におけるAr51と同様であり、
 R517~R519は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有していてもよいアラルキル基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素基又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基を表し、
 f、g、hは、各々独立して、0~4の整数を表し、
 eは0~3の整数を表し、
 ただし、gが1以上の場合、eは1以上である。)
(In formula (57),
The Ar 51 is the same as the Ar 51 in the formula (50), the formula (54), the formula (55) or the formula (56).
Each of R 517 to R 519 independently contains an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aralkyl group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. Represents an aromatic heterocyclic group that may have an aromatic hydrocarbon group or a substituent that may have.
f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
e represents an integer from 0 to 3 and represents
However, when g is 1 or more, e is 1 or more. )
(R517~R519
 R517~R519における芳香族炭化水素基、芳香族複素環基は、各々独立に、前記Ar51で挙げたものと同様の基である、また、これらの基が有していてもよい置換基は、前記置換基群Z又と同様の基が好ましい。
(R 517 to R 519 )
The aromatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic heterocyclic group in R 517 to R 519 are independently the same groups as those mentioned in Ar 51 , and the substitutions that these groups may have. The group is preferably a group similar to the substituent group Z or.
 R517~R519におけるアルキル基及びアラルキル基は、前記R207で挙げたものと同様の基が好ましく、さらに有していてもよい置換基も前記R207と同様の基が好ましい。 The alkyl group and the aralkyl group in R 517 to R 519 are preferably the same group as those mentioned in R 207 , and the substituent which may be possessed is also preferably the same group as in R 207 .
 R517~R519におけるアルコキシ基は、前記置換基群Zで挙げたアルコキシ基が好ましく、さらに有していてもよい置換基も前記置換基群Zと同様である。 The alkoxy group in R 517 to R 519 is preferably the alkoxy group mentioned in the substituent group Z, and the substituents that may be further contained are the same as those in the substituent group Z.
(f、g、h)
 f、g、hは、各々独立して、0~4の整数を表す。
 eが2以上の場合、複数のgは同じであっても異なってもよい。
 f+g+hは1以上であることが好ましい。
 f+hは1以上であることが好ましく、
 f+hは1以上、且つ、f、g及びhは2以下であることがより好ましく、
 f+hは1以上、且つ、f、hは1以下であることがさらに好ましく、
 f、hはいずれも1であることが最も好ましい。
(F, g, h)
f, g, and h each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4.
When e is 2 or more, a plurality of g may be the same or different.
It is preferable that f + g + h is 1 or more.
It is preferable that f + h is 1 or more.
It is more preferable that f + h is 1 or more and f, g and h are 2 or less.
It is more preferable that f + h is 1 or more and f and h are 1 or less.
It is most preferable that both f and h are 1.
 f及びhがいずれも1である場合、R517とR519は互いに対称な位置に結合していることが好ましい。
 また、R517とR519とは同一であることが好ましく、
When both f and h are 1, it is preferable that R 517 and R 519 are bonded to each other at symmetrical positions.
Further, it is preferable that R 517 and R 519 are the same.
 gは2であることがより好ましい。
 gが2である場合、2つのR518は互いにパラ位に結合していることが最も好ましく、
 gが2である場合、2つのR518は同一であることが最も好ましい。
It is more preferable that g is 2.
When g is 2, the two R 518s are most preferably bonded to each other in the para position.
When g is 2, it is most preferable that the two R 518s are the same.
 ここで、R517とR519が互いに対称な位置に結合するとは、下記の結合位置のことを言う。ただし、表記上、主鎖を軸とする180度回転は同一構造とみなす。 Here, the fact that R 517 and R 519 are coupled to each other at symmetrical positions means the following coupling positions. However, for notation, 180 degree rotation around the main chain is regarded as the same structure.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
 なお、本実施形態の重合体が式(57)で表される繰り返し単位を含む場合、式(1)で表される化合物と式(57)で表される繰り返し単位との割合は、(式(57)で表される繰り返し単位のモル数)/(式(1)で表される化合物のモル数)が、0.1以上が好ましく、0.3以上がより好ましく、0.5以上がさらに好ましく、0.9以上がよりさらに好ましく、1.0以上が特に好ましい。また、当該割合は、2.0以下が好ましく、1.5以下がより好ましく、1.2以下がさらに好ましい。 When the polymer of the present embodiment contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (57), the ratio of the compound represented by the formula (1) to the repeating unit represented by the formula (57) is (formula). The number of moles of the repeating unit represented by (57)) / (the number of moles of the compound represented by the formula (1)) is preferably 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.3 or more, and 0.5 or more. More preferably, 0.9 or more is even more preferable, and 1.0 or more is particularly preferable. The ratio is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.5 or less, and even more preferably 1.2 or less.
 また、前記式(57)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記式(58)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 Further, the repeating unit represented by the above formula (57) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (58).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
 前記式(58)で表される繰り返し単位の場合、g=0または2であることが好ましい。g=2の場合、結合位置は2位と5位である。g=0の場合、すなわちR518による立体障害が無い場合、及びg=2であり結合位置は2位と5位である場合、すなわち立体障害が2つのR518が結合するベンゼン環の対角位置となる場合は、R517とR519とが互いに対称な位置に結合することが可能である。 In the case of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (58), g = 0 or 2 is preferable. When g = 2, the bonding positions are the 2nd and 5th positions. When g = 0, that is, when there is no steric hindrance due to R 518 , and when g = 2 and the bond positions are the 2nd and 5th positions, that is, the steric hindrance is diagonal to the benzene ring to which the two R 518s are bonded. In the case of a position, it is possible that R 517 and R 519 are coupled to each other at a symmetrical position.
 また、前記式(58)で表される繰り返し単位は、e=3である下記式(59)で示される繰り返し単位であることがさらに好ましい。 Further, it is more preferable that the repeating unit represented by the above formula (58) is the repeating unit represented by the following formula (59) in which e = 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
 前記式(59)で表される繰り返し単位の場合、g=0または2であることが好ましい。g=2の場合、結合位置は2位と5位である。g=0の場合、すなわちR518による立体障害が無い場合、及びg=2であり結合位置は2位と5位である場合、すなわち、立体障害が2つのR518が結合するベンゼン環の対角位置となる場合は、R517とR519とが互いに対称な位置に結合することが可能である。 In the case of the repeating unit represented by the formula (59), g = 0 or 2 is preferable. When g = 2, the bonding positions are the 2nd and 5th positions. When g = 0, that is, there is no steric hindrance due to R 518 , and when g = 2 and the bond positions are the 2nd and 5th positions, that is, the steric hindrance is a pair of benzene rings to which two R 518s are bonded. In the case of angular positions, R 517 and R 519 can be coupled to each other at symmetrical positions.
<式(57)で表される繰り返し単位の主鎖の具体例>
 式(57)で表される繰り返し単位の主鎖構造は特に限定されないが、例えば以下のような構造が挙げられる。
<Specific example of the main chain of the repeating unit represented by the formula (57)>
The main chain structure of the repeating unit represented by the formula (57) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the following structures.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
 式(50)~(59)のいずれかで表される繰り返し単位には、架橋基を有していないことが好ましい。架橋基を有していない場合、湿式成膜後の加熱乾燥またはベーク(加熱焼成)によって、ポリマー鎖の歪みが生じにくく好ましい。架橋基が反応する際に、体積変化が生じることがあり、ポリマー鎖の歪みが生じる為である。また、体積変化が生じなくてもポリマー鎖の歪みが生じるためである。 It is preferable that the repeating unit represented by any of the formulas (50) to (59) does not have a cross-linking group. When it does not have a cross-linking group, it is preferable that the polymer chain is not easily distorted by heating and drying or baking (heating and firing) after the wet film formation. This is because the volume change may occur when the cross-linking group reacts, and the polymer chain is distorted. This is also because the polymer chain is distorted even if the volume does not change.
<式(60)で表される繰り返し単位>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
<Repeating unit represented by equation (60)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
(式(60)中、
 Ar51は前記式(50)におけるAr51と同様であり、
 n60は1~5の整数を表す。)
(In formula (60),
Ar 51 is the same as Ar 51 in the above equation (50).
n 60 represents an integer of 1 to 5. )
(n60
 n60は1~5の整数を表し、好ましくは1~4の整数であり、さらに好ましくは1~3の整数である。
(N 60 )
n 60 represents an integer of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
[好ましい繰返し単位]
 本発明の組成物に用いる機能性材料が前記式(50)で表される繰り返し単位を有する重合体の場合、式(50)で表される繰返し単位としてさらに好ましくは、前記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位、前記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位、前記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位、前記式(57)で表される繰り返し単位、又は前記式(60)で表される繰り返し単位である。
[Preferable repetition unit]
When the functional material used in the composition of the present invention is a polymer having a repeating unit represented by the formula (50), the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is more preferably represented by the formula (54). The repeating unit represented by the formula (55), the repeating unit represented by the formula (56), the repeating unit represented by the formula (57), or the repeating unit represented by the formula (60). It is a repeating unit to be done.
 これらの中でも、
 下記式(61)で表される部分構造を含む前記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位、
 下記式(61)で表される部分構造を含む前記式(55)で表される繰り返し単位、
 下記式(61)で表される部分構造を含む前記式(56)で表される繰り返し単位、
 又は下記式(61)で表される部分構造を含む前記式(57)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体であることが好ましい。
Among these,
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (54) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (55) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
The repeating unit represented by the above formula (56) including the partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
Alternatively, it is preferably a polymer containing a repeating unit represented by the above formula (57) including a partial structure represented by the following formula (61).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
(式(61)及び式(61’)において、
 R601は式(54)におけるR201またはR202、式(55)におけるR303、R304、R305、又はR406、式(56)におけるR441又はR+、式(57)におけるR517、R518又はR519を表し、-*は隣の原子との結合を表す。
 式(61)が式(54)の部分構造または式(56)の部分構造である場合、Ring Bは縮合環の一部であってもよい。
 式(61)及び式(61’)で表される部分構造は、R601の他に、Ring A及びRing Bに、式(54)の部分構造である場合はR201またはR202、式(55)の部分構造である場合はR303、R304、R305、又はR406、式(56)の部分構造である場合はR441又はR442、式(57)の部分構造である場合はR517、R518又はR519を有していてもよい。)
 なお、前記式(61)と前記式(61’)とは同一とみなせるので、以後必要な場合は式(61)として説明する。
(In equation (61) and equation (61')
R 601 is R 201 or R 202 in equation (54), R 303 , R 304 , R 305 or R 406 in equation (55), R 441 or R + in equation (56), R 517 in equation (57), It represents R 518 or R 519 , and-* represents a bond with an adjacent atom.
When the formula (61) is a partial structure of the formula (54) or a partial structure of the formula (56), Ring B may be a part of the fused ring.
In addition to R601 , the partial structures represented by the formulas (61) and (61') include Ring A and Ring B, and in the case of the partial structure of the formula (54), R201 or R202 , the formula ( If it is a partial structure of 55), it is R 303 , R 304 , R 305 , or R 406 , if it is a partial structure of equation (56), it is R 441 or R 442 , and if it is a partial structure of equation (57), it is. It may have R 517 , R 518 or R 519 . )
Since the formula (61) and the formula (61') can be regarded as the same, the formula (61) will be described below when necessary.
 前記式(61)で表される部分構造は、π共役によって形成されるRing AとRingBとの略平面な構造を、R601の立体障害によって歪ませることで、通常のπ共役結合よりも主鎖がねじれた構造となっている。すなわち、共役を阻害する捻れた構造となっている。そのため、一重項励起エネルギー準位及び三重項励起エネルギー準位が高くなり、隣接する発光層の励起子をブロックでき、発光素子としての発光効率が高くなる傾向にあり好ましい。 The partial structure represented by the above equation (61) is more main than the normal π-conjugated bond by distorting the substantially planar structure of Ring A and Ring B formed by π-conjugation by the steric hindrance of R601 . The chain has a twisted structure. That is, it has a twisted structure that inhibits conjugation. Therefore, the singlet excitation energy level and the triplet excitation energy level are high, excitons in adjacent light emitting layers can be blocked, and the light emission efficiency as a light emitting element tends to be high, which is preferable.
(式(62))
 前記式(54)の繰り返し単位は特に好ましい。本発明の組成物は、前記式(1)で表される溶媒化合物と、この繰り返し単位を有する重合体を含むことがさらに好ましい。前記式(54)で表される繰返し単位は下記式(62)で表される繰返し単位であることが好ましい。
(Equation (62))
The repeating unit of the above formula (54) is particularly preferable. It is more preferable that the composition of the present invention contains the solvent compound represented by the above formula (1) and a polymer having this repeating unit. The repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (62).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
(式(62)中、
 Ar51、X、R201、R202、R221、R222、a、b、c、dは、前記式(54)におけるAr51、X、R201、R202、R221、R222、a、b、c、dと同じであり、
 a、a、b、b、i、i、j、jはそれぞれ独立に0又は1である。
 但し、下記条件(1)、(2)のいずれかを満たす。
 (1)a、a及びaはそれぞれ独立であり少なくとも一つは1以上であり、
 b、b及びbはそれぞれ独立であり少なくとも一つは1以上であり、
 c及びdはそれぞれ独立に1以上であり、
 cが1の場合はa又はaの少なくとも一方は1であり、
 dが1の場合はb又はbの少なくとも一方は1である。
 (2)i、i、j及びjはそれぞれ独立であり少なくとも1つは1である。
 Ring B1はR201を特定の位置に有してよい2価のベンゼン環を指し、
 Ring B2はR201を有してよいc-1個のベンゼン環が連結した2価の基、ただしc=1の場合は単結合を指し、
 Ring B3はビフェニル構造がXで更に結合した2価の縮合環を指し、
 Ring B4はR202を有してよいd-1個のベンゼン環が連結した2価の基、ただしd=1の場合は単結合を指し、
 Ring B5はR202を特定の位置に有してよい2価のベンゼン環を指す。)
(In equation (62),
Ar 51 , X, R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , a, b, c, d are Ar 51 , X, R 201 , R 202 , R 221 , R 222 , a in the above equation (54). , B, c, d,
a 1 , a 2 , b 1 , b 2 , i 1 , i 2 , j 1 , and j 2 are independently 0 or 1, respectively.
However, either of the following conditions (1) and (2) is satisfied.
(1) a 1 , a 2 and a are independent of each other, and at least one is 1 or more.
b 1 , b 2 and b are independent of each other and at least one is 1 or more.
c and d are 1 or more independently, respectively.
When c is 1 , at least one of a1 or a2 is 1.
When d is 1 , at least one of b1 or b2 is 1.
(2) i 1 , i 2 , j 1 and j 2 are independent of each other, and at least one is 1.
Ring B1 refers to a divalent benzene ring that may have R 201 in a particular position.
Ring B2 is a divalent group in which c-1 benzene rings may have R 201 linked, but when c = 1, it refers to a single bond.
Ring B3 refers to a divalent fused ring with a biphenyl structure further bonded at X.
Ring B4 is a divalent group in which d-1 benzene rings may have R 202 linked, but when d = 1, it refers to a single bond.
Ring B5 refers to a divalent benzene ring that may have R 202 at a particular position. )
 ここで、式(54)におけるaが1以上であるとは、式(62)において、a、a及びaの少なくとも一つは1以上であることと同義であり、式(54)におけるbが1以上であるとは、式(62)において、b、b及びbの少なくとも一つは1以上であることと同義である。 Here, the fact that a in the formula (54) is 1 or more is synonymous with the fact that at least one of a 1 , a 2 and a is 1 or more in the formula (62), and is synonymous with the formula (54). The fact that b is 1 or more is synonymous with the fact that at least one of b 1 , b 2 and b is 1 or more in the formula (62).
 以下の通り、式(62)は、前記式(61)を部分構造として含む。
 a、a及びaの少なくとも一つは1以上である場合において、
 aまたはaの少なくとも一方が1の場合は、
cが2以上の場合はRing B1とRing B2とが前記式(61)を部分構造として含み、
 cが1の場合はRing B1とRing B3とが、前記式(61)を部分構造として含み、
 aが1以上の場合、cが2であれば、Ring B2とRing B1とが、又は、Ring B2とRing B3とが、前記式(61)を部分構造として含み、
 aが1以上かつcが3以上の場合は上記の可能性に加えて、Ring B2内に前記式(61)を部分構造として含む場合もある。
As described below, the formula (62) includes the formula (61) as a partial structure.
When at least one of a 1 , a 2 and a is 1 or more,
If at least one of a 1 or a 2 is 1,
When c is 2 or more, Ring B1 and Ring B2 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
When c is 1, Ring B1 and Ring B3 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
When a is 1 or more and c is 2, Ring B2 and Ring B1 or Ring B2 and Ring B3 include the above formula (61) as a partial structure.
When a is 1 or more and c is 3 or more, in addition to the above possibility, the above formula (61) may be included as a partial structure in Ring B2.
 同様に、b、b及びbの少なくとも一つは1以上である場合も前記式(61)を部分構造として含むことがわかる。 Similarly, when at least one of b 1 , b 2 and b is 1 or more, it can be seen that the above formula (61) is included as a partial structure.
 また、i、i、j及びjの少なくとも1つは1である場合は、
 i及びiの一方又は両方が1の場合、Ring B3のR221が結合している環とRing B2又はRing B1のベンゼン環とで、部分構造として式(61)が形成され、
 j及びjの一方又は両方が1の場合、Ring B3のR222が結合している環とRing B4又はRing B5のベンゼン環とで、部分構造として式(61)が形成されることが分かる。
 すなわち、Ring B3とRing B2若しくはRing B1とが、又は、Ring B3とRing B4若しくはRing B5とが捻じれた構造であることが分かる
If at least one of i 1 , i 2 , j 1 and j 2 is 1.
When one or both of i1 and i2 are 1, the formula (61) is formed as a partial structure by the ring to which R221 of Ring B3 is bonded and the benzene ring of Ring B2 or Ring B1.
When one or both of j 1 and j 2 are 1, the ring in which R222 of Ring B3 is bonded and the benzene ring of Ring B4 or Ring B5 may form the formula (61) as a partial structure. I understand.
That is, it can be seen that Ring B3 and Ring B2 or Ring B1 have a twisted structure, or Ring B3 and Ring B4 or Ring B5 are twisted.
 したがって、式(62)は主鎖の芳香環が捻じれた構造を含むため、共役を阻害する捻れた構造であり好ましい。 Therefore, since the formula (62) contains a twisted structure of the aromatic ring of the main chain, it is preferable because it is a twisted structure that inhibits conjugation.
[重合体の分子量]
 以下、第2の有機層に含まれる重合体の分子量について記す。
[Molecular weight of polymer]
Hereinafter, the molecular weight of the polymer contained in the second organic layer will be described.
 式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、通常3,000,000以下、好ましくは1,000,000以下、より好ましくは500,000以下、さらに好ましくは200,000以下、特に好ましくは100,000以下である。また、当該重量平均分子量は、通常2,500以上、好ましくは5,000以上、より好ましくは10,000以上、さらに好ましくは15,000以上、特に好ましくは17,000以上である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 3,000,000 or less, preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less, still more preferably. Is 200,000 or less, particularly preferably 100,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight is usually 2,500 or more, preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, still more preferably 15,000 or more, and particularly preferably 17,000 or more.
 重合体の重量平均分子量が上記上限値以下であることで、溶媒に対する溶解性が得られ、成膜性に優れる傾向にある。また、重合体の重量平均分子量が上記下限値以上であることで、重合体のガラス転移温度、融点及び気化温度の低下が抑制され、耐熱性が向上する場合がある。 When the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit value, solubility in a solvent is obtained, and the film forming property tends to be excellent. Further, when the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in the glass transition temperature, the melting point and the vaporization temperature of the polymer may be suppressed, and the heat resistance may be improved.
 また、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体における数平均分子量(Mn)は、通常2,500,000以下、好ましくは750,000以下、より好ましくは400,000以下、特に好ましくは100,000以下である。また、当該数平均分子量は、通常2,000以上、好ましくは4,000以上、より好ましくは6,000以上、さらに好ましくは8,000以上である。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is usually 2.5 million or less, preferably 750,000 or less, more preferably 400,000 or less, and particularly preferably. Is 100,000 or less. The number average molecular weight is usually 2,000 or more, preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 6,000 or more, and further preferably 8,000 or more.
 さらに、式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体における分散度(Mw/Mn)は、好ましくは3.5以下、さらに好ましくは2.5以下、特に好ましくは2.0以下である。なお、分散度は値が小さい程よいため、下限値は理想的には1である。当該重合体の分散度が、上記上限値以下であると、精製が容易で、また溶媒に対する溶解性や電荷輸送能が良好である。 Further, the dispersity (Mw / Mn) in the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is preferably 3.5 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, and particularly preferably 2.0 or less. .. Since the smaller the value of the dispersion, the better, the lower limit is ideally 1. When the dispersity of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit, purification is easy, and solubility in a solvent and charge transporting ability are good.
 式(55)又は式(56)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは10,000以上であり、より好ましくは15,000以上であり、さらに好ましくは17,000以上である。また、当該重量平均分子量は、好ましくは2,000,000以下であり、より好ましくは1,000,000以下であり、特に好ましくは100,000以下である。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) or the formula (56) is preferably 10,000 or more, more preferably 15,000 or more, still more preferably. It is over 17,000. The weight average molecular weight is preferably 2,000,000 or less, more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and particularly preferably 100,000 or less.
 重合体の重量平均分子量が上記上限値以下であることで、不純物の高分子量化が抑制され、容易に精製ができる傾向にある。また、重合体の重量平均分子量が上記下限値以上であることで、ガラス転移温度、融点、気化温度などの低下が抑制され、耐熱性が向上する傾向にある。 When the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit, the increase in the molecular weight of impurities is suppressed, and purification tends to be easy. Further, when the weight average molecular weight of the polymer is at least the above lower limit value, the decrease in the glass transition temperature, the melting point, the vaporization temperature and the like is suppressed, and the heat resistance tends to be improved.
 また、式(55)又は式(56)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の数平均分子量(Mn)は、好ましくは1,000,000以下であり、より好ましくは800,000以下であり、さらに好ましくは500,000以下である。また、好ましくは4,000以上であり、より好ましくは8,000以上であり、さらに好ましくは10,000以上である。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) or the formula (56) is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 800,000 or less. , More preferably 500,000 or less. Further, it is preferably 4,000 or more, more preferably 8,000 or more, and further preferably 10,000 or more.
 さらに、式(55)又は式(56)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の分散度(Mw/Mn)は、好ましくは3.5以下であり、より好ましくは3.0以下であり、さらに好ましくは2.4以下であり、特に好ましくは2.1以下であり、最も好ましくは2以下である。また、当該重合体の分散度は、好ましくは1以上であり、より好ましくは1.1以上であり、さらに好ましくは1.2以上である。当該重合体の分散度が上記上限値以下であることで、精製が容易となり、溶媒に対する溶解性の低下抑制や、電荷輸送能の低下抑制ができる傾向にある。 Further, the dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) or the formula (56) is preferably 3.5 or less, more preferably 3.0 or less. It is more preferably 2.4 or less, particularly preferably 2.1 or less, and most preferably 2 or less. The dispersity of the polymer is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 1.1 or more, and further preferably 1.2 or more. When the dispersity of the polymer is not more than the above upper limit value, purification is facilitated, and there is a tendency that the decrease in solubility in a solvent and the decrease in charge transport ability can be suppressed.
 通常、重合体の重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量はSEC(サイズ排除クロマトグラフィー)測定により決定される。SEC測定では高分子量成分ほど溶出時間が短く、低分子量成分ほど溶出時間が長くなるが、分子量既知のポリスチレン(標準試料)の溶出時間から算出した校正曲線を用いて、サンプルの溶出時間を分子量に換算することによって、重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量が算出される。 Usually, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight of the polymer are determined by SEC (size exclusion chromatography) measurement. In the SEC measurement, the higher the molecular weight component, the shorter the elution time, and the lower the molecular weight component, the longer the elution time. By conversion, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are calculated.
(式(50)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量)
 重合体において、式(50)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は特に制限されないが、式(50)で表される繰り返し単位は重合体の全繰り返し単位100モル%中に通常10モル%以上含まれ、30モル%以上含まれることが好ましく、40モル%以上含まれることがより好ましく、50モル%以上含まれることがさらに好ましい。
(Content of repeating unit represented by formula (50))
In the polymer, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is not particularly limited, but the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) is usually 10 mol% or more in 100 mol% of all the repeating units of the polymer. It is contained, preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, and further preferably 50 mol% or more.
 重合体は、繰り返し単位が、式(50)で表される繰り返し単位のみから構成されていてもよいが、有機電界発光素子とした場合の諸性能をバランスさせる目的から、式(50)で表される繰り返し単位とは別の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。その場合、重合体中の式(50)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、99モル%以下、好ましくは95モル%以下である。 The repeating unit may be composed of only the repeating unit represented by the formula (50), but the polymer is represented by the formula (50) for the purpose of balancing various performances when the organic electroluminescent device is used. It may have a repeating unit different from the repeating unit to be generated. In that case, the content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (50) in the polymer is usually 99 mol% or less, preferably 95 mol% or less.
<式(50-2)で表される繰り返し単位>
 本発明のアリールアミン構造を繰返し単位として含む重合体は、さらに下記式(50-2)で表される構造を主鎖に含んでいてもよい。
<Repeating unit represented by equation (50-2)>
The polymer containing the arylamine structure of the present invention as a repeating unit may further contain a structure represented by the following formula (50-2) in the main chain.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
(式中、R81、R82は、各々独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基、又は芳香族複素環基を表す。R81、R82が複数個存在する場合、同じであっても異なっていても良い。p80は1~5の整数を表す。) (In the formula, R 81 and R 82 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or an aromatic heterocyclic group. When a plurality of R 81 and R 82 are present, they are the same. It may be different. P80 represents an integer of 1 to 5.)
 R81、R82がアルキル基である場合、アルキル基としては、直鎖、分岐又は環状のアルキル基である。アルキル基の炭素数は特に限定されないが、重合体の溶解性を維持するために、1以上が好ましく、また、8以下が好ましく、6以下がより好ましく、3以下がさらに好ましい。該アルキル基は、メチル基又はエチル基であることがさらに好ましい。 When R 81 and R 82 are alkyl groups, the alkyl group is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but in order to maintain the solubility of the polymer, 1 or more is preferable, 8 or less is preferable, 6 or less is more preferable, and 3 or less is further preferable. The alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
 R81、R82が芳香族炭化水素基、又は芳香族複素環基である場合は、前述の「定義」の項目にて述べた構造が好ましい。 When R 81 and R 82 are aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aromatic heterocyclic groups, the structure described in the above-mentioned "Definition" item is preferable.
 R81、R82は、置換基及び/又は架橋基を有していてもよい。置換基は前記置換基群Zから選択される置換基が好ましい。架橋基は前記架橋基群Zから選択される架橋基が好ましい。 R 81 and R 82 may have a substituent and / or a cross-linking group. The substituent is preferably a substituent selected from the substituent group Z. The cross-linking group is preferably a cross-linking group selected from the cross-linking group group Z.
 重合体の耐久性及び電荷輸送性の観点から、p80は3以下が好ましく、2以下が更に好ましく、1が最も好ましい。 From the viewpoint of the durability and charge transportability of the polymer, p80 is preferably 3 or less, more preferably 2 or less, and most preferably 1.
 式(50-2)で表される構造を含むことにより、重合体の主鎖の共役が切られ、重合体のS1エネルギー準位及びT1エネルギー準位を高くし、この重合体を含む組成物を有機電界発光素子の正孔輸送層に用いた場合、発光層の励起子を失活させにくくなり、発光効率が高くなると考えられ、好ましい。 By including the structure represented by the formula (50-2), the coupling of the main chain of the polymer is broken, the S1 energy level and the T1 energy level of the polymer are increased, and the composition containing this polymer is contained. When is used for the hole transport layer of the organic electric field light emitting element, it is considered that the excitators of the light emitting layer are less likely to be deactivated and the light emission efficiency is increased, which is preferable.
(重合体の好ましい繰返し単位構造)
 ここで、各式で表される繰返し単位において、具体的な構造のことを、「繰返し単位構造」と称することとする。具体的な構造とは、一般式において、全ての符号にそれぞれ具体的な構造または数値を当てはめて得られる構造である。すなわち、アリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する重合体は、前記式(54)に含まれる繰返し単位構造、前記式(55)に含まれる繰返し単位構造、前記式(56)に含まれる繰返し単位構造、前記式(57)に含まれる繰返し単位構造、及び前記式(60)に含まれる繰返し単位構造の内、1つのみの繰返し単位構造を含んでもよく、2以上の複数の繰返し単位構造を含んでもよい。2以上の複数の繰返し単位構造を含む場合、これら2以上の複数の繰返し単位は、同一の前記一般式に含まれる繰返し単位構造であってもよいし、異なる一般式に含まれる繰返し単位構造であってもよい。電荷輸送性及び耐久性の観点から、アリールアミン構造を繰り返し単位として有する重合体は、これらの各式で表される具体的繰返し単位構造を1又は2含み、他の繰返し単位構造を含まない重合体であることがさらに好ましい。
(Preferable repeating unit structure of polymer)
Here, in the repeating unit represented by each equation, a specific structure will be referred to as a “repeating unit structure”. The specific structure is a structure obtained by applying a specific structure or numerical value to all the codes in the general formula. That is, the polymer having an arylamine structure as a repeating unit has a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (54), a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (55), and a repeating unit structure contained in the formula (56). Among the repeating unit structures included in the formula (57) and the repeating unit structure included in the formula (60), only one repeating unit structure may be included, or two or more repeating unit structures may be included. good. When a plurality of repetition unit structures of two or more are included, the plurality of repetition units of two or more may be the repetition unit structure included in the same general formula, or may be a repetition unit structure included in different general formulas. There may be. From the viewpoint of charge transportability and durability, the polymer having an arylamine structure as a repeating unit contains 1 or 2 specific repeating unit structures represented by each of these formulas, and does not contain other repeating unit structures. It is even more preferable that they are coalesced.
[具体例]
 式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明に用いる重合体はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、化学式中の数字は繰返し単位のモル比を表す。nは繰り返し数を表す。
[Concrete example]
Specific examples of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) are shown below, but the polymer used in the present invention is not limited thereto. The numbers in the chemical formula represent the molar ratio of the repeating unit. n represents the number of repetitions.
 これらの重合体は、ランダム共重合体、交互共重合体、ブロック共重合体、又はグラフト共重合体等のいずれでもよく、単量体の配列順序には限定されない。 These polymers may be random copolymers, alternate copolymers, block copolymers, graft copolymers, or the like, and the order of arrangement of the monomers is not limited.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
 式(55)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体及び、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位のAr51が式(52)で表わされる構造を有する重合体の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明で用いる重合体はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、化学式中の数字は繰返し単位のモル比を表す。nは繰り返し数を表す。 Specific examples of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) and the polymer having the structure in which Ar 51 of the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is represented by the formula (52) are shown below. , The polymer used in the present invention is not limited to these. The numbers in the chemical formula represent the molar ratio of the repeating unit. n represents the number of repetitions.
 これらの重合体は、ランダム共重合体、交互共重合体、ブロック共重合体、又はグラフト共重合体等のいずれでもよく、単量体の配列順序は限定されない。 These polymers may be random copolymers, alternate copolymers, block copolymers, graft copolymers, or the like, and the order of arrangement of the monomers is not limited.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
 式(56)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明で用いる重合体はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、化学式中の数字は繰返し単位のモル比を表す。nは繰り返し数を表す。 Specific examples of the polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (56) are shown below, but the polymer used in the present invention is not limited thereto. The numbers in the chemical formula represent the molar ratio of the repeating unit. n represents the number of repetitions.
 これらの重合体は、ランダム共重合体、交互共重合体、ブロック共重合体、又はグラフト共重合体等のいずれでもよく、単量体の配列順序には限定されない。 These polymers may be random copolymers, alternate copolymers, block copolymers, graft copolymers, or the like, and the order of arrangement of the monomers is not limited.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
<第2の重合体の製造方法>
 第2の有機層が含有する第2の重合体の製造方法は特には制限されず任意である。例えば、Suzuki反応による重合方法、Grignard反応による重合方法、Yamamoto反応による重合方法、Ullmann反応による重合方法、Buchwald-Hartwig反応による重合方法等などが挙げられる。
<Method for producing the second polymer>
The method for producing the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is not particularly limited and is arbitrary. For example, a polymerization method by the Suzuki reaction, a polymerization method by the Grignard reaction, a polymerization method by the Yamamoto reaction, a polymerization method by the Ullmanne reaction, a polymerization method by the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction and the like can be mentioned.
 Ullmann反応による重合方法及びBuchwald-Hartwig反応による重合方法の場合、例えば、下記式(54a)で表されるジハロゲン化アリール(ZはI、Br、Cl、F等のハロゲン原子を表す。)と下記式(54b)で表される1級アミノアリールとを反応させることにより、前記式(54)で表される繰り返し単位を含む第2の重合体が合成される。 In the case of the polymerization method by the Ullmann reaction and the polymerization method by the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction, for example, the aryl dihalogenated represented by the following formula (54a) (Z represents a halogen atom such as I, Br, Cl, F) and the following. By reacting with the primary aminoaryl represented by the formula (54b), a second polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (54) is synthesized.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
(上記反応式中、Ar51、R201、R202、X、a~dは前記式(2)におけると同義である。) (In the above reaction formula, Ar 51 , R 201 , R 202 , X, a to d are synonymous with those in the above formula (2)).
 Ullmann反応による重合方法及びBuchwald-Hartwig反応による重合方法の場合、例えば、式(55a)で表されるジハロゲン化アリール(ZはI、Br、Cl、F等のハロゲン原子を表す。)と式(55b)で表される1級アミノアリールとを反応させることにより、式(55)で表される繰り返し単位を含む重合体が合成される。 In the case of the polymerization method by the Ullmann reaction and the polymerization method by the Buchwald-Hartwig reaction, for example, the dial halide represented by the formula (55a) (Z represents a halogen atom such as I, Br, Cl, F) and the formula ( By reacting with the primary aminoaryl represented by 55b), a polymer containing the repeating unit represented by the formula (55) is synthesized.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
(上記反応式中、Ar51、R303~R306、l~n、p、qは前記式(55)におけると同義である。) (In the above reaction formula, Ar 51 , R 303 to R 306 , l to n, p, q are synonymous with those in the above formula (55).)
 上記の重合方法において、通常、N-アリール結合を形成する反応は、例えば炭酸カリウム、tert-ブトキシナトリウム、トリエチルアミン等の塩基存在下で行う。また、例えば銅やパラジウム錯体等の遷移金属触媒存在下で行うこともできる。 In the above polymerization method, the reaction for forming an N-aryl bond is usually carried out in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate, tert-butoxysodium or triethylamine. It can also be carried out in the presence of a transition metal catalyst such as copper or palladium complex.
[第2の組成物]
 以下、第2の有機層を形成する第2の組成物について説明する。
 第2の組成物は、第2の重合体及び溶媒(有機溶媒)を含有する。この第2の組成物は通常湿式成膜法で本発明の有機電界発光素子の有機層を形成するために用いられる。該有機層は、特に本発明の発光層形成用組成物により形成された発光層に隣接する正孔輸送層であることが好ましい。第2の組成物は、第2の重合体を1種類含有するものであってもよく、2種類以上を任意の組み合わせ及び任意の比率で含有するものであってもよい。
[Second composition]
Hereinafter, the second composition forming the second organic layer will be described.
The second composition contains a second polymer and a solvent (organic solvent). This second composition is usually used by a wet film forming method to form an organic layer of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention. The organic layer is particularly preferably a hole transport layer adjacent to the light emitting layer formed by the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention. The second composition may contain one kind of the second polymer, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and any ratio.
(第2の重合体の含有量)
 第2の組成物中の第2の重合体の含有量は、通常0.01質量%以上70質量%以下、好ましくは0.1質量%以上60質量%、さらに好ましくは0.5質量%以上50質量%以下である。第2の重合体の含有量が上記範囲内であると、形成した有機層に欠陥が生じ難く、また膜厚ムラが生じ難いため好ましい。
(Contents of the second polymer)
The content of the second polymer in the second composition is usually 0.01% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5% by mass or more. It is 50% by mass or less. When the content of the second polymer is within the above range, defects are less likely to occur in the formed organic layer and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
(溶媒)
 第2の組成物は、通常、溶媒を含有する。この溶媒は、第2の重合体を溶解するものが好ましい。具体的には、第2の重合体を第2の組成物中に、室温で通常0.05質量%以上、好ましくは0.5質量%以上、さらに好ましくは1質量%以上溶解させる溶媒が好適である。
(solvent)
The second composition usually contains a solvent. The solvent is preferably one that dissolves the second polymer. Specifically, a solvent in which the second polymer is dissolved in the second composition at room temperature in an amount of usually 0.05% by mass or more, preferably 0.5% by mass or more, still more preferably 1% by mass or more is preferable. Is.
 溶媒の具体例としては、トルエン、キシレン、メシチレン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン、メチルナフタレン等の芳香族系溶媒;1,2-ジクロロエタン、クロロベンゼン、o-ジクロロベンゼン等の含ハロゲン溶媒;エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテルアセタート(PGMEA)等の脂肪族エーテル;1,2-ジメトキシベンゼン、1,3-ジメトキシベンゼン、アニソール、フェネトール、2-メトキシトルエン、3-メトキシトルエン、4-メトキシトルエン、2,3-ジメチルアニソール、2,4-ジメチルアニソール等の芳香族エーテル等のエーテル系溶媒;酢酸エチル、酢酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸n-ブチル等の脂肪族エステル系溶媒;酢酸フェニル、プロピオン酸フェニル、安息香酸メチル、安息香酸エチル、安息香酸イソプロピル、安息香酸プロピル、安息香酸n-ブチル等の芳香族エステル等のエステル系溶媒;等の有機溶媒、その他、後述の正孔注入層形成用組成物や正孔輸送層形成用組成物に用いられる有機溶媒が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the solvent include aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene, cyclohexylbenzene and methylnaphthalene; halogen-containing solvents such as 1,2-dichloroethane, chlorobenzene and o-dichlorobenzene; ethylene glycol dimethyl ether and ethylene glycol diethyl. Alibo ethers such as ethers, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA); 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4- Ether-based solvents such as aromatic ethers such as methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole and 2,4-dimethylanisole; aliphatic ester-based solvents such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, ethyl lactate and n-butyl lactate; Ester-based solvents such as phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, isopropyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, n-butyl benzoate and other aromatic esters; organic solvents such as, and other holes described below. Examples thereof include an organic solvent used in the composition for forming an injection layer and the composition for forming a hole transport layer.
 溶媒は、1種類を用いてもよく、2種類以上を任意の組み合わせ及び任意の比率で併用してもよい。 One type of solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used in any combination and in any ratio.
 溶媒の20℃における表面張力は、通常40dyn/cm未満、好ましくは36dyn/cm以下、より好ましくは33dyn/cm以下である。 The surface tension of the solvent at 20 ° C. is usually less than 40 dyn / cm, preferably 36 dyn / cm or less, and more preferably 33 dyn / cm or less.
 溶媒の25℃における蒸気圧は、通常10mmHg以下であり、好ましくは5mmHg以下であり、通常0.1mmHg以上である。このような溶媒を使用することにより、有機電界発光素子を湿式成膜法により製造するプロセスに好適で、第2の重合体の性質に適した第2の組成物を調製することができる。 The vapor pressure of the solvent at 25 ° C. is usually 10 mmHg or less, preferably 5 mmHg or less, and usually 0.1 mmHg or more. By using such a solvent, a second composition suitable for the process of manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device by a wet film forming method and suitable for the properties of the second polymer can be prepared.
 このような溶媒の具体例としては、前述したトルエン、キシレン、メシチレン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン等の芳香族系溶媒、エーテル系溶媒及びエステル系溶媒が挙げられる。 Specific examples of such a solvent include the above-mentioned aromatic solvents such as toluene, xylene, mesitylene and cyclohexylbenzene, ether solvents and ester solvents.
 水分は有機電界発光素子の性能劣化を引き起こす可能性があり、中でも特に連続駆動時の輝度低下を促進する可能性がある。そこで、湿式成膜中に残留する水分をできる限り低減するために、溶媒の25℃における水の溶解度は、1質量%以下が好ましく、0.1質量%以下がより好ましい。 Moisture may cause performance deterioration of the organic electroluminescent device, and in particular, it may promote a decrease in brightness during continuous driving. Therefore, in order to reduce the water content remaining in the wet film formation as much as possible, the solubility of the solvent in water at 25 ° C. is preferably 1% by mass or less, more preferably 0.1% by mass or less.
 第2の組成物中の溶媒の含有量は、通常10質量%以上、好ましくは30質量%以上、より好ましくは50質量%以上、特に好ましくは80質量%以上である。溶媒の含有量が上記下限以上であることにより、形成される層の平坦さ及び均一さを良好にすることができる。 The content of the solvent in the second composition is usually 10% by mass or more, preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 80% by mass or more. When the content of the solvent is at least the above lower limit, the flatness and uniformity of the formed layer can be improved.
[電子受容性化合物]
 第2の組成物は、低抵抗化する点で、さらに電子受容性化合物を含有することが好ましい。特に、第2の組成物を、正孔注入層を形成するために用いる場合には、第2の組成物は電子受容性化合物を含有することが好ましい。
[Electron accepting compound]
The second composition preferably further contains an electron-accepting compound in terms of lowering the resistance. In particular, when the second composition is used to form a hole injection layer, the second composition preferably contains an electron accepting compound.
 電子受容性化合物としては、酸化力を有し、第2の有機層に含有される第2の重合体から一電子受容する能力を有する化合物が好ましい。具体的には、電子親和力が4eV以上である化合物が好ましく、電子親和力が5eV以上である化合物がさらに好ましい。 As the electron-accepting compound, a compound having an oxidizing power and an ability to receive one electron from the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is preferable. Specifically, a compound having an electron affinity of 4 eV or more is preferable, and a compound having an electron affinity of 5 eV or more is more preferable.
 第2の組成物は、上記のような電子受容性化合物の1種を単独で含んでいてもよく、2種以上を任意の組み合わせ、及び比率で含んでいてもよい。 The second composition may contain one kind of the above-mentioned electron-accepting compound alone, or may contain two or more kinds in any combination and ratio.
 第2の組成物が電子受容性化合物を含む場合、第2の組成物中の電子受容性化合物の含有量は、通常0.0005質量%以上、好ましくは0.001質量%以上であり、通常20質量%以下、好ましくは10質量%以下である。 When the second composition contains an electron-accepting compound, the content of the electron-accepting compound in the second composition is usually 0.0005% by mass or more, preferably 0.001% by mass or more, and is usually used. It is 20% by mass or less, preferably 10% by mass or less.
 第2の組成物中の第2の重合体に対する電子受容性化合物の割合は、通常0.5質量%以上、好ましくは1質量%以上、より好ましくは3質量%以上であり、通常80質量%以下、好ましくは60質量%以下、さらに好ましくは40質量%以下である。 The ratio of the electron-accepting compound to the second polymer in the second composition is usually 0.5% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and usually 80% by mass. Hereinafter, it is preferably 60% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less.
 第2の組成物中の電子受容性化合物の含有量が上記下限以上であると、第2の重合体から電子受容体が電子を受容し、形成した有機層が低抵抗化するため好ましい。第2の組成物中の電子受容性化合物の含有量が上記上限以下であると、形成した有機層に欠陥が生じ難く、また膜厚ムラが生じ難いため好ましい。 When the content of the electron-accepting compound in the second composition is at least the above lower limit, the electron acceptor receives electrons from the second polymer and the formed organic layer has a low resistance, which is preferable. When the content of the electron-accepting compound in the second composition is not more than the above upper limit, defects are less likely to occur in the formed organic layer and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur, which is preferable.
[カチオンラジカル化合物]
 第2の組成物は、更にカチオンラジカル化合物を含有していてもよい。
 カチオンラジカル化合物としては、正孔輸送性化合物から一電子取り除いた化学種であるカチオンラジカルと、対アニオンとからなるイオン化合物が好ましい。但し、カチオンラジカルが正孔輸送性の高分子化合物由来である場合、カチオンラジカルは高分子化合物の繰り返し単位から一電子取り除いた構造となる。
[Cation radical compound]
The second composition may further contain a cationic radical compound.
As the cationic radical compound, an ionic compound composed of a cationic radical, which is a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a hole transporting compound, and a counter anion is preferable. However, when the cation radical is derived from a hole-transporting polymer compound, the cation radical has a structure in which one electron is removed from the repeating unit of the polymer compound.
 カチオンラジカルとしては、後述の正孔輸送性化合物から一電子取り除いた化学種であることが好ましい。正孔輸送性化合物として好ましい化合物から一電子取り除いた化学種であることが、非晶質性、可視光の透過率、耐熱性、及び溶解性等の点から好適である。 The cation radical is preferably a chemical species obtained by removing one electron from the hole transporting compound described later. A chemical species obtained by removing one electron from a preferable compound as a hole transporting compound is preferable in terms of amorphousness, visible light transmittance, heat resistance, solubility and the like.
 カチオンラジカル化合物は、後述の正孔輸送性化合物と前述の電子受容性化合物を混合することにより生成させることができる。正孔輸送性化合物と電子受容性化合物とを混合することにより、正孔輸送性化合物から電子受容性化合物へと電子移動が起こり、正孔輸送性化合物のカチオンラジカルと対アニオンとからなるカチオンイオン化合物が生成する。 The cationic radical compound can be produced by mixing the hole transporting compound described later and the electron accepting compound described above. By mixing a hole-transporting compound and an electron-accepting compound, electron transfer occurs from the hole-transporting compound to the electron-accepting compound, and a cation consisting of a cation radical and a counter anion of the hole-transporting compound occurs. The compound is produced.
 第2の組成物がカチオンラジカル化合物を含む場合、第2の組成物のカチオンラジカル化合物の含有量は、通常0.0005質量%以上、好ましくは0.001質量%以上であり、通常40質量%以下、好ましくは20質量%以下である。カチオンラジカル化合物の含有量が上記下限以上であると形成した有機層が低抵抗化するため好ましく、上記上限以下であると形成した有機層に欠陥が生じ難く、また膜厚ムラが生じ難いため好ましい。 When the second composition contains a cation radical compound, the content of the cation radical compound in the second composition is usually 0.0005% by mass or more, preferably 0.001% by mass or more, and usually 40% by mass. Hereinafter, it is preferably 20% by mass or less. When the content of the cationic radical compound is not less than the above lower limit, the formed organic layer has a low resistance, and when it is not more than the above upper limit, the formed organic layer is less likely to have defects and uneven film thickness is less likely to occur. ..
 第2の組成物には、上記の成分以外に、後述の正孔注入層形成用組成物や正孔輸送層形成用組成物に含まれる成分を、後述の含有量で含有していてもよい。 In addition to the above components, the second composition may contain components contained in the hole injection layer forming composition and the hole transport layer forming composition described later in the contents described below. ..
[有機電界発光素子の構造]
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の構造の一例として、図1に有機電界発光素子8の構造例の模式図(断面)を示す。図1において、1は基板、2は陽極、3は正孔注入層、4は正孔輸送層、5は発光層、6は電子輸送層、7は陰極を各々表す。
[Structure of organic electroluminescent device]
As an example of the structure of the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, FIG. 1 shows a schematic view (cross section) of a structural example of the organic electroluminescent device 8. In FIG. 1, 1 is a substrate, 2 is an anode, 3 is a hole injection layer, 4 is a hole transport layer, 5 is a light emitting layer, 6 is an electron transport layer, and 7 is a cathode.
<基板>
 基板1は、有機電界発光素子の支持体となるものであり、通常、石英やガラスの板、金属板や金属箔、プラスチックフィルムやシート等が用いられる。これらのうち、ガラス板や、ポリエステル、ポリメタクリレート、ポリカーボネート、ポリスルホン等の透明な合成樹脂の板が好ましい。基板は、外気による有機電界発光素子の劣化が起こり難いことからガスバリア性の高い材質とするのが好ましい。このため、特に合成樹脂製の基板等のようにガスバリア性の低い材質を用いる場合は、基板の少なくとも片面に緻密なシリコン酸化膜等を設けてガスバリア性を上げるのが好ましい。
<Board>
The substrate 1 serves as a support for an organic electric field light emitting element, and usually a quartz or glass plate, a metal plate, a metal foil, a plastic film, a sheet, or the like is used. Of these, a glass plate or a transparent synthetic resin plate such as polyester, polymethacrylate, polycarbonate, or polysulfone is preferable. The substrate is preferably made of a material having a high gas barrier property because the organic electroluminescent element is unlikely to be deteriorated by the outside air. Therefore, particularly when a material having a low gas barrier property such as a substrate made of synthetic resin is used, it is preferable to provide a dense silicon oxide film or the like on at least one side of the substrate to improve the gas barrier property.
<陽極>
 陽極2は、発光層5側の層に正孔を注入する機能を担う。
<Anode>
The anode 2 has a function of injecting holes into the layer on the light emitting layer 5 side.
 陽極2は、通常、アルミニウム、金、銀、ニッケル、パラジウム、白金等の金属;インジウム及び/又はスズの酸化物等の金属酸化物;ヨウ化銅等のハロゲン化金属;カーボンブラック及びポリ(3-メチルチオフェン)、ポリピロール、ポリアニリン等の導電性高分子等により構成される。 The anode 2 is usually a metal such as aluminum, gold, silver, nickel, palladium, platinum; a metal oxide such as an oxide of indium and / or tin; a halide metal such as copper iodide; carbon black and poly (3). -Methylthiophene), polypyrrole, polyaniline and other conductive polymers.
 陽極2の形成は、通常、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等の乾式法により行われることが多い。銀等の金属微粒子、ヨウ化銅等の微粒子、カーボンブラック、導電性の金属酸化物微粒子、導電性高分子微粉末等を用いて陽極を形成する場合には、適当なバインダー樹脂溶液に分散させて、基板上に塗布することにより形成することもできる。導電性高分子の場合は、電解重合により直接基板上に薄膜を形成したり、基板上に導電性高分子を塗布して陽極を形成することもできる(Appl.Phys.Lett.,60巻,2711頁,1992年)。 The anode 2 is usually formed by a dry method such as a sputtering method or a vacuum vapor deposition method. When forming an anode using metal fine particles such as silver, fine particles such as copper iodide, carbon black, conductive metal oxide fine particles, conductive polymer fine powder, etc., disperse them in an appropriate binder resin solution. It can also be formed by applying it on a substrate. In the case of a conductive polymer, a thin film can be formed directly on the substrate by electrolytic polymerization, or an anode can be formed by applying the conductive polymer on the substrate (Appl. Phys. Lett., Volume 60, 2711 p., 1992).
 陽極2は、通常、単層構造であるが、適宜、積層構造としてもよい。陽極2が積層構造である場合、1層目の陽極上に異なる導電材料を積層してもよい。 The anode 2 usually has a single-layer structure, but may have a laminated structure as appropriate. When the anode 2 has a laminated structure, different conductive materials may be laminated on the first-layer anode.
 陽極2の厚みは、必要とされる透明性と材質等に応じて決めればよい。特に高い透明性が必要とされる場合は、可視光の透過率が60%以上となる厚みが好ましく、可視光の透過率が80%以上となる厚みが更に好ましい。陽極2の厚みは、通常5nm以上、好ましくは10nm以上であり、通常1000nm以下、好ましくは500nm以下である。透明性が不要な場合は、陽極2の厚みは必要な強度等に応じて任意に厚みとすればよく、この場合、陽極2は基板と同一の厚みでもよい。 The thickness of the anode 2 may be determined according to the required transparency and material. When particularly high transparency is required, a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 60% or more is preferable, and a thickness having a visible light transmittance of 80% or more is further preferable. The thickness of the anode 2 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 1000 nm or less, preferably 500 nm or less. When transparency is not required, the thickness of the anode 2 may be arbitrarily set according to the required strength and the like, and in this case, the anode 2 may have the same thickness as the substrate.
 陽極2の表面に他の層を成膜する場合は、成膜前に、紫外線/オゾン、酸素プラズマ、アルゴンプラズマ等の処理を施すことにより、陽極2上の不純物を除去すると共に、そのイオン化ポテンシャルを調整して正孔注入性を向上させておくことが好ましい。 When another layer is formed on the surface of the anode 2, impurities on the anode 2 are removed and the ionization potential thereof is formed by treating the surface of the anode 2 with ultraviolet rays / ozone, oxygen plasma, argon plasma, or the like. It is preferable to improve the hole injection property.
<正孔注入層>
 陽極2側から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を担う層は、通常、正孔注入輸送層又は正孔輸送層と呼ばれる。陽極2側から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を担う層が2層以上ある場合に、より陽極側に近い方の層を正孔注入層3と呼ぶことがある。正孔注入層3は、陽極2から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を強化する点で、形成されることが好ましい。正孔注入層3を形成する場合、通常、正孔注入層3は、陽極2上に形成される。
<Hole injection layer>
The layer having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5 side is usually called a hole injection transport layer or a hole transport layer. When there are two or more layers having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5, the layer closer to the anode side may be referred to as the hole injection layer 3. The hole injection layer 3 is preferably formed in that it enhances the function of transporting holes from the anode 2 to the light emitting layer 5 side. When forming the hole injection layer 3, the hole injection layer 3 is usually formed on the anode 2.
 正孔注入層3の膜厚は、通常1nm以上、好ましくは5nm以上、通常1000nm以下、好ましくは500nm以下である。 The film thickness of the hole injection layer 3 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, usually 1000 nm or less, and preferably 500 nm or less.
 正孔注入層の形成方法は、真空蒸着法でも、湿式成膜法でもよい。成膜性が優れる点では、湿式成膜法により形成することが好ましい。 The hole injection layer may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. From the viewpoint of excellent film forming property, it is preferable to form by a wet film forming method.
 以下に、一般的な正孔注入層の形成方法について説明する。本発明の有機電界発光素子において、正孔注入層は、正孔注入層形成用組成物を用いて湿式成膜法により形成されることが好ましい。 The general method for forming the hole injection layer will be described below. In the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, the hole injection layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using a composition for forming a hole injection layer.
(正孔輸送性化合物)
 正孔注入層形成用組成物は、通常、正孔注入層3となる正孔輸送性化合物を含有する。正孔注入層形成用組成物は、湿式成膜法の場合は、通常、更に溶媒も含有する。正孔注入層形成用組成物は、正孔輸送性が高く、注入された正孔を効率よく輸送できるのが好ましい。このため、正孔移動度が大きく、トラップとなる不純物が製造時や使用時等に発生し難いことが好ましい。また、安定性に優れ、イオン化ポテンシャルが小さく、可視光に対する透明性が高いことが好ましい。特に、正孔注入層が発光層と接する場合は、発光層からの発光を消光しないものや発光層とエキサイプレックスを形成して、発光効率を低下させないものが好ましい。
(Hole-transporting compound)
The composition for forming a hole injection layer usually contains a hole transporting compound that becomes the hole injection layer 3. In the case of the wet film forming method, the composition for forming a hole injection layer usually further contains a solvent. It is preferable that the composition for forming a hole injection layer has high hole transportability and can efficiently transport the injected holes. Therefore, it is preferable that the hole mobility is high and impurities that serve as traps are unlikely to be generated during manufacturing or use. Further, it is preferable that the stability is excellent, the ionization potential is small, and the transparency to visible light is high. In particular, when the hole injection layer is in contact with the light emitting layer, those that do not quench the light emitted from the light emitting layer or those that form an exciplex with the light emitting layer and do not reduce the luminous efficiency are preferable.
 正孔輸送性化合物としては、陽極から正孔注入層への電荷注入障壁の観点から、4.5eV~6.0eVのイオン化ポテンシャルを有する化合物が好ましい。正孔輸送性化合物の例としては、芳香族アミン系化合物、フタロシアニン系化合物、ポルフィリン系化合物、オリゴチオフェン系化合物、ポリチオフェン系化合物、ベンジルフェニル系化合物、フルオレン基で3級アミンを連結した化合物、ヒドラゾン系化合物、シラザン系化合物、キナクリドン系化合物等が挙げられる。 As the hole transporting compound, a compound having an ionization potential of 4.5 eV to 6.0 eV is preferable from the viewpoint of a charge injection barrier from the anode to the hole injection layer. Examples of hole-transporting compounds include aromatic amine compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, porphyrin compounds, oligothiophene compounds, polythiophene compounds, benzylphenyl compounds, compounds in which a tertiary amine is linked with a fluorene group, and hydrazone. Examples thereof include a system compound, a silazane system compound, and a quinacridone system compound.
 上述の例示化合物のうち、非晶質性及び可視光透過性の点から、芳香族アミン化合物が好ましく、芳香族三級アミン化合物が特に好ましい。ここで、芳香族三級アミン化合物とは、芳香族三級アミン構造を有する化合物であって、芳香族三級アミン由来の基を有する化合物も含む。 Among the above-mentioned exemplary compounds, aromatic amine compounds are preferable, and aromatic tertiary amine compounds are particularly preferable, from the viewpoint of amorphousness and visible light transmission. Here, the aromatic tertiary amine compound is a compound having an aromatic tertiary amine structure, and also includes a compound having a group derived from the aromatic tertiary amine.
 芳香族三級アミン化合物の種類は、特に制限されないが、表面平滑化効果により均一な発光を得やすい点から、重量平均分子量が1,000以上、1,000,000以下の高分子化合物(繰り返し単位が連なる重合型化合物)を用いることが好ましい。 The type of the aromatic tertiary amine compound is not particularly limited, but is a polymer compound having a weight average molecular weight of 1,000 or more and 1,000,000 or less (repeatedly) because it is easy to obtain uniform light emission due to the surface smoothing effect. It is preferable to use a polymerized compound in which the units are continuous.
(湿式成膜法による正孔注入層の形成)
 湿式成膜法により正孔注入層3を形成する場合、通常、正孔注入層となる材料を可溶な溶媒(正孔注入層用溶媒)と混合して成膜用の組成物(正孔注入層形成用組成物)を調製する。この正孔注入層形成用組成物を正孔注入層の下層に該当する層(通常は、陽極)上に塗布して成膜し、乾燥させることにより正孔注入層3を形成する。
(Formation of hole injection layer by wet film formation method)
When the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the wet film formation method, the material to be the hole injection layer is usually mixed with a soluble solvent (solvent for the hole injection layer) to form a composition for film formation (holes). A composition for forming an injection layer) is prepared. The hole-injection layer forming composition is applied onto a layer (usually an anode) corresponding to the lower layer of the hole-injection layer to form a film, and the hole-injection layer 3 is formed by drying.
 正孔注入層形成用組成物中における正孔輸送性化合物の濃度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り任意であるが、膜厚の均一性の点では、低い方が好ましく、正孔注入層に欠陥が生じ難い点では、高い方が好ましい。具体的には、0.01質量%以上であるのが好ましく、0.1質量%以上であるのが更に好ましく、0.5質量%以上であるのが特に好ましく、70質量%以下であるのが好ましく、60質量%以下であるのが更に好ましく、50質量%以下であるのが特に好ましい。 The concentration of the hole transporting compound in the composition for forming a hole injection layer is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but a lower concentration is preferable in terms of film thickness uniformity, and hole injection is preferable. Higher is preferable in that defects are less likely to occur in the layer. Specifically, it is preferably 0.01% by mass or more, further preferably 0.1% by mass or more, particularly preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and 70% by mass or less. Is more preferable, and it is more preferably 60% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or less.
 溶媒としては、例えば、エーテル系溶媒、エステル系溶媒、芳香族炭化水素系溶媒、アミド系溶媒等が挙げられる。 Examples of the solvent include ether solvents, ester solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, amide solvents and the like.
 エーテル系溶媒としては、例えば、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテルアセタート(PGMEA)等の脂肪族エーテル及び1,2-ジメトキシベンゼン、1,3-ジメトキシベンゼン、アニソール、フェネトール、2-メトキシトルエン、3-メトキシトルエン、4-メトキシトルエン、2,3-ジメチルアニソール、2,4-ジメチルアニソール等の芳香族エーテル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ether solvent include aliphatic ethers such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether and propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), and 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene and anisole. , Fenetol, 2-methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole and other aromatic ethers.
 エステル系溶媒としては、例えば、酢酸フェニル、プロピオン酸フェニル、安息香酸メチル、安息香酸エチル、安息香酸プロピル、安息香酸n-ブチル等の芳香族エステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the ester-based solvent include aromatic esters such as phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, ethyl benzoate, propyl benzoate, and n-butyl benzoate.
 芳香族炭化水素系溶媒としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン、3-イソプロピルビフェニル、1,2,3,4-テトラメチルベンゼン、1,4-ジイソプロピルベンゼン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン、メチルナフタレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent include toluene, xylene, cyclohexylbenzene, 3-isopropylbiphenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene, 1,4-diisopropylbenzene, cyclohexylbenzene, methylnaphthalene and the like. Be done.
 アミド系溶媒としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド等が挙げられる。 Examples of the amide-based solvent include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and the like.
 これらの他、ジメチルスルホキシド等も用いることができる。 In addition to these, dimethyl sulfoxide and the like can also be used.
 正孔注入層3の湿式成膜法による形成は、通常、正孔注入層形成用組成物を調製後に、これを、正孔注入層3の下層に該当する層(通常は、陽極2)上に塗布成膜し、乾燥することにより行われる。
 正孔注入層3は、通常、成膜後に、加熱や減圧乾燥等により塗布膜を乾燥させる。
The formation of the hole injection layer 3 by the wet film formation method is usually performed on the layer corresponding to the lower layer of the hole injection layer 3 (usually, the anode 2) after preparing the composition for forming the hole injection layer. It is carried out by applying a film to the film and drying it.
In the hole injection layer 3, the coating film is usually dried by heating, vacuum drying, or the like after the film formation.
(真空蒸着法による正孔注入層の形成)
 真空蒸着法により正孔注入層3を形成する場合には、通常、正孔注入層3の構成材料の1種類又は2種類以上を真空容器内に設置された坩堝に入れ(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々を別々の坩堝に入れ)、真空容器内を真空ポンプで10-4Pa程度まで排気する。その後、坩堝を加熱して(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常各々の坩堝を加熱して)、坩堝内の材料の蒸発量を制御しながら蒸発させ(2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、通常それぞれ独立して蒸発量を制御しながら蒸発させ)、坩堝に向き合って置かれた基板上の陽極上に正孔注入層を形成する。なお、2種類以上の材料を用いる場合は、それらの混合物を坩堝に入れ、加熱、蒸発させて正孔注入層を形成することもできる。
(Formation of hole injection layer by vacuum deposition method)
When the hole injection layer 3 is formed by the vacuum vapor deposition method, usually one or more of the constituent materials of the hole injection layer 3 are placed in a crucible installed in a vacuum vessel (two or more kinds of materials). When using, usually put each in a separate crucible), and evacuate the inside of the vacuum container to about 10 -4 Pa with a vacuum pump. After that, the crucible is heated (when two or more kinds of materials are used, each crucible is usually heated), and the material in the crucible is evaporated while controlling the evaporation amount (when two or more kinds of materials are used). Evaporates while controlling the amount of evaporation independently) to form a hole injection layer on the anode on the substrate placed facing the crucible. When two or more kinds of materials are used, a mixture thereof can be placed in a crucible and heated and evaporated to form a hole injection layer.
 蒸着時の真空度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り限定されないが、通常0.1×10-6Torr(0.13×10-4Pa)以上、9.0×10-6Torr(12.0×10-4Pa)以下である。蒸着速度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り限定されないが、通常0.1Å/秒以上、5.0Å/秒以下である。蒸着時の成膜温度は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り限定されないが、好ましくは10℃以上、50℃以下である。 The degree of vacuum at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 × 10 -6 Torr (0.13 × 10 -4 Pa) or more, 9.0 × 10 -6 Torr ( 12.0 × 10 -4 Pa) or less. The vapor deposition rate is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.1 Å / sec or more and 5.0 Å / sec or less. The film formation temperature at the time of vapor deposition is not limited as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is preferably 10 ° C. or higher and 50 ° C. or lower.
 正孔注入層3は、架橋されていてもよい。 The hole injection layer 3 may be crosslinked.
<正孔輸送層>
 正孔輸送層4は、陽極2側から発光層5側に正孔を輸送する機能を担う層である。正孔輸送層4は、本発明の有機電界発光素子では、陽極2から発光層5に正孔を輸送する機能を強化する点では、この層を形成することが好ましい。正孔輸送層4を形成する場合、通常、正孔輸送層4は、陽極2と発光層5の間に形成される。上述の正孔注入層3がある場合は、正孔輸送層4は正孔注入層3と発光層5の間に形成される。
<Hole transport layer>
The hole transport layer 4 is a layer having a function of transporting holes from the anode 2 side to the light emitting layer 5 side. The hole transport layer 4 is preferably formed in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention in terms of enhancing the function of transporting holes from the anode 2 to the light emitting layer 5. When forming the hole transport layer 4, the hole transport layer 4 is usually formed between the anode 2 and the light emitting layer 5. When there is the hole injection layer 3 described above, the hole transport layer 4 is formed between the hole injection layer 3 and the light emitting layer 5.
 正孔輸送層4の膜厚は、通常5nm以上、好ましくは10nm以上であり、通常300nm以下、好ましくは100nm以下である。 The film thickness of the hole transport layer 4 is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
 正孔輸送層4の形成方法は、真空蒸着法でも、湿式成膜法でもよい。成膜性が優れる点では、湿式成膜法により形成することが好ましい。 The hole transport layer 4 may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film deposition method. From the viewpoint of excellent film forming property, it is preferable to form by a wet film forming method.
 以下に一般的な正孔輸送層の形成方法について説明する。本発明の有機電界発光素子において、正孔輸送層は、正孔輸送層形成用組成物として、前述の第2の組成物を用いて湿式成膜法により形成されることが好ましい。 The general method for forming the hole transport layer will be described below. In the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention, the hole transport layer is preferably formed by a wet film forming method using the above-mentioned second composition as the composition for forming the hole transport layer.
 正孔輸送層4は、通常、正孔輸送性化合物を含有する。正孔輸送層4に含まれる正孔輸送性化合物としては、第2の有機層が含有する第2の重合体が好ましい。 The hole transport layer 4 usually contains a hole transport compound. As the hole transporting compound contained in the hole transporting layer 4, the second polymer contained in the second organic layer is preferable.
 第2の重合体の他に、前記正孔輸送性化合物、4,4’-ビス[N-(1-ナフチル)-N-フェニルアミノ]ビフェニルで代表される、2個以上の3級アミンを含み2個以上の縮合芳香族環が窒素原子に置換した芳香族ジアミン(特開平5-234681号公報)、4,4’,4”-トリス(1-ナフチルフェニルアミノ)トリフェニルアミン等のスターバースト構造を有する芳香族アミン化合物(J.Lumin.,72-74巻、985頁、1997年)、トリフェニルアミンの四量体から成る芳香族アミン化合物(Chem.Commun.,2175頁、1996年)、2,2’,7,7’-テトラキス-(ジフェニルアミノ)-9,9’-スピロビフルオレン等のスピロ化合物(Synth.Metals,91巻、209頁、1997年)、4,4’-N,N’-ジカルバゾールビフェニル等のカルバゾール誘導体等が好ましいものとして挙げられる。また、正孔輸送層4は、例えばポリビニルカルバゾール、ポリビニルトリフェニルアミン(特開平7-53953号公報)、テトラフェニルベンジジンを含有するポリアリーレンエーテルサルホン(Polym.Adv.Tech.,7巻、33頁、1996年)等を含んでもよい。 In addition to the second polymer, two or more tertiary amines represented by the hole transporting compound, 4,4'-bis [N- (1-naphthyl) -N-phenylamino] biphenyl, can be used. Stars such as aromatic diamine (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-234681) in which two or more condensed aromatic rings are substituted with nitrogen atoms, 4,4', 4 "-tris (1-naphthylphenylamino) triphenylamine and the like. Aromatic amine compounds with a burst structure (J. Lumin., 72-74, pp. 985, 1997), aromatic amine compounds consisting of triphenylamine tetramers (Chem. Commun., 2175, 1996). ), 2,2', 7,7'-tetrakis- (diphenylamino) -9,9'-spirobifluorene and other spiro compounds (Synth. Metalals, Vol. 91, p. 209, 1997), 4, 4'. Carbazole derivatives such as -N, N'-dicarbazolebiphenyl are preferable, and the hole transport layer 4 is, for example, polyvinylcarbazole, polyvinyltriphenylamine (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 7-53953), tetraphenyl. Polyarylene ether sulfone containing benzidine (Polym. Adv. Tech., Vol. 7, p. 33, 1996) and the like may be included.
(湿式成膜法による正孔輸送層の形成)
 湿式成膜法で正孔輸送層を形成する場合は、通常、上述の正孔注入層を湿式成膜法で形成する場合と同様にして、正孔注入層形成用組成物の代わりに正孔輸送層形成用組成物を用いて形成させる。
(Formation of hole transport layer by wet film formation method)
When the hole transport layer is formed by the wet film forming method, holes are usually formed instead of the hole injection layer forming composition in the same manner as in the case where the hole injection layer is formed by the wet film forming method. It is formed using a composition for forming a transport layer.
 湿式成膜法で正孔輸送層を形成する場合は、通常、正孔輸送層形成用組成物は、更に溶媒を含有する。正孔輸送層形成用組成物に用いる溶媒は、上述の正孔注入層形成用組成物で用いる溶媒と同様の溶媒を使用することができる。 When the hole transport layer is formed by the wet film forming method, the composition for forming the hole transport layer usually further contains a solvent. As the solvent used in the composition for forming a hole transport layer, the same solvent as the solvent used in the composition for forming a hole injection layer described above can be used.
 正孔輸送層形成用組成物中における正孔輸送性化合物の濃度は、正孔注入層形成用組成物中における正孔輸送性化合物の濃度と同様の範囲とすることができる。 The concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming the hole-transporting layer can be in the same range as the concentration of the hole-transporting compound in the composition for forming the hole-injecting layer.
 正孔輸送層の湿式成膜法による形成は、前述の正孔注入層成膜法と同様に行うことができる。 The hole transport layer can be formed by the wet film formation method in the same manner as the hole injection layer film formation method described above.
(真空蒸着法による正孔輸送層の形成)
 真空蒸着法で正孔輸送層を形成する場合についても、通常、上述の正孔注入層を真空蒸着法で形成する場合と同様にして、正孔注入層形成用組成物の代わりに正孔輸送層形成用組成物を用いて形成させることができる。蒸着時の真空度、蒸着速度及び温度等の成膜条件などは、前記正孔注入層の真空蒸着時と同様の条件で成膜することができる。
(Formation of hole transport layer by vacuum deposition method)
Also in the case of forming the hole transport layer by the vacuum vapor deposition method, the hole transport is usually performed instead of the composition for forming the hole injection layer in the same manner as in the case of forming the hole injection layer by the vacuum vapor deposition method. It can be formed using a layer-forming composition. The film formation conditions such as the degree of vacuum, the vapor deposition rate, and the temperature at the time of vapor deposition can be the same as those at the time of vacuum deposition of the hole injection layer.
<発光層>
 発光層5は、一対の電極間に電界が与えられた時に、陽極2から注入される正孔と陰極7から注入される電子が再結合することにより励起され、発光する機能を担う層である。
 発光層5は、陽極2と陰極7の間に形成される層である。発光層は、陽極の上に正孔注入層がある場合は、正孔注入層と陰極の間に形成される。陽極の上に正孔輸送層がある場合は、発光層5は正孔輸送層と陰極の間に形成される。
 本発明における有機電界発光素子は、発光材料として前記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物を含み、ホスト材料として、前記化合物I、前記化合物II、前記化合物III、及び前記化合物IVの少なくとも1種を含む、発光層を有することが好ましい。
 さらに、ホスト材料としては、電子輸送性を有する材料及び正孔輸送性を有する材料を含むことが好ましいことから、電子輸送性ホスト材料として、第2のホスト材料である式(30)で表される化合物及び前記化合物IIの少なくとも一方を含み、かつ、正孔輸送性ホスト材料として、前記化合物III及び前記化合物IVの少なくとも一方を含むことが好ましい。
 本発明の有機電界発光素子の発光層が第2のホストとして前記式(30)で表される化合物を含む場合の好ましい配合比(質量比)は次の通りである。
 前記式(30)で表される化合物と前記化合物Iとの合計100に対する前記化合物Iの配合量として、50以下が好ましく、40以下がよりに好ましく、30以下がさらに好ましく、25以下が特に好ましく、5以上が好ましく、10以上がさらに好ましく、20以上が特に好ましい。
 前記式(30)で表される化合物と前記化合物IIとの合計100に対する前記化合物IIの配合量としては、30以下が好ましく、20以下がよりに好ましく、10以下がさらに好ましく、5以下が特に好ましく、1以上が好ましく、3以上がさらに好ましい。
 前記式(30)で表される化合物と前記化合物IIIとの合計100に対する前記化合物IIIの配合量としては、30以下が好ましく、20以下がよりに好ましく、10以下がさらに好ましく、5以下が特に好ましく、1以上が好ましく、3以上がさらに好ましい。
 前記式(30)で表される化合物と前記化合物IVとの合計100に対する前記化合物IVの配合量としては、70以下が好ましく、50以下がさらに好ましく、30以下が特に好ましく、20以下が最も好ましく、1以上が好ましく、3以上がさらに好ましく、5以上が特に好ましい。
<Light emitting layer>
The light emitting layer 5 is a layer having a function of emitting light by being excited by recombination of holes injected from the anode 2 and electrons injected from the cathode 7 when an electric field is applied between the pair of electrodes. ..
The light emitting layer 5 is a layer formed between the anode 2 and the cathode 7. The light emitting layer is formed between the hole injection layer and the cathode when there is a hole injection layer on the anode. When there is a hole transport layer above the anode, the light emitting layer 5 is formed between the hole transport layer and the cathode.
The organic electroluminescent device in the present invention contains the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the above formula (1) as a light emitting material, and the above compound I, the said compound II, the said compound III, and the said compound IV as host materials. It is preferable to have a light emitting layer containing at least one kind.
Further, since the host material preferably contains a material having electron transporting property and a material having hole transporting property, the host material is represented by the formula (30) which is the second host material as the electron transporting host material. It is preferable that the compound and at least one of the compound II are contained, and at least one of the compound III and the compound IV is contained as the hole transporting host material.
The preferable compounding ratio (mass ratio) when the light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention contains the compound represented by the above formula (30) as the second host is as follows.
The blending amount of the compound I with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound I is preferably 50 or less, more preferably 40 or less, further preferably 30 or less, and particularly preferably 25 or less. 5 or more is preferable, 10 or more is more preferable, and 20 or more is particularly preferable.
The blending amount of the compound II with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound II is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. Preferably, 1 or more is preferable, and 3 or more is more preferable.
The blending amount of the compound III with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound III is preferably 30 or less, more preferably 20 or less, still more preferably 10 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or less. Preferably, 1 or more is preferable, and 3 or more is more preferable.
The blending amount of the compound IV with respect to the total of 100 of the compound represented by the formula (30) and the compound IV is preferably 70 or less, more preferably 50 or less, particularly preferably 30 or less, and most preferably 20 or less. 1 or more is preferable, 3 or more is more preferable, and 5 or more is particularly preferable.
 また、電子輸送性ホスト材料及び正孔輸送性ホスト材料を含むという観点では、前記化合物IIを含み、かつ、前記化合物III又は前記化合物IVを含むことも好ましく、前記化合物II及び化合物IVを含むことが更に好ましい。前記化合物IIを含み、かつ、前記化合物III又は前記化合物IVを含む場合の配合比(質量比)は、前記化合物IIの配合量と、前記化合物III又は前記化合物IVの配合量の合計100に対する前記化合物IIの配合量として、10以上が好ましく、30以上がさらに好ましく、50以上が特に好ましく、70以上が最も好ましく、95以下が好ましく、90以下がさらに好ましく、85以下が特に好ましい。 Further, from the viewpoint of containing the electron-transporting host material and the hole-transporting host material, it is preferable that the compound II is contained and the compound III or the compound IV is contained, and the compound II and the compound IV are contained. Is more preferable. The compounding ratio (mass ratio) when the compound II is contained and the compound III or the compound IV is contained is the said in terms of the compounding amount of the compound II and the compounding amount of the compound III or the compound IV to a total of 100. The blending amount of compound II is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 30 or more, particularly preferably 50 or more, most preferably 70 or more, preferably 95 or less, further preferably 90 or less, and particularly preferably 85 or less.
 発光層5の膜厚は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り任意であるが、膜に欠陥が生じ難い点では厚い方が好ましく、薄い方が低駆動電圧としやすい点で好ましい。発光層5の膜厚は、3nm以上であるのが好ましく、5nm以上であるのが更に好ましく、200nm以下であるのが好ましく、100nm以下であるのが更に好ましい。 The film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. The film thickness of the light emitting layer 5 is preferably 3 nm or more, more preferably 5 nm or more, preferably 200 nm or less, and further preferably 100 nm or less.
 発光層5は、少なくとも、発光の性質を有する材料(発光材料)を含有するとともに、好ましくは、1つ又は複数のホスト材料を含有する。ホスト材料は通常、電荷輸送材料であるが、電荷輸送性を調整するために電荷輸送性の低い材料を配合してもよい。 The light emitting layer 5 contains at least a material having light emitting properties (light emitting material), and preferably contains one or more host materials. The host material is usually a charge transport material, but a material having a low charge transport property may be blended in order to adjust the charge transport property.
(湿式成膜法による発光層の形成)
 発光層の形成方法は、真空蒸着法でも、湿式成膜法でもよいが、成膜性に優れることから、湿式成膜法が好ましく、スピンコート法及びインクジェット法が更に好ましい。特に、本発明の発光層形成用組成物を用いて発光層を形成すると、湿式成膜法による積層化が容易であるため、湿式成膜法を採用することが好ましい。湿式成膜法により発光層を形成する場合は、通常、上述の正孔注入層を湿式成膜法で形成する場合と同様にして、正孔注入層形成用組成物の代わりに、発光層となる材料を可溶な溶媒(発光層用溶媒)と混合して調製した発光層形成用組成物を用いて形成する。
(Formation of light emitting layer by wet film formation method)
The light emitting layer may be formed by either a vacuum vapor deposition method or a wet film forming method, but the wet film forming method is preferable, and the spin coating method and the inkjet method are more preferable because of the excellent film forming property. In particular, when a light emitting layer is formed using the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the present invention, laminating by a wet film forming method is easy, so that it is preferable to adopt a wet film forming method. When the light emitting layer is formed by the wet film forming method, usually, the hole injection layer is formed with the light emitting layer instead of the composition for forming the hole injection layer in the same manner as in the case of forming the hole injection layer by the wet film forming method. The material is formed by using a composition for forming a light emitting layer prepared by mixing a soluble solvent (solvent for a light emitting layer).
 溶媒としては、例えば、正孔注入層の形成について挙げたエーテル系溶媒、エステル系溶媒、芳香族炭化水素系溶媒、アミド系溶媒の他、アルカン系溶媒、ハロゲン化芳香族炭化水素系溶媒、脂肪族アルコール系溶媒、脂環族アルコール系溶媒、脂肪族ケトン系溶媒及び脂環族ケトン系溶媒等が挙げられる。以下に溶媒の具体例を挙げるが、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the solvent include ether-based solvents, ester-based solvents, aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents, amide-based solvents, alcan-based solvents, halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents, and fats mentioned for the formation of the hole injection layer. Examples thereof include a group alcohol solvent, an alicyclic alcohol solvent, an aliphatic ketone solvent, an alicyclic ketone solvent and the like. Specific examples of the solvent are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
 例えば、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコール-1-モノメチルエーテルアセタート(PGMEA)等の脂肪族エーテル系溶媒;1,2-ジメトキシベンゼン、1,3-ジメトキシベンゼン、アニソール、フェネトール、2-メトキシトルエン、3-メトキシトルエン、4-メトキシトルエン、2,3-ジメチルアニソール、2,4-ジメチルアニソール、ジフェニルエーテル等の芳香族エーテル系溶媒;酢酸フェニル、プロピオン酸フェニル、安息香酸メチル、安息香酸エチル、安息香酸プロピル、安息香酸n-ブチル等の芳香族エステル系溶媒;トルエン、キシレン、メシチレン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン、テトラリン、3-イソプロピルビフェニル、1,2,3,4-テトラメチルベンゼン、1,4-ジイソプロピルベンゼン、シクロヘキシルベンゼン、メチルナフタレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶媒;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド等のアミド系溶媒;n-デカン、シクロヘキサン、エチルシクロヘキサン、デカリン、ビシクロヘキサン等のアルカン系溶媒;クロロベンゼン、ジクロロベンゼン、トリクロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化芳香族炭化水素系溶媒;ブタノール、ヘキサノール等の脂肪族アルコール系溶媒;シクロヘキサノール、シクロオクタノール等の脂環族アルコール系溶媒;メチルエチルケトン、ジブチルケトン等の脂肪族ケトン系溶媒;シクロヘキサノン、シクロオクタノン、フェンコン等の脂環族ケトン系溶媒等が挙げられる。これらのうち、アルカン系溶媒及び芳香族炭化水素系溶媒が特に好ましい。 For example, aliphatic ether solvents such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol-1-monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA); 1,2-dimethoxybenzene, 1,3-dimethoxybenzene, anisole, phenetol, 2 -Aromatic ether solvents such as methoxytoluene, 3-methoxytoluene, 4-methoxytoluene, 2,3-dimethylanisole, 2,4-dimethylanisole, diphenyl ether; phenyl acetate, phenyl propionate, methyl benzoate, benzoic acid Aromatic ester solvents such as ethyl, propyl benzoate, n-butyl benzoate; toluene, xylene, mesitylen, cyclohexylbenzene, tetralin, 3-isopropylbiphenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetramethylbenzene, 1,4 -Aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as diisopropylbenzene, cyclohexylbenzene and methylnaphthalene; amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide and N, N-dimethylacetamide; n-decane, cyclohexane, ethylcyclohexane, decalin, bicyclohexane Alcan-based solvents such as; halogenated aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents such as chlorobenzene, dichlorobenzene and trichlorobenzene; aliphatic alcohol-based solvents such as butanol and hexanol; alicyclic alcohol-based solvents such as cyclohexanol and cyclooctanol; methylethylketone , Dibutyl ketone and other aliphatic ketone solvents; examples thereof include alicyclic ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, cyclooctanone and fencon. Of these, alkane-based solvents and aromatic hydrocarbon-based solvents are particularly preferable.
<正孔阻止層>
 発光層5と後述の電子輸送層6との間に、正孔阻止層を設けてもよい。正孔阻止層は、発光層5の上に、発光層5の陰極7側の界面に接するように積層される層である。
<Hole blocking layer>
A hole blocking layer may be provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the electron transport layer 6 described later. The hole blocking layer is a layer laminated on the light emitting layer 5 so as to be in contact with the interface on the cathode 7 side of the light emitting layer 5.
 この正孔阻止層は、陽極2から移動してくる正孔を陰極7に到達するのを阻止する役割と、陰極7から注入された電子を効率よく発光層5の方向に輸送する役割とを有する。正孔阻止層を構成する材料に求められる物性としては、電子移動度が高く正孔移動度が低いこと、エネルギーギャップ(HOMO、LUMOの差)が大きいこと、励起三重項準位(T)が高いことが挙げられる。 This hole blocking layer has a role of blocking holes moving from the anode 2 from reaching the cathode 7 and a role of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 7 toward the light emitting layer 5. Have. The physical properties required for the material constituting the hole blocking layer are high electron mobility and low hole mobility, a large energy gap (difference between HOMO and LUMO), and an excited triplet level (T 1 ). Is high.
 このような条件を満たす正孔阻止層の材料としては、例えば、ビス(2-メチル-8-キノリノラト)(フェノラト)アルミニウム、ビス(2-メチル-8-キノリノラト)(トリフェニルシラノラト)アルミニウム等の混合配位子錯体、ビス(2-メチル-8-キノラト)アルミニウム-μ-オキソ-ビス-(2-メチル-8-キノリラト)アルミニウム二核金属錯体等の金属錯体、ジスチリルビフェニル誘導体等のスチリル化合物(特開平11-242996号公報)、3-(4-ビフェニルイル)-4-フェニル-5-(4-tert-ブチルフェニル)-1,2,4-トリアゾール等のトリアゾール誘導体(特開平7-41759号公報)、バソクプロイン等のフェナントロリン誘導体(特開平10-79297号公報)等が挙げられる。国際公開第2005/022962号に記載の2,4,6位が置換されたピリジン環を少なくとも1個有する化合物も、正孔阻止層の材料として好ましい。 Examples of the material of the hole blocking layer satisfying such conditions include bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (phenorato) aluminum, bis (2-methyl-8-quinolinolato) (triphenylsilanorat) aluminum and the like. Mixed ligand complex, bis (2-methyl-8-quinolato) aluminum-μ-oxo-bis- (2-methyl-8-quinolilato) aluminum dinuclear metal complex and other metal complexes, distyrylbiphenyl derivative and the like. Triazole derivatives such as styryl compounds (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-242996), 3- (4-biphenylyl) -4-phenyl-5- (4-tert-butylphenyl) -1,2,4-triazole (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-24296). 7-41759A), phenylanthroline derivatives such as bathocuproine (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 10-79297), and the like can be mentioned. A compound having at least one pyridine ring substituted at the 2, 4, and 6 positions described in WO 2005/022962 is also preferable as a material for the hole blocking layer.
 正孔阻止層の形成方法に制限はない。従って、湿式成膜法、蒸着法や、その他の方法で形成できる。 There are no restrictions on the method of forming the hole blocking layer. Therefore, it can be formed by a wet film forming method, a thin film deposition method, or another method.
 正孔阻止層の膜厚は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわない限り任意であるが、通常0.3nm以上、好ましくは0.5nm以上であり、通常100nm以下、好ましくは50nm以下である。 The film thickness of the hole blocking layer is arbitrary as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired, but is usually 0.3 nm or more, preferably 0.5 nm or more, and usually 100 nm or less, preferably 50 nm or less.
<電子輸送層>
 電子輸送層6は素子の電流効率をさらに向上させることを目的として、発光層5と陰極7との間に設けられる。
<Electron transport layer>
The electron transport layer 6 is provided between the light emitting layer 5 and the cathode 7 for the purpose of further improving the current efficiency of the device.
 電子輸送層6は、電界を与えられた電極間において陰極7から注入された電子を効率よく発光層5の方向に輸送することができる化合物より形成される。電子輸送層6に用いられる電子輸送性化合物としては、陰極7からの電子注入効率が高く、かつ、高い電子移動度を有し、注入された電子を効率よく輸送することができる化合物であることが必要である。 The electron transport layer 6 is formed of a compound capable of efficiently transporting electrons injected from the cathode 7 between electrodes to which an electric field is applied in the direction of the light emitting layer 5. The electron transporting compound used in the electron transporting layer 6 is a compound having high electron injection efficiency from the cathode 7, high electron mobility, and capable of efficiently transporting the injected electrons. is required.
 電子輸送層に用いる電子輸送性化合物としては、例えば、8-ヒドロキシキノリンのアルミニウム錯体等の金属錯体(特開昭59-194393号公報)、10-ヒドロキシベンゾ[h]キノリンの金属錯体、オキサジアゾール誘導体、ジスチリルビフェニル誘導体、シロール誘導体、3-ヒドロキシフラボン金属錯体、5-ヒドロキシフラボン金属錯体、ベンズオキサゾール金属錯体、ベンゾチアゾール金属錯体、トリスベンズイミダゾリルベンゼン(米国特許第5645948号明細書)、キノキサリン化合物(特開平6-207169号公報)、フェナントロリン誘導体(特開平5-331459号公報)、2-tert-ブチル-9,10-N,N’-ジシアノアントラキノンジイミン、n型水素化非晶質炭化シリコン、n型硫化亜鉛、n型セレン化亜鉛等が挙げられる。 Examples of the electron-transporting compound used in the electron-transporting layer include a metal complex such as an aluminum complex of 8-hydroxyquinoline (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 59-194393), a metal complex of 10-hydroxybenzo [h] quinoline, and oxadi. Azol derivative, distyrylbiphenyl derivative, silol derivative, 3-hydroxyflavon metal complex, 5-hydroxyflavon metal complex, benzoxazole metal complex, benzothiazole metal complex, trisbenzimidazolylbenzene (US Pat. No. 5,645,948), quinoxalin Compound (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 6-207169), phenanthroline derivative (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-331459), 2-tert-butyl-9,10-N, N'-dicyanoanthraquinonediimine, n-type hydrogenated amorphous Examples thereof include silicon carbide, n-type zinc sulfide, and n-type zinc selenium.
 電子輸送層6の膜厚は、通常1nm以上、好ましくは5nm以上であり、通常300nm以下、好ましくは100nm以下である。 The film thickness of the electron transport layer 6 is usually 1 nm or more, preferably 5 nm or more, and usually 300 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
 電子輸送層6は、前記と同様にして湿式成膜法、或いは真空蒸着法により発光層又は正孔阻止層上に積層することにより形成される。通常は、真空蒸着法が用いられる。 The electron transport layer 6 is formed by laminating on a light emitting layer or a hole blocking layer by a wet film forming method or a vacuum vapor deposition method in the same manner as described above. Usually, a vacuum deposition method is used.
<電子注入層>
 陰極7から注入された電子を効率よく電子輸送層6又は発光層5へ注入するために、電子輸送層6と陰極7との間に電子注入層を設けてもよい。
<Electron injection layer>
In order to efficiently inject the electrons injected from the cathode 7 into the electron transport layer 6 or the light emitting layer 5, an electron injection layer may be provided between the electron transport layer 6 and the cathode 7.
 電子注入を効率よく行うには、電子注入層を形成する材料は、仕事関数の低い金属が好ましい。電子注入層を形成する材料の例としては、ナトリウムやセシウム等のアルカリ金属、バリウムやカルシウム等のアルカリ土類金属等が用いられる。その膜厚は通常0.1nm以上、5nm以下が好ましい。 In order to efficiently perform electron injection, the material forming the electron injection layer is preferably a metal having a low work function. As an example of the material forming the electron injection layer, an alkali metal such as sodium or cesium, an alkaline earth metal such as barium or calcium, or the like is used. The film thickness is usually preferably 0.1 nm or more and 5 nm or less.
 更に、バソフェナントロリン等の含窒素複素環化合物や8-ヒドロキシキノリンのアルミニウム錯体等の金属錯体に代表される有機電子輸送材料に、ナトリウム、カリウム、セシウム、リチウム、ルビジウム等のアルカリ金属をドープする(特開平10-270171号公報、特開2002-100478号公報、特開2002-100482号公報等に記載)ことも、電子注入・輸送性が向上し優れた膜質を両立させることが可能となるため好ましい。 Further, an organic electron transport material represented by a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound such as vasophenantroline and a metal complex such as an aluminum complex of 8-hydroxyquinoline is doped with an alkali metal such as sodium, potassium, cesium, lithium and rubidium (). Also described in JP-A No. 10-270171, JP-A-2002-100478, JP-A-2002-1000482, etc.), because electron injection and transportability are improved and excellent film quality can be achieved at the same time. preferable.
 電子注入層の膜厚は、通常5nm以上、好ましくは10nm以上であり、通常200nm以下、好ましくは100nm以下の範囲である。 The film thickness of the electron injection layer is usually 5 nm or more, preferably 10 nm or more, and usually 200 nm or less, preferably 100 nm or less.
 電子注入層は、湿式成膜法或いは真空蒸着法により、発光層5又はその上の正孔阻止層や電子輸送層6上に積層することにより形成される。
 湿式成膜法の場合の詳細は、前述の発光層の場合と同様である。
The electron injection layer is formed by laminating on the light emitting layer 5 or the hole blocking layer or the electron transport layer 6 on the light emitting layer 5 by a wet film forming method or a vacuum vapor deposition method.
The details of the wet film forming method are the same as those of the above-mentioned light emitting layer.
 正孔阻止層、電子輸送層、電子注入層を電子輸送材料とリチウム錯体共ドープの操作で一層にする場合もある。 The hole blocking layer, electron transport layer, and electron injection layer may be made into one layer by the operation of electron transport material and lithium complex co-doping.
<陰極>
 陰極7は、発光層5側の層(電子注入層又は発光層など)に電子を注入する役割を果たす。
<Cathode>
The cathode 7 plays a role of injecting electrons into a layer on the light emitting layer 5 side (electron injection layer, light emitting layer, or the like).
 陰極7の材料としては、前記の陽極2に使用される材料を用いることが可能である。陰極7の材料としては、効率良く電子注入を行なう上では、仕事関数の低い金属を用いることが好ましく、例えば、スズ、マグネシウム、インジウム、カルシウム、アルミニウム、銀等の金属又はそれらの合金等が用いられる。具体例としては、マグネシウム-銀合金、マグネシウム-インジウム合金、アルミニウム-リチウム合金等の低仕事関数の合金電極等が挙げられる。 As the material of the cathode 7, the material used for the anode 2 can be used. As the material of the cathode 7, it is preferable to use a metal having a low work function in order to efficiently inject electrons, and for example, a metal such as tin, magnesium, indium, calcium, aluminum, silver or an alloy thereof is used. Be done. Specific examples include alloy electrodes having a low work function such as magnesium-silver alloys, magnesium-indium alloys, and aluminum-lithium alloys.
 有機電界発光素子の安定性の点では、陰極の上に、仕事関数が高く、大気に対して安定な金属層を積層して、低仕事関数の金属からなる陰極を保護することが好ましい。積層する金属としては、例えば、アルミニウム、銀、銅、ニッケル、クロム、金、白金等の金属が挙げられる。 In terms of the stability of the organic electroluminescent element, it is preferable to laminate a metal layer having a high work function and stable with respect to the atmosphere on the cathode to protect the cathode made of a metal having a low work function. Examples of the metal to be laminated include metals such as aluminum, silver, copper, nickel, chromium, gold, and platinum.
 陰極の膜厚は通常、陽極と同様である。 The film thickness of the cathode is usually the same as that of the anode.
<その他の層>
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、本発明の効果を著しく損なわなければ、更に他の層を有していてもよい。陽極と陰極との間に、他の任意の層を有していてもよい。
<Other layers>
The organic electroluminescent device of the present invention may further have another layer as long as the effect of the present invention is not significantly impaired. Any other layer may be provided between the anode and the cathode.
<その他の素子構成>
 本発明の有機電界発光素子は、上述の説明とは逆の構造、即ち、例えば、基板上に陰極、電子注入層、電子輸送層、正孔阻止層、発光層、正孔輸送層、正孔注入層、陽極の順に積層することも可能である。
<Other element configurations>
The organic electroluminescent device of the present invention has a structure opposite to that described above, that is, for example, a cathode, an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a hole blocking layer, a light emitting layer, a hole transport layer, and holes on a substrate. It is also possible to stack the injection layer and the anode in this order.
 本発明の有機電界発光素子を有機電界発光装置に適用する場合は、単一の有機電界発光素子として用いても、複数の有機電界発光素子がアレイ状に配置された構成にして用いても、陽極と陰極がX-Yマトリックス状に配置された構成にして用いてもよい。 When the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention is applied to an organic electroluminescent device, it may be used as a single organic electroluminescent device or may be used in a configuration in which a plurality of organic electroluminescent devices are arranged in an array. The anode and cathode may be arranged in an XY matrix.
〔有機EL表示装置〕
 本発明の有機EL表示装置(有機電界発光素子表示装置)は、本発明の有機電界発光素子を備える。本発明の有機EL表示装置の型式や構造については特に制限はなく、本発明の有機電界発光素子を用いて常法に従って組み立てることができる。
[Organic EL display device]
The organic EL display device (organic electroluminescent element display device) of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention. The model and structure of the organic EL display device of the present invention are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
 例えば、「有機ELディスプレイ」(オーム社、平成16年8月20日発行、時任静士、安達千波矢、村田英幸著)に記載されているような方法で、本発明の有機EL表示装置を形成することができる。 For example, the organic EL display device of the present invention can be obtained by a method as described in "Organic EL Display" (Ohmsha, published on August 20, 2004, by Shizushi Tokito, Chihaya Adachi, Hideyuki Murata). Can be formed.
〔有機EL照明〕
 本発明の有機EL照明(有機電界発光素子照明)は、本発明の有機電界発光素子を備える。本発明の有機EL照明の型式や構造については特に制限はなく、本発明の有機電界発光素子を用いて常法に従って組み立てることができる。
[Organic EL lighting]
The organic EL lighting (organic electroluminescent element lighting) of the present invention includes the organic electroluminescent element of the present invention. The type and structure of the organic EL lighting of the present invention are not particularly limited, and can be assembled according to a conventional method using the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention.
 以下、実施例を示して本発明について更に具体的に説明する。本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではなく、本発明はその要旨を逸脱しない限り任意に変更して実施できる。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples. The present invention is not limited to the following examples, and the present invention can be arbitrarily modified and carried out without departing from the gist thereof.
 なお、発光材料として後述の式(D-1)を用いて作製した有機電界発光素子は、特に断りのない限り、発光スペクトルのピーク波長が約464nm、半値幅が約30nmの青色発光を示した。 Unless otherwise specified, the organic electroluminescent device manufactured by using the formula (D-1) described later as a light emitting material showed blue light emission having a peak wavelength of about 464 nm and a half width of about 30 nm. ..
[実施例I-1]
 有機電界発光素子を以下の方法で作製した。
 ガラス基板上にインジウム・スズ酸化物(ITO)透明導電膜を50nmの厚さに堆積したもの(ジオマテック社製、スパッタ成膜品)を通常のフォトリソグラフィー技術と塩酸エッチングを用いて2mm幅のストライプにパターニングして陽極を形成した。このようにITOをパターン形成した基板を、界面活性剤水溶液による超音波洗浄、超純水による水洗、超純水による超音波洗浄、超純水による水洗の順で洗浄後、圧縮空気で乾燥させ、最後に紫外線オゾン洗浄を行った。
[Example I-1]
An organic electroluminescent device was manufactured by the following method.
A 2 mm wide stripe of indium tin oxide (ITO) transparent conductive film deposited on a glass substrate to a thickness of 50 nm (a sputtered film product manufactured by Geomatec Co., Ltd.) using ordinary photolithography technology and hydrochloric acid etching. The anode was formed by patterning. The substrate on which the ITO pattern is formed is washed in the order of ultrasonic cleaning with an aqueous solution of a surfactant, water washing with ultrapure water, ultrasonic cleaning with ultrapure water, and water washing with ultrapure water, and then dried with compressed air. Finally, UV ozone cleaning was performed.
 正孔注入層形成用組成物として、下記式(P-1)の繰り返し構造を有する正孔輸送性高分子化合物3.0質量%と、酸化剤(HI-1)0.6質量%とを、安息香酸エチルに溶解させた組成物を調製した。 As a composition for forming a hole injection layer, 3.0% by mass of a hole transporting polymer compound having a repeating structure of the following formula (P-1) and 0.6% by mass of an oxidizing agent (HI-1) are used. , A composition dissolved in ethyl benzoate was prepared.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000136
 この正孔注入層形成用組成物を、大気中で上記基板上にスピンコートし、大気中ホットプレートで240℃、30分乾燥させ、膜厚40nmの均一な薄膜を形成し、正孔注入層とした。 This composition for forming a hole injection layer is spin-coated on the substrate in the atmosphere and dried on an atmospheric hot plate at 240 ° C. for 30 minutes to form a uniform thin film having a film thickness of 40 nm to form a hole injection layer. And said.
 次に、下記の構造式(HT-1)を有する電荷輸送性高分子化合物を、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに3.0質量%の濃度で溶解させて正孔輸送層形成用組成物を調製した。 Next, a charge-transporting polymer compound having the following structural formula (HT-1) was dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene at a concentration of 3.0% by mass to prepare a composition for forming a hole transport layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000137
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000137
 この正孔輸送層形成用組成物を、上記正孔注入層を塗布成膜した基板上に窒素グローブボックス中でスピンコートし、窒素グローブボックス中のホットプレートで230℃、30分間乾燥させ、膜厚40nmの均一な薄膜を形成し、正孔輸送層とした。 This composition for forming a hole transport layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole injection layer and dried at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box to form a film. A uniform thin film having a thickness of 40 nm was formed to form a hole transport layer.
 引続き、発光層の材料として、下記の構造式(H-1)を72質量部、(H-2)を25質量部、(D-1)を3質量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させ固形分濃度4.2質量%の溶液を調製し、発光層形成用組成物とした。 Subsequently, as the material of the light emitting layer, 72 parts by mass of the following structural formula (H-1), 25 parts by mass of (H-2), and 3 parts by mass of (D-1) are weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to form a solid. A solution having a component concentration of 4.2% by mass was prepared and used as a composition for forming a light emitting layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
 この発光層形成用組成物を、上記正孔輸送層を塗布成膜した基板上に窒素グローブボックス中でスピンコートし、窒素グローブボックス中のホットプレートで120℃、20分間乾燥させ、膜厚40nmの均一な薄膜を形成し、発光層とした。 This composition for forming a light emitting layer is spin-coated in a nitrogen glove box on a substrate coated with the hole transport layer, dried at 120 ° C. for 20 minutes on a hot plate in the nitrogen glove box, and has a film thickness of 40 nm. A uniform thin film was formed to form a light emitting layer.
 発光層までを成膜した基板を真空蒸着装置に設置し、装置内を2×10-4Pa以下になるまで排気した。 The substrate on which the film was formed up to the light emitting layer was installed in a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and the inside of the apparatus was exhausted until it became 2 × 10 -4 Pa or less.
 次に、下記の構造式(ET-1)および8-ヒドロキシキノリノラトリチウムを2:3の膜厚比で、発光層上に真空蒸着法にて共蒸着し、膜厚30nmの正孔阻止層を形成した。 Next, the following structural formula (ET-1) and 8-hydroxyquinolino tritium were co-deposited on the light emitting layer at a film thickness ratio of 2: 3 by a vacuum vapor deposition method to block holes with a film thickness of 30 nm. Formed a layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
 続いて、陰極蒸着用のマスクとして2mm幅のストライプ状シャドーマスクを、陽極のITOストライプとは直交するように基板に密着させて、アルミニウムをモリブデンボートにより加熱して、膜厚80nmのアルミニウム層を形成して陰極を形成した。
 以上の様にして、2mm×2mmのサイズの発光面積部分を有する有機電界発光素子を得た。
Subsequently, a 2 mm wide striped shadow mask as a mask for cathode vapor deposition is brought into close contact with the substrate so as to be orthogonal to the ITO stripe of the anode, and aluminum is heated by a molybdenum boat to form an aluminum layer having a thickness of 80 nm. Formed to form a cathode.
As described above, an organic electroluminescent device having a light emitting area portion having a size of 2 mm × 2 mm was obtained.
[比較例1]
 発光層形成用組成物の組成を(H-1)を97質量部、(D-1)を3質量部として、(H-2)を用いなかったこと以外は、実施例I-1と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Comparative Example 1]
The composition of the light emitting layer forming composition is the same as that of Example I-1 except that (H-1) is 97 parts by mass, (D-1) is 3 parts by mass, and (H-2) is not used. The element was manufactured.
[素子の評価]
 実施例I-1および比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に20mA/cmの電流密度で通電し続けた際に、素子の輝度が初期輝度の75%まで低下する時間(LT75(hr))を測定した。表1に、比較例1のLT75を1としたときの実施例I-1のLT75の相対値を相対寿命として記した。
[Evaluation of element]
When the organic electroluminescent elements obtained in Example I-1 and Comparative Example 1 are continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time during which the brightness of the element decreases to 75% of the initial brightness (LT75 (hr)). )) Was measured. In Table 1, the relative value of the LT75 of Example I-1 when the LT75 of Comparative Example 1 is set to 1 is shown as the relative lifetime.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000140
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000140
 表1の結果から、第1のホスト材料として化合物Iを用いた本発明の有機電界発光素子では、性能(駆動寿命)が向上することが判った。 From the results in Table 1, it was found that the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention using compound I as the first host material has improved performance (driving life).
[実施例II-1]
 発光層の材料として、下記の構造式(H-1)を92質量部、(H-3)を5質量部、(D-1)を3質量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させ固形分濃度4.2質量%の溶液を調製し、発光層形成用組成物とした。
[Example II-1]
As the material of the light emitting layer, 92 parts by mass of the following structural formula (H-1), 5 parts by mass of (H-3), and 3 parts by mass of (D-1) are weighed and dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to have a solid content concentration. A 4.2% by mass solution was prepared and used as a composition for forming a light emitting layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
 発光層形成用組成物として、上記発光層形成用組成物を用いたこと以外は実施例I-1と同様にして素子を作製した。 The device was produced in the same manner as in Example I-1 except that the above light emitting layer forming composition was used as the light emitting layer forming composition.
[素子の評価]
 実施例II-1、および比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に10mA/cmの電流密度で通電したときの電圧(V)、発光効率として、電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。また、有機電界発光素子に20mA/cmの電流密度で通電し続けた際に、有機電界発光素子の輝度が初期輝度の75%まで低下する時間を寿命(hr)として測定した。
[Evaluation of element]
The voltage (V) when the organic electric field light emitting elements obtained in Example II-1 and Comparative Example 1 are energized at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 , and the luminous efficiency is current luminous efficiency (cd / A) and external. Quantum efficiency (EQE) (%) was measured. Further, when the organic electroluminescent element was continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time during which the brightness of the organic electroluminescent element decreased to 75% of the initial brightness was measured as the lifetime (hr).
 表2に、実施例II-1から比較例1の電圧を引いた電圧差(V)、比較例1の電流発光効率を1とした場合の実施例II-1の相対電流発光効率、比較例1の外部量子効率(EQE)を1とした場合の実施例II-1の相対EQE、及び、比較例1の寿命を1とした場合の実施例II-1の相対寿命を記す。 Table 2 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example II-1, the relative current luminous efficiency of Example II-1 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1, and the comparative example. The relative EQE of Example II-1 when the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of 1 is 1, and the relative lifetime of Example II-1 when the lifetime of Comparative Example 1 is 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000142
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000142
[実施例II-2]
 発光層の材料として、前記構造式(H-1)を92質量部、下記構造式(H-6)を5質量部、前記構造式(D-1)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例II-1と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example II-2]
As the material of the light emitting layer, it is carried out except that the structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following structural formula (H-6) is 5 parts by mass, and the structural formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example II-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000143
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000143
[実施例II-3]
 発光層の材料として、前記構造式(H-1)を92質量部、下記構造式(H-7)を5質量部、前記構造式(D-1)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例II-1と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example II-3]
As the material of the light emitting layer, it is carried out except that the structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following structural formula (H-7) is 5 parts by mass, and the structural formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner as in Example II-1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000144
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000144
[素子の評価]
 実施例II-2、および比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に10mA/cmの電流密度で通電したときの発光効率として、電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。また、有機電界発光素子に20mA/cmの電流密度で通電し続けた際に、有機電界発光素子の輝度が初期輝度の75%まで低下する時間を寿命(hr)として測定した。
[Evaluation of element]
Current luminous efficiency (cd / A) and external quantum efficiency (EQE) are the luminous efficiencies when the organic electric field light emitting elements obtained in Example II-2 and Comparative Example 1 are energized at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 . (%) Was measured. Further, when the organic electroluminescent element was continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time during which the brightness of the organic electroluminescent element decreased to 75% of the initial brightness was measured as the lifetime (hr).
 表3に、比較例1の電流発光効率を1とした場合の実施例II-2の相対電流発光効率、比較例1の外部量子効率(EQE)を1とした場合の実施例II-2の相対EQE、及び、比較例1の寿命を1とした場合の実施例II-2の相対寿命を記す。 Table 3 shows the relative current luminous efficiency of Example II-2 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1, and the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of Comparative Example 1 of Example II-2. The relative EQE and the relative life of Example II-2 when the life of Comparative Example 1 is 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000145
 実施例II-3、および比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に10mA/cmの電流密度で通電したときの電圧(V)、発光効率として、電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。 The voltage (V) when the organic electric field light emitting element obtained in Example II-3 and Comparative Example 1 is energized at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 , and the luminous efficiency includes current luminous efficiency (cd / A) and external. Quantum efficiency (EQE) (%) was measured.
 表4に、実施例II-3から比較例1の電圧を引いた電圧差(V)、比較例1の電流発光効率を1とした場合の実施例II-3の相対電流発光効率、比較例1の外部量子効率(EQE)を1とした場合の実施例II-3の相対EQE、及び、比較例1の寿命を1とした場合の実施例II-3の相対寿命を記す。 Table 4 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example II-3, and the relative current luminous efficiency of Example II-3 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1. The relative EQE of Example II-3 when the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of 1 is 1, and the relative lifetime of Example II-3 when the lifetime of Comparative Example 1 is 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000146
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000146
 表2~表4の結果から、第1のホスト材料として化合物IIを用いた本発明の有機電界発光素子は発光効率が高く、低電圧化や長寿命化の効果も期待され、素子性能が向上することが判った。 From the results in Tables 2 to 4, the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention using compound II as the first host material is expected to have high luminous efficiency, low voltage and long life, and the device performance is improved. I found out that I would do it.
[実施例III-1]
 発光層の材料として、下記の構造式(H-1)を92質量部、(H-4)を5質量部、(D-1)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例I-1と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example III-1]
As the material of the light emitting layer, the following structural formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, (H-4) is 5 parts by mass, and (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000147
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000147
[実施例III-2]
 発光層の材料として、(H-4)の替わりに下記構造を有する(H-5)を使用した他は、実施例III-1と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example III-2]
An element was produced in the same manner as in Example III-1 except that (H-5) having the following structure was used instead of (H-4) as the material of the light emitting layer.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000148
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000148
[素子の評価]
 実施例III-1、実施例III-2、および前述の比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子に10mA/cmの電流密度で通電したときの電圧(V)、発光効率として電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。
[Evaluation of element]
The voltage (V) when the organic electric field light emitting element obtained in Example III-1, Example III-2, and Comparative Example 1 described above is energized at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 , and the current luminous efficiency as the luminous efficiency. (Cd / A) and external quantum efficiency (EQE) (%) were measured.
 表5に、実施例III-1及び実施例III-2から比較例1の電圧を引いた電圧差(V)、比較例1の電流発光効率を1とした場合の実施例III-1及び実施例III-2の相対電流発光効率、及び比較例1の外部量子効率(EQE)を1とした場合の実施例III-1及び実施例III-2の相対EQEを記す。 Table 5 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example III-1 and Example III-2, and Examples III-1 and Implementation when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1. The relative EQE of Example III-1 and Example III-2 is described when the relative current luminous efficiency of Example III-2 and the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of Comparative Example 1 are set to 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000149
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000149
 表5に示されるように、第1のホスト材料として化合物IIIを用いた本発明の有機電界発光素子は、低電圧駆動で発光効率が高く、素子性能が向上することが判った。
 また、実施例III-1及び比較例1で得られた素子に20mA/cmの電流密度で通電し続けた際に、素子の輝度が初期輝度の90%まで低下する時間(hr)を素子寿命として測定したところ、比較例1の寿命を1とした場合の実施例III-1の相対寿命は1.39であり、長寿命化したことが判った。
As shown in Table 5, it was found that the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention using compound III as the first host material has high luminous efficiency and improved device performance with low voltage drive.
Further, when the elements obtained in Example III-1 and Comparative Example 1 are continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time (hr) in which the brightness of the element decreases to 90% of the initial brightness is set. When measured as the life, the relative life of Example III-1 was 1.39 when the life of Comparative Example 1 was 1, indicating that the life was extended.
[従来技術に対する優位性]
 次に、発光層の発光材料が従来用いられていた発光材料である場合に対する効果の優位性を確認した。
[Superiority over conventional technology]
Next, it was confirmed that the effect is superior to the case where the light emitting material of the light emitting layer is a light emitting material conventionally used.
[比較例III-1]
 発光層の材料として、前記式(H-1)を92質量部、前記式(H-5)を5質量部、下記式(D-2)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例III-2と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Comparative Example III-1]
Example III-Except that the formula (H-1) was 92 parts by mass, the formula (H-5) was 5 parts by mass, and the following formula (D-2) was 3 parts by mass as the material of the light emitting layer. The element was manufactured in the same manner as in 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000150
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000150
[比較例III-2]
 発光層の材料として、前記式(H-1)を97質量部、前記式(D-2)を3質量部としたこと以外は比較例III-1と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Comparative Example III-2]
As the material of the light emitting layer, an element was manufactured in the same manner as in Comparative Example III-1 except that the formula (H-1) was 97 parts by mass and the formula (D-2) was 3 parts by mass.
[素子の評価]
 比較例III-1及び比較例III-2で得られた有機電界発光素子に10mA/cmの電流密度で通電したときの電圧(V)を測定し、比較例III-1の電圧から比較例III-2の電圧を引いた電圧差は、-0.03Vであった。
 表5の実施例III-2に示すように、発光層の発光材料として前記式(D-1)を用い、かつ、第1のホスト材料として化合物IIIを用いた場合、電圧差は-0.13Vであったことから、本発明の有機電界発光素子は、従来の有機電界発光素子よりも低電圧化の効果が大きいことが判る。
[Evaluation of element]
The voltage (V) when the organic electric field light emitting elements obtained in Comparative Example III-1 and Comparative Example III-2 were energized at a current density of 10 mA / cm 2 was measured, and the voltage of Comparative Example III-1 was used as a comparative example. The voltage difference minus the voltage of III-2 was -0.03V.
As shown in Example III-2 of Table 5, when the above formula (D-1) is used as the light emitting material of the light emitting layer and compound III is used as the first host material, the voltage difference is −0. Since it was 13 V, it can be seen that the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention has a greater effect of lowering the voltage than the conventional organic electroluminescent device.
[実施例IV-1]
 発光層の材料として、前記式(H-1)を92質量部、下記式(H-8)を5質量部、前記(D-1)を3質量部としたこと以外は実施例I-1と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example IV-1]
Examples I-1 as the material of the light emitting layer, except that the formula (H-1) is 92 parts by mass, the following formula (H-8) is 5 parts by mass, and the formula (D-1) is 3 parts by mass. The element was manufactured in the same manner as above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000151
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000151
[素子の評価]
 実施例IV-1、および比較例1で得られた有機電界発光素子を、1000cd/mで発光させたときの電圧(V)、発光効率として、電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。また、有機電界発光素子に20mA/cmの電流密度で通電し続けた際に、有機電界発光素子の輝度が初期輝度の75%まで低下する時間を寿命(hr)として測定した。
[Evaluation of element]
The voltage (V) when the organic electric field light emitting elements obtained in Example IV-1 and Comparative Example 1 were made to emit light at 1000 cd / m 2 , the current light emission efficiency (cd / A) and the external quantum as the light emission efficiency. Efficiency (EQE) (%) was measured. Further, when the organic electroluminescent element was continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time during which the brightness of the organic electroluminescent element decreased to 75% of the initial brightness was measured as the lifetime (hr).
 表6に、実施例IV-1から比較例1の電圧を引いた電圧差(V)、比較例1の電流発光効率を1とした場合の実施例IV-1の相対電流発光効率、比較例1の外部量子効率(EQE)を1とした場合の実施例IV-1の相対EQE、及び、比較例1の寿命を1とした場合の実施例IV-1の相対寿命を記す。 Table 6 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Comparative Example 1 from Example IV-1, the relative current luminous efficiency of Example IV-1 when the current luminous efficiency of Comparative Example 1 is 1, and the comparative example. The relative EQE of Example IV-1 when the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of 1 is 1, and the relative lifetime of Example IV-1 when the lifetime of Comparative Example 1 is 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000152
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000152
 表6の結果から、第1のホスト材料として化合物IVを用いた本発明の有機電界発光素子では、駆動電圧が低く、発光効率が高く、駆動寿命が長く、素子性能が向上することが判った。 From the results in Table 6, it was found that in the organic electroluminescent device of the present invention using compound IV as the first host material, the drive voltage is low, the luminous efficiency is high, the drive life is long, and the device performance is improved. ..
[実施例1]
 次に、正孔輸送層を形成する第2の重合体として架橋基を有さない重合体を用い、
発光層のホスト材料として、化合物II及び化合物IVを含む有機電界発光素子を作製した。
正孔輸送層の材料として、前記式(HT-1)の替わりに、下記式(HT-2)を用い、
 発光層の材料として、下記式(H-9)を22.5質量部、下記式(H-10)を22.5質量部、前記式(H-8)を15質量部、下記式(D-3)を3質量部秤量し、シクロヘキシルベンゼンに溶解させ固形分濃度4.2質量%の溶液を調製し、発光層形成用組成物としたとしたこと以外は実施例I-1と同様にして素子を作製した。
[Example 1]
Next, a polymer having no cross-linking group was used as the second polymer forming the hole transport layer.
An organic electroluminescent device containing compound II and compound IV was produced as a host material for the light emitting layer.
As the material of the hole transport layer, the following formula (HT-2) is used instead of the above formula (HT-1).
As the material of the light emitting layer, the following formula (H-9) is 22.5 parts by mass, the following formula (H-10) is 22.5 parts by mass, the above formula (H-8) is 15 parts by mass, and the following formula (D). -3) was weighed in 3 parts by mass, dissolved in cyclohexylbenzene to prepare a solution having a solid content concentration of 4.2% by mass, and the same as in Example I-1 except that the composition was prepared as a composition for forming a light emitting layer. The element was manufactured.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000153
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000153
[実施例2]
 正孔輸送層の材料として、前記構造式(HT-2)で表される化合物の代わりに、前記構造式(HT-3)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして有機電界発光素子を作製した。
[Example 2]
Organic electroluminescence is carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structural formula (HT-3) is used instead of the compound represented by the structural formula (HT-2) as the material of the hole transport layer. The element was manufactured.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000154
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000154
[実施例3]
 正孔輸送層の材料として、前記構造式(HT-2)で表される化合物の代わりに、前記構造式(HT-1)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1と同様にして有機電界発光素子を作製した。
[Example 3]
Organic electroluminescence is carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the structural formula (HT-1) is used instead of the compound represented by the structural formula (HT-2) as the material of the hole transport layer. The element was manufactured.
[有機電界発光素子の評価]
 実施例1~実施例3で得られた有機電界発光素子の発光スペクトルはいずれも、ピーク波長528nm、半値幅30nmの緑色発光が確認された。これらの有機電界発光素子を、輝度1000cd/mで発光させたときの電圧(V)、電流効率(cd/A)を測定した。
[Evaluation of organic electroluminescent device]
In all the emission spectra of the organic electroluminescent devices obtained in Examples 1 to 3, green emission with a peak wavelength of 528 nm and a half width of 30 nm was confirmed. The voltage (V) and current efficiency (cd / A) when these organic electroluminescent elements were made to emit light at a brightness of 1000 cd / m 2 were measured.
 実施例1~実施例3で得られた有機電界発光素子を、1000cd/mで発光させたときの電圧(V)及び発光効率として電流発光効率(cd/A)及び外部量子効率(EQE)(%)を測定した。また、有機電界発光素子に20mA/cmの電流密度で通電し続けた際に、有機電界発光素子の輝度が初期輝度の90%まで低下する時間を寿命(hr)として測定した。 Current emission efficiency (cd / A) and external quantum efficiency (EQE) as the voltage (V) and luminous efficiency when the organic electric field light emitting elements obtained in Examples 1 to 3 are made to emit light at 1000 cd / m 2 . (%) Was measured. Further, when the organic electroluminescent element was continuously energized with a current density of 20 mA / cm 2 , the time during which the brightness of the organic electroluminescent element decreased to 90% of the initial brightness was measured as the lifetime (hr).
 表7に、実施例1及び実施例2から実施例3の電圧を引いた電圧差(V)、実施例3の電流発光効率を1とした場合の実施例1及び実施例2の相対電流発光効率、実施例3の外部量子効率(EQE)を1とした場合の実施例1及び実施例2の相対EQE、及び、実施例の寿命を1とした場合の実施例1及び実施例2の相対寿命を記した。 Table 7 shows the voltage difference (V) obtained by subtracting the voltage of Example 3 from Example 1 and Example 2, and the relative current emission of Examples 1 and 2 when the current luminous efficiency of Example 3 is 1. Efficiency, relative EQE of Examples 1 and 2 when the external quantum efficiency (EQE) of Example 3 is 1, and relative of Examples 1 and 2 when the lifetime of Example is 1. I wrote down the life.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000155
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000155
 これらの有機電界発光素子はいずれも良好な素子特性を示したが、特に、正孔輸送層に架橋基を有さない重合体を用いることで、さらに、電圧が低く、発光効率が高く、寿命が長く、良好な素子特性であった。 All of these organic electroluminescent devices showed good device characteristics, but in particular, by using a polymer having no cross-linking group in the hole transport layer, the voltage is low, the light emission efficiency is high, and the life is high. Was long and had good element characteristics.
 本発明を特定の態様を用いて詳細に説明したが、本発明の意図と範囲を離れることなく様々な変更が可能であることは当業者に明らかである。
 本出願は、2020年12月24日付で出願された日本特許出願2020-214856、日本特許出願2020-214857、及び日本特許出願2020-214858に基づいており、その全体が引用により援用される。
Although the present invention has been described in detail using specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications can be made without departing from the intent and scope of the invention.
This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-214856, Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-214857, and Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-214858 filed on December 24, 2020, which are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
 本発明は、有機電界発光素子が使用される各種の分野、例えば、フラットパネル・ディスプレイ(例えばOAコンピュータ用や壁掛けテレビ)や、面発光体としての特徴を生かした光源(例えば、複写機の光源、液晶ディスプレイや計器類のバックライト光源)、表示板、標識灯等の分野において、好適に使用することが出来る。 The present invention relates to various fields in which an organic electroluminescent element is used, for example, a flat panel display (for example, for an OA computer or a wall-mounted television), or a light source that takes advantage of its characteristics as a surface emitter (for example, a light source for a copying machine). , Liquid crystal display, backlight source of instruments), display board, indicator light, etc., can be suitably used.
 1 基板
 2 陽極
 3 正孔注入層
 4 正孔輸送層
 5 発光層
 6 電子輸送層
 7 陰極
 8 有機電界発光素子

 
1 Substrate 2 Anode 3 Hole injection layer 4 Hole transport layer 5 Light emitting layer 6 Electron transport layer 7 Cathode 8 Organic electroluminescent device

Claims (23)

  1.  下記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物と、下記化合物I、下記化合物II、下記化合物III、及び下記化合物IVの少なくとも1種と、有機溶媒とを含む、組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式(1)中、
     環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
     Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
     前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
     前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
     前記Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
     前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
     式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
     化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
     化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
     化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
     化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式(20)中、Ar21~Ar35は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~10個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式(200)中、
     Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
     Xa、Ya、及びZaは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
     Xa、Ya及びZaは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
     g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
     g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
     g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
     h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
     g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
     R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
     但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa、Ya、Zaは水素原子ではない。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式(210)、式(220)及び式(230)中、
     Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
     R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
     X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
     Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
     n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
     n24は1~4の整数を表し、
     n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (式(240)中、
     Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
     R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
     Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
     n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。)
    A composition comprising a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (1), at least one of the following compound I, the following compound II, the following compound III, and the following compound IV, and an organic solvent.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In equation (1),
    Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
    Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
    R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
    The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
    Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
    At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
    Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the formula (20), Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In formula (200),
    W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
    Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
    Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
    g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
    At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
    When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
    When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
    When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
    R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
    However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
    Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
    R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
    Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
    n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
    n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
    When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In equation (240),
    Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
    R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
    G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
    n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
  2.  前記式(1)におけるYが、N-Rである、請求項1に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1, wherein Y in the formula (1) is NR.
  3.  前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23、Ar24、Ar27、Ar28、Ar29、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のうちの少なくとも一つが下記式(21)又は下記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項1又は2に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (式(21),(22)中、Ar36~Ar39は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~8個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。)
    In the above formula (20), at least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 is the following formula (21) or the following formula (22). The composition according to claim 1 or 2, which has a structure represented by.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    In the formulas (21) and (22), Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.)
  4.  前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24のうちのいずれか一つと、Ar27、Ar28及びAr29のうちのいずれか一つと、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のうちのいずれか一つが、前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項3に記載の組成物。 In the above formula (20), any one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 and Ar 24 , any one of Ar 27 , Ar 28 and Ar 29 , and Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 . The composition according to claim 3, wherein any one of them has a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22).
  5.  前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar27及びAr32が前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項4に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 4, wherein in the formula (20), Ar 22 , Ar 27 , and Ar 32 have a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22).
  6.  前記式(21)で表される構造が下記式(21-1)、(21-2)、(21-3)、(21-4)、又は(21-5)で表される構造であり、かつ、前記式(22)で表される構造が下記式(22-1)、(22-2)、(22-3)又は(22-4)で表される構造である、請求項3~5のいずれかに記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    The structure represented by the above formula (21) is a structure represented by the following formula (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4), or (21-5). 3. The structure represented by the above formula (22) is a structure represented by the following formula (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4). The composition according to any one of 5 to 5.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
  7.  前記式(200)における3つのWのうちの少なくとも2つがNである、請求項1又は2に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein at least two of the three Ws in the formula (200) are N.
  8.  前記式(200)におけるWが全てNである、請求項7に記載の組成物。 The composition according to claim 7, wherein W in the formula (200) is all N.
  9.  前記式(210)、前記式(220)、及び前記式(230)におけるAr41、Ar42及びAr43が、下記式(20-1)~(20-13)のいずれかで表される基である、請求項1又は2に記載の組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (上記式中、*は結合位置を表し、
     Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。)
    The group represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13) in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 in the formula (230). The composition according to claim 1 or 2.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In the above formula, * represents the bond position.
    Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
  10.  請求項1~9のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子の発光層形成用組成物を塗布、乾燥して発光層を形成する工程を含む、有機電界発光素子の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an organic electroluminescent device, which comprises a step of applying and drying the composition for forming a light emitting layer of the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11.  請求項10の有機電界発光素子の製造方法を含む、有機EL表示装置の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an organic EL display device, which comprises the method for manufacturing the organic electroluminescent element according to claim 10.
  12.  請求項10の有機電界発光素子の製造方法を含む、有機EL照明の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing organic EL lighting, which comprises the method for manufacturing the organic electroluminescent element according to claim 10.
  13.  陽極、陰極、及び陽極と陰極の間に設けられた発光層を有し、
    該発光層が、下記式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物と、下記化合物I、下記化合物II、下記化合物III、及び下記化合物IVの少なくとも1種とを含む、有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (式(1)中、
     環a、環b及び環cは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環であり、
     Yは、各々独立に、O、N-R、又はSであり、
     前記Rは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環基、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環基、又はアルキル基であり、
     前記Rは、前記環a、前記環b及び前記環cからなる群から選択される少なくとも1つの環における、前記Yと結合する原子に隣接する炭素原子と、-O-、-S-、-C(-R-又は単結合によって結合していてもよく、
     前記Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、
     前記隣接する炭素原子は、B及び前記Yを含有する式(1)の中央の縮合2環構造を構成する炭素原子ではなく、
     式(1)で表される多環複素環化合物における少なくとも1つの水素原子は、ハロゲン原子又は重水素で置換されていてもよい。)
     化合物I:下記式(20)で表される化合物
     化合物II:下記式(200)で表される化合物
     化合物III:下記式(210)で表される化合物、下記式(220)で表される化合物及び下記式(230)で表される化合物から選ばれる1種又は2種以上の化合物
     化合物IV:下記式(240)で表される化合物
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (式(20)中、Ar21~Ar35は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~10個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (式(200)中、
     Wは、各々独立に、CH又はNを表し、少なくとも一つのWはNであり、
     Xa、Ya、及びZaは、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の二価の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の二価の芳香族複素環基を表し、
     Xa、Ya及びZaは、各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基を表し、
     g11、h11、及びj11は各々独立に0~6の整数を表し、
     g11、h11、j11の少なくとも一つは1以上の整数であり、
     g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するXaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
     h11が2以上の場合、複数存在するYaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
     g11が2以上の場合、複数存在するZaは同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
     R31は水素原子又は置換基を表し、4個のR31は同一であっても異なっていてもよく、
     但し、g11、h11、又はj11が0の場合、それぞれ対応するXa、Ya、Zaは水素原子ではない。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
    (式(210)、式(220)及び式(230)中、
     Ar41、Ar42、Ar43は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
     R21、R22、R23は各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表し、
     X21、X22は各々独立にO、S、又はN-Ar44を表し、
     Ar44は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基を表し、
     n21、n22、n23は各々独立に1又は2を表し、
     n24は1~4の整数を表し、
     n24が2以上の場合、複数のR21は同じであっても異なっていてもよい。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
    (式(240)中、
     Ar611、Ar612は各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
     R611、R612は各々独立に、重水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の1価の芳香族炭化水素基であり、
     Gは、単結合、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~50の2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、
     n611、n612は各々独立に0~4の整数である。)
    It has an anode, a cathode, and a light emitting layer provided between the anode and the cathode.
    An organic electroluminescent device in which the light emitting layer contains a polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the following formula (1) and at least one of the following compound I, the following compound II, the following compound III, and the following compound IV.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (In equation (1),
    Rings a, b, and c are independently aromatic hydrocarbon rings that may have substituents or aromatic heterocycles that may have substituents.
    Y is independently O, NR, or S, respectively.
    R is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group.
    The R is a carbon atom adjacent to an atom bonded to Y in at least one ring selected from the group consisting of the ring a, the ring b, and the ring c, and —O—, —S—, −. It may be bound by C (-R a ) 2- or a single bond.
    Ra is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    The adjacent carbon atom is not a carbon atom constituting the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (1) containing B and Y.
    At least one hydrogen atom in the polycyclic heterocyclic compound represented by the formula (1) may be substituted with a halogen atom or deuterium. )
    Compound I: Compound represented by the following formula (20) Compound II: Compound represented by the following formula (200) Compound III: Compound represented by the following formula (210), compound represented by the following formula (220) And one or more compounds selected from the compounds represented by the following formula (230) Compound IV: Compounds represented by the following formula (240)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (In the formula (20), Ar 21 to Ar 35 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or 2 to 10 benzene ring structures which may have a substituent, and are not. Represents a branched or branched and connected structure.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (In formula (200),
    W represents CH or N independently, and at least one W is N.
    Xa 1 , Ya 1 , and Za 1 each independently have a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent. Represents a divalent aromatic heterocyclic group of number 3-30,
    Each of Xa 2 , Ya 2 and Za 2 independently has a hydrogen atom, an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon number which may have a substituent. Represents 3 to 30 aromatic heterocyclic groups
    g11, h11, and j11 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 6.
    At least one of g11, h11, and j11 is an integer of 1 or more.
    When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Xa 1s may be the same or different.
    When h11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Ya 1s may be the same or different.
    When g11 is 2 or more, a plurality of Za 1s existing may be the same or different.
    R 31 represents a hydrogen atom or substituent, and the four R 31s may be the same or different.
    However, when g11, h11, or j11 is 0, the corresponding Xa 2 , Ya 2 , and Za 2 are not hydrogen atoms, respectively. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
    (In equation (210), equation (220) and equation (230),
    Ar 41 , Ar 42 , and Ar 43 are each independently an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and an aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Group heterocyclic group or selected from aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent and aromatic heterocyclic groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Represents a monovalent group in which 2 to 5 structures are linked.
    R 21 , R 22 and R 23 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
    X 21 and X 22 independently represent O, S, or N-Ar 44 , respectively.
    Ar 44 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. Represents a monovalent group
    n21, n22, and n23 independently represent 1 or 2, respectively.
    n24 represents an integer from 1 to 4 and represents
    When n24 is 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
    (In equation (240),
    Ar 611 and Ar 612 each independently represent a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
    R 611 and R 612 are monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, which may independently have a deuterium atom, a halogen atom, or a substituent.
    G represents a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a single bond or a substituent.
    n 611 and n 612 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. )
  14.  前記式(1)におけるYが、N-Rである、請求項13に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 13, wherein Y in the formula (1) is NR.
  15.  前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23、Ar24、Ar27、Ar28、Ar29、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34の少なくとも一つが下記式(21)又は下記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項13又は14に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
    (式(21),(22)中、Ar36~Ar39は各々独立に、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造又は置換基を有してもよいベンゼン環構造が2~8個、非分岐又は分岐して連結した構造を表す。)
    In the formula (20), at least one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , Ar 24 , Ar 27 , Ar 28 , Ar 29 , Ar 32 , Ar 33 and Ar 34 is represented by the following formula (21) or the following formula (22). The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 13 or 14, which has the structure to be used.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
    In the formulas (21) and (22), Ar 36 to Ar 39 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent, or a benzene ring structure which may have a substituent 2 to 2. Represents a structure of eight, non-branched or branched and connected.)
  16.  前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar23及びAr24のいずれか一つと、Ar27、Ar28及びAr29のいずれか一つと、Ar32、Ar33及びAr34のいずれか一つが前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項15に記載の有機電界発光素子。 In the formula (20), any one of Ar 22 , Ar 23 , and Ar 24 , any one of Ar 27 , Ar 28 , and Ar 29 , and any one of Ar 32 , Ar 33 , and Ar 34 are the above formulas. The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 15, which has a structure represented by (21) or the above formula (22).
  17.  前記式(20)において、Ar22、Ar27及びAr32が前記式(21)又は前記式(22)で表される構造である、請求項16に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 16, wherein in the formula (20), Ar 22 , Ar 27 , and Ar 32 have a structure represented by the formula (21) or the formula (22).
  18.  前記式(21)で表される構造が下記式(21-1)、(21-2)、(21-3)、(21-4)又は(21-5)で表される構造であり、かつ、前記式(22)で表される構造が下記式(22-1)、(22-2)、(22-3)又は(22-4)で表される構造である、請求項15~17のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
    The structure represented by the formula (21) is a structure represented by the following formulas (21-1), (21-2), (21-3), (21-4) or (21-5). Moreover, the structure represented by the above formula (22) is a structure represented by the following formula (22-1), (22-2), (22-3) or (22-4), claim 15 to. 17. The organic electroluminescent device according to any one of 17.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
  19.  前記式(200)における3つのWのうちの少なくとも2つがNである、請求項13又は14に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 13 or 14, wherein at least two of the three Ws in the formula (200) are N.
  20.  前記式(200)におけるWが全てNである、請求項19に記載の有機電界発光素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 19, wherein W in the formula (200) is all N.
  21.  前記式(210)、前記式(220)、及び前記式(230)におけるAr41、Ar42及びAr43が、下記式(20-1)~(20-13)のいずれかで表される基である、請求項13又は14に記載の有機電界発光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
    (上記式中、*は結合位置を表し、
     Ar45は置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基、又は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~30の芳香族炭化水素基及び置換基を有していてもよい炭素数3~30の芳香族複素環基から選択される構造が2~5個連結した1価の基である。)
    The group in which Ar 41 , Ar 42 and Ar 43 in the formula (210), the formula (220), and the formula (230) are represented by any of the following formulas (20-1) to (20-13). The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 13 or 14.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
    (In the above formula, * represents the bond position.
    Ar 45 contains an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a substituent. Two to five structures selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have and an aromatic heterocyclic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent are linked. It is a monovalent group. )
  22.  請求項13~21のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を含む、有機EL表示装置。 An organic EL display device including the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 13 to 21.
  23.  請求項13~21のいずれかに記載の有機電界発光素子を含む、有機EL照明。

     
    Organic EL lighting comprising the organic electroluminescent device according to any one of claims 13 to 21.

PCT/JP2021/047764 2020-12-24 2021-12-23 Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination WO2022138790A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020237020109A KR20230124575A (en) 2020-12-24 2021-12-23 Composition, organic electroluminescent device and manufacturing method thereof, organic electroluminescent display device and manufacturing method thereof, organic electroluminescent lighting and manufacturing method thereof
JP2022571601A JPWO2022138790A1 (en) 2020-12-24 2021-12-23
CN202180085844.9A CN116685592A (en) 2020-12-24 2021-12-23 Composition for forming light-emitting layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic EL display device, and organic EL illumination

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020214856 2020-12-24
JP2020-214858 2020-12-24
JP2020214858 2020-12-24
JP2020-214856 2020-12-24
JP2020214857 2020-12-24
JP2020-214857 2020-12-24

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022138790A1 true WO2022138790A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Family

ID=82156960

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/047764 WO2022138790A1 (en) 2020-12-24 2021-12-23 Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022138790A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20230124575A (en)
TW (1) TW202233805A (en)
WO (1) WO2022138790A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024090353A1 (en) * 2022-10-27 2024-05-02 東レ株式会社 Compound, luminescent element material, luminescent element, display device, and illuminator
WO2024144087A1 (en) * 2022-12-29 2024-07-04 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 Compound for organic electric element, organic electric element using same, and electronic device therefor

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018135656A1 (en) * 2017-01-23 2018-07-26 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Composition for forming light emitting layer and organic electroluminescent element containing said composition for forming light emitting layer
JP2019057484A (en) * 2017-09-22 2019-04-11 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element, and manufacturing method of organic electroluminescent element
WO2019120125A1 (en) * 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Composition for preparing organic electronic device, organic electronic device and application thereof
WO2020040298A1 (en) * 2018-08-23 2020-02-27 学校法人関西学院 Organic electroluminescent element, display device, illumination device, luminescent layer forming composition, and compound
JP2020167393A (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 住友化学株式会社 Light emitting element

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10689402B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2020-06-23 Jnc Corporation Polycyclic aromatic compound and light emission layer-forming composition
KR102381180B1 (en) 2016-09-29 2022-04-01 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Light-emitting devices and compositions useful for manufacturing the light-emitting devices
WO2018186404A1 (en) 2017-04-03 2018-10-11 出光興産株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
WO2019198699A1 (en) 2018-04-12 2019-10-17 学校法人関西学院 Cycloalkyl-substituted polycyclic aromatic compound
JP7445923B2 (en) 2018-06-06 2024-03-08 学校法人関西学院 Tertiary alkyl-substituted polycyclic aromatic compound

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018135656A1 (en) * 2017-01-23 2018-07-26 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Composition for forming light emitting layer and organic electroluminescent element containing said composition for forming light emitting layer
JP2019057484A (en) * 2017-09-22 2019-04-11 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element, and manufacturing method of organic electroluminescent element
WO2019120125A1 (en) * 2017-12-21 2019-06-27 广州华睿光电材料有限公司 Composition for preparing organic electronic device, organic electronic device and application thereof
WO2020040298A1 (en) * 2018-08-23 2020-02-27 学校法人関西学院 Organic electroluminescent element, display device, illumination device, luminescent layer forming composition, and compound
JP2020167393A (en) * 2019-03-29 2020-10-08 住友化学株式会社 Light emitting element

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2024090353A1 (en) * 2022-10-27 2024-05-02 東レ株式会社 Compound, luminescent element material, luminescent element, display device, and illuminator
WO2024144087A1 (en) * 2022-12-29 2024-07-04 덕산네오룩스 주식회사 Compound for organic electric element, organic electric element using same, and electronic device therefor

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202233805A (en) 2022-09-01
KR20230124575A (en) 2023-08-25
JPWO2022138790A1 (en) 2022-06-30

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5793878B2 (en) Polymer, organic electroluminescent element material, composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, display device and lighting device
JP4766198B2 (en) Composition for organic device, polymer film and organic electroluminescent element
KR101619556B1 (en) Charge-transporting polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device and organic el illuminating device
JP5182441B1 (en) Organic electroluminescent device, organic electroluminescent lighting device and organic electroluminescent display device
JP5434088B2 (en) Crosslinkable organic compound, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device and organic EL display
JP6551394B2 (en) Polymer, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display device and organic EL lighting
WO2022092046A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting
JP6879342B2 (en) Polymers, compositions for organic electroluminescent devices, organic electroluminescent devices, organic EL display devices and organic EL lighting
JP7306345B2 (en) aromatic compounds
JP5326417B2 (en) Charge transport film and organic electroluminescence device
JP5720191B2 (en) Arylamine polymer, charge transport material, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display device and organic EL illumination
WO2022138790A1 (en) Composition for forming luminescent layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el illumination
JP6866576B2 (en) Polymers, compositions for organic electroluminescent devices, organic electroluminescent devices, organic EL display devices and organic EL lighting
JPWO2019177175A1 (en) Polymers, compositions for organic electroluminescent devices, organic electroluminescent devices, organic EL display devices, organic EL lighting, and methods for manufacturing organic electroluminescent devices.
WO2020171190A1 (en) Polymer, organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting
WO2022138822A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, organic el lighting, and organic electroluminescent element production method
JP5423064B2 (en) Composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display and organic EL lighting
WO2021166900A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element, organic el display device, and organic el lighting
WO2022059725A1 (en) Polymer
JP7574805B2 (en) Polymer, composition for organic electroluminescent element, composition for forming hole transport layer or hole injection layer, organic electroluminescent element, organic EL display device, and organic EL lighting
JP5644196B2 (en) Compound, charge transport material, composition for organic electroluminescence device, organic electroluminescence device, organic EL display device and organic EL illumination
JP2021147325A (en) Aromatic compound
CN116685592A (en) Composition for forming light-emitting layer of organic electroluminescent element, organic EL display device, and organic EL illumination
JP2023143759A (en) Composition for organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent element, and organic electroluminescent display
JP2022136017A (en) Aromatic compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21910930

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022571601

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 202180085844.9

Country of ref document: CN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21910930

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1